Suggested Titles: November, 2015

For Library Collection Development

(arranged alphabetically by subject) 1 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Table of Contents Accounting ...... 2 Art ...... 3 Biology ...... 11 Business Administration & Marketing ...... 18 Child Study ...... 29 Computer Information Systems/Mathematics ...... 33 Criminal Justice ...... 38 Economics ...... 43 Education ...... 50 English ...... 59 Health Administration ...... 70 History ...... 76 Hospitality & Tourism Management ...... 88 Human Services ...... 92 Journalism & New Media Studies ...... 100 Modern Languages...... 106 Music ...... 109 Natural Sciences: Chemistry/Physics ...... 119 Nursing ...... 124 Organizational Management ...... 132 Philosophy ...... 137 Political Science ...... 145 Psychology ...... 159 Recreation ...... 162 Religious Studies ...... 165 Sociology & Human Relations ...... 176 Speech & Communications ...... 182

2 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Accounting Faculty Member: Greco, Albert N. The economics of the publishing and information industries: the search Click here to enter text. for yield in a disintermediated world. Routledge,2014. 319p bibl index afp ISBN 9780805855494 cloth, $200.00; ISBN9781138824799 pbk, $59.95 ☐ Required As Greco (marketing, Fordham Univ.) explains in his account of his book's purpose, this is not a traditional history, economics, or mass communications book. Instead, it draws ☐ Recommended upon eclectic disciplines and quantitative and qualitative methodologies in order to

comprehend—in the author's words—“the people, trends, events, strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats faced by the publishing and information industries and the financial service sector in the last few years.” Chapters encompass subjects such as the legal and economic foundation of intellectual property and copyrights; other chapters discuss the economics of the newspaper, magazine, and book publishing industries. In his final chapter, the author considers the impact of recent US Supreme Court decisions on the publishing industry, especially concerning revisions in the copyright law that reflect the new digital landscape. Replete with statistical tables, extensive footnotes, and appendixes, Greco's study makes one think. The book is filled with fascinating information that makes readers aware that the publishing and information industry is exceedingly profitable. An extensive, alphabetical, enumerative bibliography is followed by a helpful index. Highly recommended for all those interested in learning about the publishing and information sectors. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above; general readers Faculty Member: Philipsen, Dirk. The little big number: how GDP came to rule the world and what to do Click here to enter text. about it. Princeton, 2015. 398p bibl index afp ISBN9780691166520 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Philipsen (senior fellow, Kenan Institute for Ethics; Duke Univ.) has two goals in this book. The first is to describe how gross domestic product (GDP) came into existence. He ☐ Recommended achieves this goal in a fascinating and well-researched story about how Simon Kuznets led

a team charged by Congress in 1933 with creating the first national income and product accounts. The Great Depression caused enormous economic dislocation, but the US had no means by which to track its progression; GDP and related measures helped policy makers understand the depth of the crisis. Philipsen’s second goal is to convince readers that many social and environmental ills can be traced back to the US fixation with increasing GDP rather than societal well-being. This argument is unpersuasive. Economists are aware that GDP increases because of socially undesirable activities such as divorce and natural disasters while socially productive activities, such as volunteer work, go uncounted. Philipsen’s discussion of other, more holistic measures of societal well-being is valuable and instructive; however, it strains credibility to argue that society is so focused on increasing GDP that it neglects other socially valuable, economically uncounted activities. There’s more complexity to human behavior. Summing Up: Recommended. With reservations. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty

3 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Art Faculty Member: MacCarthy, Fiona. Anarchy & beauty: William Morris and his legacy, 1860– Click here to enter text. 1960. Yale, 2014. 183p index ISBN 9780300209464 cloth, $50.00 ☐ Required This handsome book with a spine of William Morris's Willow Bough wallpaper and fabric design was published to accompany the exhibition of the same name at the National ☐ Recommended Portrait Gallery, London. The primary interest for most readers will be Morris’s works in

various media, including wallpaper, fabric, graphic art, and architecture, reproduced here mostly in color. However, the work goes beyond to include drawings, paintings, and photographs of people and architecture influenced by Morris for the next 100 years, including C. R. Ashbee, Dorothy Elmhirst, C. F. A. Voysey, Hugh Casson, Eric Gill, Abram Games, and Terence Conran. Alas, dates are often omitted. There are excellent chapters on Morris and the Red House circle, sexual politics and libertarianism, the meaning of the handmade object, the garden city movement, and interwar artistic commentaries and the Festival of Britain. Also included is a detailed bibliography arranged by subject. Though there is less emphasis on Morris’s life, there is more on his work and continuing influence. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels. Faculty Member: Partridge, Loren. Art of Renaissance Venice, 1400-1600. California, 2015.347p bibl index Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9780520281806 pbk, $39.95 ☐ Required This delightful and convenient volume contributes to an overlooked area of study, being a rich and readable introduction to Venetian art and architecture during its most vital ☐ Recommended centuries. The well-respected author achieves an admirable balance between history and

art history, as well as between detail and sweep, writing text that readers of various levels of expertise will find engaging. Beautifully illustrated and attractively designed, this thoughtful and informative, never bombastic chronicle leads to a balanced conclusion, an essay on the importance of Venetian patronage to the accomplishments of its artists. The organization is chronological, with the first half devoted to the 15th century (e.g., churches, tombs, freestanding sculpture, altarpieces, confraternities, palaces, non- narrative devotional paintings, narrative devotional paintings, and portraits—male and female) and 16th century (similarly arranged according to civic function, and within that, by artist). The treatment of villas of the Veneto includes predecessors of Palladio. Time lines, glossary, bibliography, and index assist readers of various levels of preparation and curiosity (though there is no pretense to full scholarly apparatus). A valuable contribution and a model piece of art historical synthesis, the text is as well written as the project is deftly conceived. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Between action and the unknown: the art of Kazuo Shiraga and Sadamasa Motonaga, ed. Click here to enter text. by Gabriel Ritter. Dallas Museum of Art, 2015. 160p ISBN9780300211696 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required The exhibition Between Action and the Unknown: The Art of Kazuo Shiraga and Sadamasa Motonaga was co-organized by the Dallas Museum of Art and the Japan Foundation and is ☐ Recommended the first show outside Japan to highlight the works of these two postwar artists. Kazuo

Shiraga (1924–2008) and Sadamasa Motonaga (1922–2011) were members of the Gutai Art Association, founded in 1954, a leading avant-garde group in Japan, which had a major impact on the lives of these and other artists in the years of uncertainty after WW II. Focusing on the importance of originality, the spirit of Gutai (“create what has never been done before!”) defined their work. Action and performance art dominated the first years, including Shiraga’sChallenging Mud; known only through films and photographs, it became an instant model for action art. The catalogue of the Dallas exhibition highlights the history of such performances and illustrates the oil and acrylic works, sketches, and 4 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 drawings that constituted the exhibition. Included are interviews with both artists (Shiraga in July 1985; Motonaga in August 1985), biographical chronologies of their lives and careers, and a checklist of the exhibited works. For students and scholars of world contemporary art, this catalogue is invaluable. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Aono, Junko. Confronting the Golden Age: imitation and innovation in Dutch genre Click here to enter text. painting, 1680–1750. Amsterdam University, 2015. 230p bibl index afp ISBN 9789089645685 cloth, $99.00 ☐ Required Although the Golden Age in the Netherlands spans the 17th century, its foremost painters have generally been considered Gerard Dou, Rembrandt, Jan Steen, Johannes Vermeer, and ☐ Recommended a handful of others, who flourished around mid-century. This circumstance left a rich

trove of highly skilled and inventive artists less known and studied. Particularly ignored are those of the decades around 1700, who strove amid difficult economic conditions to forge their identities while recognizing their illustrious predecessors. This groundbreaking study examines the market forces, cultural values, and historical self- consciousness of painters who reconciled their own artistic identities and production with respect to the genre tradition. This involved rendering scenes supposedly of daily life, often crafted in a highly refined style. Even as these artists reprised the themes of an earlier generation, they recast favored subjects involving music making, food, and family to please an elite class of wealthy connoisseurs. As themes from history and poetry became less popular, figures in the genre paintings became ever more elegant and idealized. This beautifully produced volume fills a gap in Dutch visual and cultural studies. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers, upper-division undergraduate students, graduate students, and above Faculty Member: Pavlouskova, Nela. Cy Twombly: late paintings, 2003–2011. Thames & Click here to enter text. Hudson, 2015. 175p bibl index ISBN 9780500093894 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required This lavish book presents 148 vivid color pictures, a foldout, and many details revealing the painterly and gestural quality of the artist’s brushstrokes. There are also pictures of ☐ Recommended his studio in Gaeta, Italy. The chapters are taken from the author’s PhD, completed at the

University of Paris 1, Sorbonne, on Twombly. In 2003, when Twombly was 75, he began a new style full of intense color in large paintings. His late subject matter is analyzed: classical mythology, particularly the Dionysus myth; flowers; script; ships and sea; and last grand gestures, which were his final “dialogue with observers.” The act of painting was primary in his technique; his impulses went into the paint. Difficult concepts, such as his calligraphy, painting, and drawing working together, are explored. The meaning of letters and their forms in his paintings is only somewhat explained. Understanding the book requires foreknowledge of the artist. See Richard Leeman, Cy Twombly (CH, Nov'05, 43- 1359) or The Essential Cy Twombly, edited by Nicola Del Roscio (2014), for more background. With few references to other artists and artistic movements, this book is an appreciation, an understanding, rather than a formal study. Buy for the pictures. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Hamill, Sarah. David Smith in two dimensions: photography and the matter of Click here to enter text. sculpture. California, 2015. 257p bibl index afp ISBN9780520280342 cloth, $49.95 ☐ Required This is a comprehensive accounting of one artist’s use of photographic reproductions in the development and public life of his work. Hamill (Oberlin College) demonstrates how ☐ Recommended Smith used photography as a “destabilizing” force, challenging viewers to think of modern

sculpture as something at once alien and anthropomorphized, fragmented and unstable. Importantly, this account reveals the extent to which the sculptor directed 5 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 critical interpretations of his work through photography. The book offers thorough analyses of how Smith used photography as an education tool, as part of the process of abstraction, as a means for asserting the autonomous and “homeless” character of modern sculpture, and as an embodied form. Hamill’s attention to Smith’s color photos is especially significant, as she proffers them as evidence for a hybrid practice unaccounted for in previous formalist interpretations. The book is thus historical and historiographic, exploring the mediating role of photography in the way viewers—critics and art historians in particular—encounter the work of art. Comparisons with the photographic enterprises of Constantin Brancusi, Henry Moore, Medardo Rosso, and others establish Hamill's research as contributing to a broad, under-examined aspect of sculptural history. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Rosenthal, Mark. Diego Rivera & Frida Kahlo in Detroit, by Mark Rosenthal with John Dean Click here to enter text. et al. Yale, 2015. 248p index ISBN 9780300211603 cloth,$50.00 ☐ Required With Detroit’s recent financial crisis and apparent insolvency, the Detroit Art Institute seemed doomed to lose some of its important works to alleviate the city’s credit ☐ Recommended problem. Among the most important collections, the works that the Mexican muralist

Diego Rivera did for the city regained national attention because of the crisis. The focus of this exhibition catalogue is to bring to light Detroit Institute, the group of murals that he produced for this institution. The paintings highlight the achievements of the automobile industry as well as the successes and conditions of its working class. The book documents the trials and tribulations that Rivera and his wife, the painter Frida Kahlo, underwent in the production of these, not only in the preparations for the murals but also in their personal lives as they both developed work based on their experiences there. An excellent document of the works (and, in particular, the studies and techniques used for the murals), the patrons that commissioned them, and the historical and artistic context in which they took place, the book is richly illustrated and includes period photographs of the artists. Summing Up: Recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Bear, Jordan. Disillusioned: Victorian photography and the discerning Click here to enter text. subject. Pennsylvania State, 2015. 198p bibl index afp ISBN9780271065014 cloth, $74.95 ☐ Required The rise of “visual culture” studies has forced many art historians to look beyond the elite category of fine art itself in order to understand the role of images in history. This is ☐ Recommended equally true when seeking to interpret early photographs in that the processes of looking,

and of understanding photographic images, depended on patterns of recognition drawn from the most diverse sources. In this scholarly book Bear (Univ. of Toronto) attempts to unpack the ways in which British spectators in the 1850s and 1860s viewed narrative photographs and, in particular, how they reconciled the competing claims of reality and fiction in images that were clearly manipulated to deceive the eye. Resurrecting such figures as Oscar Rejlander, Henry Peach Robinson, and Francis Frith, the author suggests a number of recurring patterns in the making and the reception of photographs that provide an insight into Victorian “ways of seeing.” This is a serious analysis of one rather theatrical strand in Victorian photography and, while the argument may be demanding at times, the book offers genuine insight into the period and the medium of photography overall.Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections Faculty Member: Fortune, Brandon Brame. Elaine de Kooning: portraits, by Brandon Brame Fortune, Ann Click here to enter text. Eden Gibson, and Simona Cupic. National Portrait Gallery, London/DelMonico Books/Prestel, 2015. 144p bibl index ISBN9783791354385 cloth, $49.95 6 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Overshadowed by her prolific abstract expressionist husband, Willem de Kooning, Elaine de Kooning enjoyed only modest recognition before her death in 1989. This important ☐ Recommended accounting of her portraiture testifies to de Kooning’s importance to American postwar art

history. The National Portrait Gallery, which holds the largest collection of de Kooning portraits, revisits and updates the previous 1992 retrospective catalogue with this publication. It is also a welcomed pendant to the 1994 collection of de Kooning’s published articles. Simona Cupic’s detailed account of de Kooning’s portrait of President John F. Kennedy fully documents a watershed in the artist’s oeuvre. Attention is placed on studio process as much as inspirations and influences, giving insight into the life as much as the work of de Kooning. A thorough exhibition history with bibliography accompanies three scholarly essays focused on de Kooning’s portraits, which are centered on men of influence and power connected to her in professional and personal ways. Fortune reveals how de Kooning “simultaneously transgressed and upheld” gender stereotyping with a sensibility to the "masculine" abstract expressionist painterly style that retained a vital naturalism, which was her key contribution to the movement. Summing Up: Recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: European portrait miniatures: artists, functions and collections, ed. by Bernd Pappe, Click here to enter text. Juliane Schmieglitz-Otten, and Gerrit Walczak. Michael Imhof,2015. 222p ISBN 9783865689696 cloth, $40.99 ☐ Required Portrait miniatures often have been marginalized in art historical research and in museums due to their modest scale and fragile materiality, but recent decades have seen ☐ Recommended growing interest in this medium among scholars and collectors. This intriguing volume of

essays, documenting a conference organized by the Tansey Miniatures Foundation (Celle, Germany), should only accelerate scholarly activity in the field. The 19 essays by international experts illuminate lesser-known collections, artists, techniques, and functions of European miniatures from the 17th century to the present (yes, miniatures continued to be painted into the 20th century, as one essay reveals). One seeming anomaly to the European emphasis is an essay on portrait miniatures of George Washington, yet the author does successfully relate their functions back to European traditions. As conference papers, the essays are at times frustratingly concise; however, they are in general accessibly written, beautifully illustrated, and include full scholarly apparatus, making them indispensable for future research. Leading scholar Marcia Pointon notes that miniatures offer “greater understanding of the history of emotions” when their functions are better understood by modern viewers; thus the significance of this subject goes well beyond art history.Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels. Faculty Member: Brown, Claudia. Great Qing: painting in China, 1644–1911. Washington,2014. 336p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780295993959 cloth, $70.00 ☐ Required This richly illustrated overview of Qing (1644–1911) painting by Brown (Arizona State Univ.) documents the major painters of the era chronologically in eight chapters organized ☐ Recommended by theme. The first four chapters present a regional account of Qing painting. Readers

are guided through the key painting cities in the empire and introduced to the principal artists, styles, and influences in each locale. The following three chapters are thematic and devoted to female painters, commerce, and religious art. The work concludes with a reflection on the art produced during the years preceding the fall of the dynasty. Brown’s chapter on women artists is particularly valuable, as it presents one of the most thorough accounts of 17th- through 21st-century female painters in English. The sheer volume of artists discussed in this work is unprecedented in the field. More than 200 full-color 7 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 reproductions of paintings are included, collected from museums and private collections worldwide. Summing Up: Recommended. General readers, undergraduate students, and graduate students.

Faculty Member: Anfam, David. Jackson Pollock's Mural: energy made visible. Thames & Click here to enter text. Hudson, 2015. 146p bibl index ISBN 9780500239346 cloth, $40.00 ☐ Required This handsomely produced book, by one of the most sensitive writers on the New York School of painting, should be on every shelf. Purportedly about Pollock’s 1943 Mural, ☐ Recommended painted for Peggy Guggenheim, the book provides much more. Using this painting as a

pivot point, Anfam ranges widely throughout Pollock’s career, indicating sources within the critical, artistic, social, and political spheres that were deeply influential to Pollock’s art from his earliest paintings until his death. Some of these may be familiar to scholars, but there are a number of new finds—dropped throughout the text as if, of course, readers knew them—that significantly expand the Pollock scholarship and provide new insights into the form of the painter’s work and its resonance within its contemporary culture. The book is compellingly written and will appeal to professionals in the field and to the general reader. With all that has been written about Pollock, it comes as a wonderful surprise that there are yet significant and exciting new ways to think about this archetypal American artist of the mid-20th century.Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Schaffner, Ingrid. Jason Rhoades: four roads. DelMonico Books/Prestel,2015. 198p bibl Click here to enter text. ISBN 9783791352923 cloth, $75.00 ☐ Required Catalogues have value extending far beyond notating and celebrating an artist’s work. Jason Rhoades, Four Roads provides a scholarly platform for an exhibition ☐ Recommended originating at the Institute of Contemporary Art at the University of Pennsylvania and

destined for an international scene of which this artist was a vital part. Rhoades drew on American culture to generate sculpted performance installations. Rhoades’s oeuvre serves as a critical irritant, which functions in part to uncover the too frequent and often irrelevant complicity in art as object. To express his ideas through this art, Rhoades depended on the scripting of difference as it was promoted at the end of the last century, thereby illustrating the continued currency of process-based concepts. Regular comments regarding critical resistance, and the occasional but important references to Marcel Duchamp, serve to register the value of these concepts in the life of the visual arts that continue to engage and inform today. Schaffner (senior curator, Institute of Contemporary Art, Univ. of Pennsylvania) conceived of the book as a primer on Jason Rhoades; the four installations of the title embody the interrelatedness of these concepts and their manifestation. Summing Up:Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Heckert, Virginia. Light, paper, process: reinventing photography, technical notes by Marc Click here to enter text. Harnly and Sarah Freeman. J. Paul Getty Museum,2015. 163p 85 plates ISBN 9781606064375 cloth, $49.95 ☐ Required This book and the accompanying exhibition, at the J. Paul Getty Museum in Los Angeles, is a bold, challenging, and ultimately unique examination of the uses of old processes and ☐ Recommended materials in the hands of modern artists. Timothy Potts, director of the museum, says,

"We tend to equate photography with documentation and expect from the medium's increasingly sophisticated technologies above all else fidelity to the physical world. This exhibition will surprise visitors with the range and variety of materials and processes utilized by practitioners well after the era of original invention." And surprise it does. In the case of Alison Rossiter, expired photographic paper is processed and the resulting 8 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 gelatin silver print can look like anything from modern abstract work to 19th-century landscape photography. Marco Breuer uses chromogenic paper that is scratched, burned, folded, and/or scraped to create vibrant color imagery that looks totally modern and even painterly. James Welling, Lisa Oppenheim, Chris McCaw, John Chiara, and Matthew Brandt are no less bold in their experimentation. All the featured "photographers" use traditional past processes to create new photographic work operating outside photography's seemingly constrained documentary role. Summing Up:Recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Mapping spaces: networks of knowledge in 17th century landscape painting, ed. by Ulrike Click here to enter text. Gehring and Peter Weibel. Hirmer, 2015. 504p bibl ISBN 9783777422305 cloth, $75.00 ☐ Required Addressing the reconceptualization of space in 17th-century Europe and its attendant global consequences, this collection of 37 essays seems at times as vast as the ☐ Recommended reformulation it aims to explain: namely the shift from a universe understood as finite to

one conceived as continuous and homogenous—an unlimited recession to be mapped and analyzed mathematically. Published on the heels of the 2014 eponymous exhibition, hosted by the Zentrum für Kunst und Medientechnologie Karlsruhe, the book brings together the work of art historians and curators, historians of science and technology, geographers, mathematicians, and theologians to consider 11 themes, ranging from cartographic innovations, maritime navigation, and commerce and globalization to military architecture and engineering, surveying instruments, and land reclamation—typically over and against new developments in the representation of landscapes. Focusing on the Netherlands (Flanders and the United Provinces), the essays are highly accessible, usefully advancing new arguments while also introducing much larger areas of scholarship. The bibliographic information is wonderful, and the illustrations are fascinating. The book is a model of interdisciplinary scholarship that should benefit a wide range of readers, within and far beyond art history. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers through researchers Faculty Member: Grewe, Cordula. The Nazarenes: Romantic avant-garde and the art of the Click here to enter text. concept. Pennsylvania State, 2015. 380p bibl index ISBN 9780271064147cloth, $89.95 ☐ Required The subtitle provides a clue that this is not the bland but alluring coffee table book it might appear. True, the author does seek to establish the importance of an often quickly ☐ Recommended dismissed artistic movement, the German correlate to the Pre-Raphaelites. In this, Grewe

(Univ. of Pennsylvania) follows up on her earlier book, Painting the Sacred in the Age of Romanticism (CH, May'10, 47-4835). The present expansive project is to rethink modernism by understanding Nazarene work as "an art of the concept" and of appropriation, almost like modern art except for the use of human figures. The Nazarene artists were theorists, but Grewe goes well beyond rehearsing their tropes and writes a polemic that implicates large swathes of art history and of art. Those who study Raphael, modernism, or the history of religion in the 19th and 20th centuries will find much of interest. Although an editing error allowed for a single Sherri Levine quote to be used to open two sequential chapters (pps. 175, 187), Grewe writes well, if polemically, and commands detailed material deftly. Ultimately, she provides a perspective on much more than the Nazarenes and much material for debate. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Jackson, David P. Painting traditions of the Drigung Kagyu school, by David P. Jackson with Click here to enter text. Christian Luczanits and Kristen Muldowney Roberts.Rubin Museum of Art, 2014. 325p bibl index ISBN 9780984519071 cloth,$75.00 9 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required In this fifth volume of his landmark "Masterworks of Tibetan Painting" series, Jackson continues patiently and systematically to lay the groundwork for a new art history of ☐ Recommended Tibetan painting—one more firmly supported by specifics of provenance, subject, and

style. This effort is motivated in part by the many Tibetan works in Western collections that have so often been decontextualized and lack crucial basic information. This lavishly illustrated book focuses on paintings associated with the Drigung Kagyu ('bri-kung bka'- brgyud), a branch of the Kagyu School of Tibetan Buddhism. The author provides a brief history of the school and its surviving sites, connects portable paintings to the school through careful analysis of iconography and lineage records for what he terms the early (1180s–1450s) and middle (1460s–1630s) phases, then turns to stylistic microanalysis to uncover antecedents and distinctive features of the school’s Driri ('bri-ris) style in the late phase (1640s–1950s). Later chapters cover 20th-century murals and biographies of three recent painters, rare in the largely anonymous Tibetan painting tradition, and paintings of the early phase (Luczanits) and of the deity Achi Chökyi Drölma (Roberts). Summing Up:Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Hirschauer, Gretchen A. Piero di Cosimo: the poetry of painting in Renaissance Florence, Click here to enter text. by Gretchen Hirschauer and Dennis Geronimus.National Gallery of Art, Washington/Galleria Degli Uffizi, Florence/Lund Humphries, 2015. 248p bibl index ISBN 9781848221734 cloth, $75.00 ☐ Required Piero di Cosimo, at the center of the Florentine late-15th-century artistic explosion, is a painter who defies easy definition. He pulls into his net every innovation of the 1480s and ☐ Recommended 1490s, from the wiry extravagances of Filippino Lippi to the melting softness of

Leonardo. This catalogue of an important exhibition held at the National Gallery of Art in Washington presents a cross section of the artist’s entire career, giving equal weight to religious and secular production. Particularly welcome is the presentation of curiosities such as the much discussed Hunt panels (Metropolitan Museum of Art) and the perspectival tour de force The Building of a Palace(Ringling Museum). Essays on selected topics supplement the full catalogue entries, all of it enriched with large color plates and revealing, detailed close-ups. Surprises here include Piero’s penetrating portraits, his many commissions from families at the top of the Florentine hierarchy, his endless experimentation with painting techniques, and his original approach to the newly emerging genre of “painted poetry” known as poesie.Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Quill, Sarah. Ruskin's Venice: the stones revisited. [New ed]. Lund Click here to enter text. Humphries, 2015. 256p bibl index afp ISBN 9781848221451 cloth, $60.00 ☐ Required John Ruskin (1819-1900) wrote The Stones of Venice in three volumes, published from 1851 to 1853, and it became one of the most influential books of its kind. Its insightful ☐ Recommended and elegant prose makes it an indispensable historical analysis of the city and its

architecture, and it serves as an example of the finest art and social criticism of the Victorian Age. This current publication is an enhanced reissue of Sarah Quill’s Ruskin’s Venice: The Stones Revisited, originally published in 2000. It contains an abridged edition of Ruskin’s text, supplemented by a selection of his letters and other writings and examples of his drawings, prints, watercolors, and even original daguerreotypes. Most compelling is the inclusion of historical and modern photographs, the latter mostly taken by Quill and many made new for this edition. The book also features an essay on Ruskin and Venice by Alan Windsor and other compendia. This is a lavish and visually engaging book that evokes the charm and beauty of Venice with Ruskin’s voice. Advanced students will need the unabridged text, but this attractive volume should appeal to undergraduates 10 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 and laypersons. Summing Up:Recommended. General readers and lower-division undergraduates Faculty Member: Sculpture in the age of Donatello: Renaissance masterpieces from Florence Cathedral, ed. Click here to enter text. by Timothy Verdon and Daniel M. Zolli. Museum of Biblical Art, New York/D. Giles, 2015. 200p bibl index ISBN9781907804564 cloth, $49.95 ☐ Required This exhibition catalogue, written for the ten-year anniversary of the Museum of Biblical Art in New York City in conjunction with the newly expanded Museo dell’Opera del Duomo ☐ Recommended in Florence, highlights the early Renaissance sculpture made for the Florence Cathedral

complex. Many of the sculptures exhibited in New York have never traveled outside of Italy until now, and the catalogue documents this monumental achievement. The book is organized around four essays that link the sculpture with scripture, explore Donatello’s optical innovations, explain Ghiberti’s humanistic tendencies in his Gates of Paradise, and summarize the restoration project of Ghiberti’s north doors of the baptistry to include beautiful illustrations of the newly cleaned bronze door panels. The catalogue then highlights 23 sculptures in the Museo and concludes with an overview of the history of the Museo del Duomo with photographs of the new exhibition spaces. The final rooms highlight the completion of the façade in the 1880s in the neo-Gothic era, a period in the history of the cathedral that is less well-known but equally worthy of study. Summing Up:Recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Loh, Maria H. Still lives: death, desire, and the portrait of the old Click here to enter text. master.Princeton, 2015. 304p bibl index afp ISBN 9780691164960 cloth, $49.95 ☐ Required In this fascinating publication, Loh (Univ. College London) employs a variety of strategies and material (20th-century French deconstruction; 21st-century vernacular and digital ☐ Recommended terms; cross-period parallels among artists and works; primary sources; the close study of

paintings, drawings, prints, books, letters, medals, and sculpture) to make early modern artist self-portraits and their portraits painted by other artists accessible to contemporary readers. Artists including Sofonisba Anguissola, Michelangelo, Titian, Raphael, Pontormo, Parmigianino, Dürer, Taddeo Zuccaro, Caravaggio, Annibale Carracci, and Poussin are examined. Rather than looking at these portraits traditionally, as signifiers of fame, she identifies their power “to create and impose identities,” often out of the artists’ control, and as “touch relics” of artists and their lives. She also considers images of artists making art in the newly forming academies; academic funerals for artists such as Raphael, Michelangelo, Annibale Carracci, and Titian; and subsequent sculptural monuments. Loh’s immersive readings of these works of art are original, detailed, nuanced, and often quite passionate, frequently emphasizing the vulnerability of artists and the difficulty of their work. Well annotated, beautifully illustrated with 145 color and black-and-white images, the book is valuable, particularly for specialists. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate and above

11 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Biology Faculty Member: Whitehead, Hal. The cultural lives of whales and dolphins, by Hal Whitehead and Luke Click here to enter text. Rendell. Chicago, 2015. 417p bibl index afp ISBN9780226895314 cloth, $35.00; ISBN 9780226187426 ebook, $21.00 ☐ Required This extremely well-written book is an exemplary attempt at peacemaking in the so-called culture wars. Whitehead (Dalhousie Univ., Nova Scotia) and Rendell (Univ. of St. Andrews, ☐ Recommended Scotland) provide a clear historical perspective on the study of animal culture, up-to-date

literature reviews on behavioral innovations and traditions in non-human animals, comprehensive classifications of social mechanisms (i.e., the building blocks of culture), and careful critical analyses of the similarities and differences between human and animal cultures. The title of the book does not give a full appreciation of the long-term and fascinating research by Whitehead and Rendell. The authors’ insight and open- mindedness allow them to successfully address key definitional issues (e.g., ethnic markers, social norms); discuss the strengths and weaknesses of several methodological approaches to studying culture (e.g., method of elimination, experimental designs); link brain size, cognition, communication, and sociability; and explain the (mal)adaptive consequences and evolutionary implications of cultural transmission (e.g., gene-culture coevolution). The authors emphasize the role of the aquatic environment in driving cultural evolution. Spiced up with excellent quotations, this book will resonate well with a broad readership, from cetacean lovers to students of animal behavior to the general public. Summing Up: Essential. All readers Faculty Member: The Curious Mister Catesby: a "truly ingenious" naturalist explores new worlds, ed. by E. Click here to enter text. Charles Nelson and David J. Elliott. Georgia, 2015. 425pindexes afp ISBN 9780820347264 cloth, $49.95 ☐ Required English naturalist and self-taught artist Mark Catesby (1683–1749) published the first survey of the flora and fauna of the New World. Featuring plants, birds, mammals, fish, ☐ Recommended reptiles, insects, and amphibians, Catesby’s The Natural History of Carolina, Florida, and

the Bahama Islands (1729–1947) is a stunning collection with more than 200 hand- colored plates that would later influence naturalists William Bartram and John James Audubon. Comprising 22 beautifully illustrated essays by experts in the field, the present collection provides a comprehensive review of Catesby's life and is an engaging tribute to his work. The volume includes an overview of the early botanical forerunners, historical accounts of life in the colonies, and discussion of the collector’s work (contributor Stephen Harris writes that Catesby's method was “never to be twice at … one place in the same season”) and the enduring importance of field observations. If herbaria are the new frontier in plant research, asks David Elliott in the conclusion, “What are the possibilities with the plant specimens that Catesby collected?” Including chapter notes, a chronology of Catesby's life, and extensive indexes, this book is a visual experience. Summing Up:Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: O'Connell, Caitlin. Elephant don: the politics of a pachyderm Click here to enter text. posse.Chicago, 2015. 261p index afp ISBN 9780226106113 cloth, $26.00 ☐ Required The best-publicized behavioral research on African elephants features the lives and interactions of matriarch-led extended families. The solitary or small-group-affiliation ☐ Recommended behavior of bulls, though often reported, has pushed them to the wings. After decades of

research on the elephants of northwestern Namibia, O’Connell (Stanford Univ. School of Medicine) brings “the boys” to center stage. Amid the arid grasslands of Etosha National Park is an intricate and dynamic hierarchy of bull elephants. In an area of scarce resources 12 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 such as Etosha, male elephant social interactions are particularly complex and, as the author reveals, often tenuous. Elephant Don is a dramatic account of how affection and aggression, deference and deceit, and alliances and power plays continuously shape the relationships in the bull hierarchy. The book is written in an accessible style with minimal technical terminology. O’Connell does an exceptional job of conveying the rich complexity of elephant societies in a manner that will appeal to a broad audience without sacrificing the scientific perspective with accounts of behavioral research methodologies. This is a worthwhile resource for anyone interested in African wildlife or animal behavior in general.Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Eldredge, Niles. Eternal ephemera: adaptation and the origin of species, from the Click here to enter text. nineteenth century through punctuated equilibria and beyond.Columbia, 2015. 376p bibl index afp ISBN 9780231153164 cloth, $35.00; ISBN 9780231526753 ebook, $34.99 ☐ Required To deeply understand science, one needs a wide body of knowledge, including an understanding of how one came to know it. In this book, paleontologist Eldredge ☐ Recommended (formerly, American Museum of Natural History) traces the many streams of thought on

the nature of adaptation and the origin of species from the 19th century to the present. He examines the question of the interplay between the origin of species and selection-driven adaptation and whether "new species [are] strictly a by-product of adaptive evolutionary change.” Of special interest is his treatment of Darwin’s time at the University of Edinburgh, which is usually glossed over in biographies. Eldredge makes the case that Darwin's medical school mentors, Robert Jameson and Robert Grant, first introduced Darwin to the transmutationalist ideas of French naturalist Lamarck and the little-known Italian geologist Giambattista Brocchi. Eldredge further explores the conflicts between the importance of geographic isolation and gradual adaptive change to speciation in forging the modern evolutionary synthesis and, of course, the contribution that his and Stephen Jay Gould's punctuated equilibrium theory has had on modern evolutionary thought. A masterful work by one of the most influential paleontologists of the past half century, this is a must read for every serious student of evolutionary biology. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, researchers, faculty, professionals Faculty Member: Fairbanks, Daniel J. Everyone is African: how science explodes the myth of Click here to enter text. race. Prometheus Books, 2015. 191p bibl index ISBN 9781633880184 pbk,$18.00 ☐ Required This important book by Fairbanks (Dean, College of Science and Health, Utah Valley Univ.) explains the evidence against biologically determined human races. He explores the ☐ Recommended historical origins of the concept of human races, examines the origins and distribution of

genetic variation in humans, and summarizes recently published work describing the wholesale migration and genetic mixing of human populations over the last 70,000 years. Three separate chapters deal with the interplay among ancestry, skin color, health, and intelligence, and the controversies associated with these subjects. The writing is excellent throughout. Fairbanks lays out examples that clearly define the difference between ancestry and race, and describes how ancestry is correlated with a wide variety of phenomena. His brief forays into technical literature and terminology effectively augment the text's layperson’s language. The only sections of the book that seem out of place are the author’s personal anecdotes; a few of these don’t seem to fit the context. Everyone is African builds an effective case against the arguments for biological races, and it does so without overly technical jargon or condescension. An excellent treatment of an important topic.Summing Up: Essential. From lower-division undergraduates to 13 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Pearson, David L. A field guide to the tiger beetles of the United States and Canada: Click here to enter text. identification, natural history, and distribution of the Cicindelinae, by David L. Pearson et al. Oxford, 2015. 251p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199367160 cloth, $99.95; ISBN 9780199367177 pbk, $50.00 ☐ Required Tiger beetles, often brightly colored and sometimes sporting a lustrous metallic sheen, are longtime favorites of both amateur and professional entomologists. This field guide ☐ Recommended provides a detailed introduction to the 116 species of the subfamily Cicindelinae found in

the US and Canada. These slim carnivorous beetles, ranging in size from 7 to 70 mm, are known for their sprinting speed and elusiveness. Individual species and subspecies can be easily identified using one of the 25 exceptional color plates in combination with a simple dichotomous key, illustrated with line drawings of critical diagnostic characteristics. Detailed distribution maps also aid identification. For each species, Pearson (Arizona State Univ.) and his three coauthors provide information on its ecology, behavior, and specific habitat preferences for adults and larvae, as well as the seasons in which adults are likely to be encountered in the field. Separate chapters discuss ecology and behavior, conservation, and methods for observing and studying tiger beetles. A bibliography, checklist of all species, and index further enhance the utility of this book. This comprehensive but user-friendly volume is highly recommended and should do much to attract the next generation of tiger beetle enthusiasts. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Angell, Tony. The house of owls. Yale, 2015. 203p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN9780300203448 cloth, $30.00 ☐ Required The subject is owls, but this is not a typical owl book, nor for that matter a typical bird book . Yes, in the second half of the book Angell provides a biological account of each ☐ Recommended North American owl species, with basic measurements and a range map. Here one finds

brief discussions of habitat, food preferences, vocalizations, courtship and nesting, and threats to each species along with a consideration of conservation efforts. The presentation is informal and very readable. The book includes no photographs, but numerous drawings by the author (an award-winning artist) are sprinkled through the book. All this is interesting, but not particularly memorable or encyclopedic. The first half of the book, however, is exceptional. Angell has a fondness for owls, to say the least, and has had many and varied personal experiences with them. These experiences are concentrated in, but not confined to, the first two lengthy chapters, which are excellent. The third chapter, "Owls and Human Culture," delves into archaeology, myths, and superstitions. Though interesting, this chapter seems out of place given the warmth of the first two chapters. Students of natural history will love this book. Summing Up:Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Shapiro, Beth. How to clone a mammoth: the science of de- Click here to enter text. extinction.Princeton, 2015. 220p index afp ISBN 9780691157054 cloth, $24.95 ☐ Required This book is an excellent introduction to the emergent science of de-extinction. Shapiro (ecology and evolutionary biology, Univ. of California, Santa Cruz) is a gifted writer who ☐ Recommended makes a complex subject accessible to readers with little science acumen. She explains

conservation genetics in lay terms, using interpretable graphics and integrating case studies and personal experiences as a way of telling readers a story. This is not a highly technical volume designed for advanced students or practitioners interested in step-by- step techniques; rather, it is a superbly written overview of a controversial conservation 14 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 discipline. Throughout, the author explains enough of the science for biologists to grasp the techniques and understand the limitations and potential. The beauty of this work is in its honesty: Shapiro, who is invested in this science as a practitioner, does not attempt to woo the masses. She takes the ethical concerns head on, not as an advocate but as an honest broker. This book is appropriate for undergraduate biology as well as graduate courses and seminars in environmental ethics, human dimensions, and conservation genetics or for a reading seminar. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and graduate students; general readers Faculty Member: Weiseman, Wayne. Integrated forest gardening: the complete guide to polycultures and Click here to enter text. plant guilds in permaculture systems, by Wayne Weiseman, Daniel Halsey, and Bryce Ruddock. Chelsea Green, 2014. 310pbibl index ISBN 9781603584975 pbk, $45.00 ☐ Required Focusing on the guild concept, Weiseman, Halsey, and Ruddock expand on previous books on forest gardening, such as Dave Jacke and Eric Toensmeier's two-volume Edible Forest ☐ Recommended Gardens (2005; vol. 1, CH, Jan'06, 43-2794); Martin Crawford's Creating a Forest

Garden, (CH, Dec'10, 48-2070); and Robert Hart's Forest Gardening (1991, rev. ed., 1996). A guild is a symbiotic community of plants and animals that coexist and support each other. The authors bring together their diverse experiences to broaden readers’ view of the creation and maintenance of these communities. Each species in a guild has a unique context and inherent ecological functions. By intentionally crafting guild communities, gardeners can develop assemblages that meet the needs of the individual species in the guild as well as provide for the ecosystem services needed in the bigger environment. The authors describe the process of assessing context and yields to inform species selection. The text is comprehensive for designers, including information on designing for positive animal and insect interactions while discouraging pests. Information is provided on how to develop a project, including budgeting, implementation stages, and long-term management. Drawings, charts, and pictures help readers visualize these multifunctional landscapes and frame how they could develop their own examples. The book ends with 15 case studies. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Money, Nicholas P. Microbiology: a very short introduction. Oxford, 2014.122p bibl index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780199681686 pbk, $11.95 ☐ Required As the title of this book implies, it is a very general and highly abbreviated introduction to the science of microbiology. Nonetheless, Money (Miami Univ.) provides a surprising ☐ Recommended amount of detail for the areas covered. Furthermore, he makes the subject matter more

entertaining and relevant for general readers by including various interesting facts that emphasize the importance of microbiology in daily life. Simple, informative line drawings as well as a handful of electron micrographs illustrate many of the topics discussed. With a text that covers only a little over 100 pages, the treatment of the topics in this book might be expected to be too condensed; however, all areas and major topics of modern microbiology are addressed here, including medical, agricultural, and biotechnology applications. There is also a reasonably complete index. For individuals from all backgrounds who need a succinct yet complete introduction to microbiology, this book is an ideal resource, and readers can use this book as a springboard into a wide variety of other topics in microbiology by using the resources for further reading provided at the end of the book. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels. Faculty Member: Cramer, Deborah. The narrow edge: a tiny bird, an ancient crab & an epic Click here to enter text. journey. Yale, 2016. 203p bibl index afp ISBN 9780300185195 cloth,$28.00 15 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Relationships among the plants and animals across the planet are notably complex, and as these relationships continue to be discovered, their effects on the complex ecosystems of ☐ Recommended the planet emerge. Cramer, author of Great Waters: An Atlantic Passage (CH, Feb'02, 39-

3393) and Smithsonian Ocean: Our Water, Our World (CH, Mar'09, 46-3857), has written a cautionary tale of the interactions of a tiny bird on the Endangered Species List (the red knot) and the many animals that provide essential food as the birds fly from Tierra del Fuego to several sites in the Arctic and then return south in their annual migrations. Most important are the horse shoe crabs, whose eggs are a staple of the birds' diet. The reader accompanies Cramer as she follows the path of the red knot by helicopter, canoe, and foot along various parts of the coastlines of South and North America. Readers will get a fine sense of the coastal habitats and the many environmental problems faced by their human and nonhuman inhabitants as Cramer and the red knots travel across these parts of the world. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers, lower- and upper-division undergraduates, and graduate students Faculty Member: Gibson, Greg. A primer of human genetics. Sinauer Associates, 2015. 442pindex Click here to enter text. ISBN 9781605353135 pbk, $64.95 ☐ Required The pace of change in our understanding of molecular genetics and genome-level expressions of human genetic information represents a significant challenge to publishers ☐ Recommended whose infrequent revision cycles can span years of revolutionary advancements in the

science they are trying to capture. Gibson (Georgia Institute of Technology; coauthor of A Primer of Genome Science, CH, Oct'09, 47-0853) has taken this challenge on in his latest text, which acts as a contemporary survey of our understanding of human genetics. Gibson emphasizes the word “primer” when describing the intended audience of the text, which is written to act as a launching pad for further investigation—a purpose that is facilitated by the extensive list of references that accompanies each chapter. While the academic landscape is replete with textbooks on human genetics, this text is unique in its comprehensive treatment of contemporary research tools, including genome-wide association studies, next generation sequencing technology, gene expression profiling techniques, epigenetic tools, and integrative genomics. The final six chapters are organized around the major human genetic disease classes. Although the book is characterized as an introductory textbook, readers should have a foundational understanding of basic chemistry and genetics to appreciate the scientific advances fully.Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Pollock, Mary Sanders. Storytelling apes: primatology narratives past and Click here to enter text. future. Pennsylvania State, 2015. 256p bibl index afp ISBN 9780271066301cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Reflecting on primatology and prominent primatologists, Pollock (English, Stetson Univ.) describes the work of a number of well-known scientists—individuals ranging from ☐ Recommended Charles Darwin to Jane Goodall—offering insights that will give readers, be they

newcomers or established scholars, unique perspectives on the discipline. In each chapter, Pollock integrates scientists’ field tribulations and transformations with their discoveries about and interpretations of the nonhumans with whom they live. An emerging theme is the distinct personality of each nonhuman studied and the inevitability that lasting bonds will form between the primatologist and the “informant,” a relationship through which the scientist gains an entrée into the nonhuman world. Pollock uses these interspecies relationships, and the scientific and popular works that derived from them, to explore broad themes foundational to primatology, ranging from conceptions of “the field,” to the meaning of objectivity and subjectivity in research, to how scientific knowledge is accumulated and disseminated, to the future of primates in an increasingly 16 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 violent and ecologically ravaged world. An invaluable resource for those interested in wild or captive primates, this book inspires introspection. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Jolly, Alison. Thank you, Madagascar: the conservation diaries of Alison Jolly. Zed Click here to enter text. Books, 2015. 391p bibl index ISBN 9781783603183 cloth,$27.95; ISBN 9781783603206 ebook, $27.95 ☐ Required As a biodiversity hot spot, with over 90 percent of its life forms endemic to its landmass, Madagascar occupies a special place in the conservation movement. This book is a ☐ Recommended collection of writings and essays from the diaries of Alison Jolly (1937–2014), a

preeminent researcher in Madagascar lemur biology. Her writings are an account of many people’s efforts to conserve the biota of Madagascar. Jolly's work offers a rare glimpse into the sociology, psychology, science, and politics that are important to any conservation effort. The book is organized into five main sections, covering topics such as the importance of the forest, the politics of conservation, the conflict between conservation and development, and the effects of weather and money on conservation in Madagascar. The information is presented in a forthright and unassuming manner, avoiding the complex terminology typical of many books on ecology and conservation. Because of this, the book is appropriate for all levels of readership, especially novices interested in conservation, particularly conservation in Madagascar. This book would be useful in a general collection to be read by a wide audience. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Taylor, Judith M. Visions of loveliness: great flower breeders of the past.Ohio Click here to enter text. University, 2014. 467p bibl index afp ISBN 9780804011563 cloth,$65.00; ISBN 9780804011570 pbk, $29.95; ISBN 9780804040624 ebook,contact publisher for price ☐ Required Beginning with a thoughtful, exceptionally well-written introduction, Visions of Loveliness is organized into three parts, each comprising two chapters. The two chapters ☐ Recommended in part 1 (which is sparsely illustrated), "History of Plant Breeding in Europe and

America," provide a mini-history (28 pages) and a synopsis (9 pages) of Taylor's prequel to the present title, The Global Migrations of Ornamental Plants (2009). Part 2, "Important Flower Breeders," is devoted to biographies of flower breeders, European and American respectively. (Neophyte horticulturists may need an explanation of what flower breeders do.) Part 3, "Plants by Genus," looks at plant genera of shrubs and herbaceous plants. Trees are not considered, and Taylor does not treat irises or tulips, given their comprehensive coverage by Clarence Mahan (irises) and Anna Pavord (tulips). Parts 2 and 3 include numerous color and black-and-white illustrations. Those with a serious interest in flower breeding will particularly appreciate this fascinating horticultural history. More casual readers will probably read selectively about their favorite groups, for instance, roses for those who breed them in all corners of the world. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Braverman, Irus. Wild life: the institution of nature. Stanford, 2015. 328pbibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780804795685 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Zoos have worked hard to repurpose themselves as repositories of breeding animals for species that are endangered in the wild. Most wildlife biologists, however, are working to ☐ Recommended conserve such animals in their natural habitats, often in large tracts of wilderness that are

relatively untouched by humans. Often there is a tension between the two management tactics. InWild Life, Braverman (law and geography, Univ. at Buffalo SUNY) examines the divide between in situ conservation of animals in their habitats and ex situ programs that work to build genetically diverse captive populations, usually with the idea that these 17 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 animals will be used to replenish wild stocks. She documents the changing state of the divide, beginning with the original stark contrast between the two strategies and ending with a continuum of approaches for saving species. Though Braverman engages in detailed discussions of complex philosophical, legal, and analytical issues, she keeps the book readable by separating these discussions with illustrative vignettes about specific conservation successes and failures. This richly referenced book will be especially useful for those interested in the current state of conservation biology. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals. Faculty Member: Stuppy, Wolfgang. Wonders of the plant kingdom: a microcosm revealed, by Wolfgang Click here to enter text. Stuppy, Rob Kesseler, and Madeline Harley. Chicago, 2015.146p bibl index ISBN 9780226215921 pbk, $25.00 ☐ Required Stuppy, Kesseler, and Harley have reinvented the art of the historic naturalist sketch for modern times. They relied heavily on seeds and plants from the Millennium Seed Bank ☐ Recommended Partnership at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (where Stuppy is, and Harley was,

affiliated). Many of their images are rare scanning electron micrographs, some hand- colored by Kesseler (Univ. of the Arts, London). Saturated with color and finely detailed, the hundreds of spectacular pictures create a stunning contrast against the black background. In addition to its aesthetic grandeur, the book is packed with detailed captions, explanatory texts, and solid biological concepts. Organized by topical interests, it also boasts a glossary and an extensive index of the illustrated plants, complete with their scientific names and native distribution. The result is comparable in visual appeal and technical accuracy to Jens Petersen’s The Kingdom of Fungi (CH, Dec'13, 51-2077, OAT). A wide range of avid plant lovers, undergraduates, conservationists, botanists, and science artists will find this a favored addition to their collections. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels

18 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Business Administration & Marketing Faculty Member: Spinuzzi, Clay. All edge: inside the new workplace networks. Chicago,2015. 220p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780226236964 cloth, $40.00 ☐ Required Spinuzzi (rhetoric and writing, Univ. of Texas at Austin) has written a highly intelligent and interesting account of his research into “all edge” work groups. The author places the ☐ Recommended term in its proper context in chapter 1: “Put a phone in everyone’s pocket, a mobile

computer in everyone’s bag, and you have the potential for an organization to become all edge: able to rapidly link across organizational boundaries, combine into temporary work groups, swarm a project with a team of specialists, and disperse at the end of the project, often to re-form in a different configuration, with some different members, for the next project.” In the chapters that follow, Spinuzzi looks at all-edge adhocracies (borrowing a term from Alvin Toffler’s Future Shock), nonemployer firms, organizational networks, coworking, hierarchies, markets and clans, disintegration and integration, and the future of all-edge adhocracies. An appendix describes the author's qualitative methodology using interviews, personal observations, and the gathering of various artifacts to collect data, as well as his approaches to coding and analyzing the data. An extensive bibliography is included as well as a useful index. Overall, this is a well-written, boundary-crossing book, accessible to a wide readership. Summing Up:Recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Platt, Stephen. Criminal capital: how the finance industry facilitates crime.Palgrave Click here to enter text. Macmillan, 2015. 227p index afp ISBN 9781137337290 cloth,$30.00 ☐ Required The titular criminal capital refers to the provision of financial services to criminal enterprises. A respected practitioner of financial crime prevention, Platt (Georgetown ☐ Recommended Univ.) depicts this willingness of bankers to service the criminal community as part of a

broader willingness to engage in risky behavior. The buccaneering subculture within the financial sector contributed to the 2008 financial crisis as well as to the recent proliferation of illicit ventures with drug lords, human traffickers, and tax evaders. Most of the book, however, is devoted to criminal ventures, including additional chapters on piracy, terrorism, and sanctions evasion. Each chapter provides an overview of a crime, evidence of financial sector involvement, and a closing scenario of a financial scheme unfolding. Unfortunately, these chapters are formulaic and somewhat superficial, despite the author’s extensive experience with financial intrigues. To reform the global financial system, Platt believes, banking needs to become a profession with more regard for its social responsibilities. It needs to develop managerial systems that reveal the negative implications of risky behavior, he argues. Moreover, the legal system should ensure that bankers behaving badly suffer the proper consequences of their actions. The author does not, however, believe that reform is forthcoming: the next catastrophe awaits.Summing Up: Recommended. With reservations. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners. Faculty Member: Moldoveanu, Mihnea C. The design of insight: how to solve any business problem, by Click here to enter text. Mihnea C. Moldoveanu and Olivier Leclerc. Stanford Briefs,2015. 146p afp ISBN 9780804794091 pbk, $12.99 ☐ Required Moldoveanu (business economics, Univ. of Toronto) and Leclerc (senior partner, McKinsey & Company) introduce business students and faculty to a personal problem-solving ☐ Recommended platform, an integrative approach toward thinking about complex problem solving as well

as innovative ways of generating solutions. As the authors carefully explain, to address day-to-day challenges and create meaningful change, integrative thinking managers use 19 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 intuition, reason, and imagination along with a holistic view of strategy, tactics, action, review, and evaluation to solve problems. These integrative thinking managers build complex models that include numerous critical variables: customers, competitors, capabilities, cost structures, employees, industry evolution, and regulatory environment. These models supposedly capture the complicated relationships among the critical variables in most business problems. Considering all aspects of a problem, integrative thinking managers strive to resolve tensions and turn challenges into opportunities. The authors intended this brief, 146-page text as an introduction to the integrative thinking approach to problem solving, a complex decision-making construct that demonstrates the extent to which theorists strive to integrate decision-making theory with cognitive concepts. The authors' approach may work well in theory, but unfortunately, most managers are not willing to devote the time and effort demanded by such a complex approach to solving problems. Summing Up:Recommended. With reservations. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, and faculty Faculty Member: Wang, R. "Ray". Disrupting digital business: create an authentic experience in the peer- Click here to enter text. to-peer economy. Harvard Business Review Press,2015. 191p index afp ISBN 9781422142011 cloth, $28.00; ISBN9780625270535 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required This important, technical book by a guru in the field is a fine contribution to the understanding of the transformation of organizations into digital enterprises. Arguing ☐ Recommended that the digital transformation will result in faster, more accurate, and more efficient

decisions—and higher profits—the author provides expert analysis of why leaders of organizations must create a digital culture—or fail. Through his analysis, Wang explains how to lead, grow, and compete in this revolutionary age. Examples are provided throughout the book, along with case studies of a wide assortment of companies. Throughout, the author emphasizes the importance of delegation of authority, trust, and teamwork to create breakthrough products and compete successfully. Going digital also means changing the way organizations operate: selection and incentive systems must be scrutinized as well as organizations' structures and budgets. Wang indicates that the organizations most likely to succeed are the ones with market leaders (and followers) who move fast, not the cautious adopters who move slowly or the reactors who resist change. This book should be read by CEOs, managers, professors, and graduate students of business, computer science, mathematics, and engineering. Summing Up:Recommended. Graduate students, faculty, and practitioners Faculty Member: Pedersen, Lasse Heje. Efficiently inefficient: how smart money invests and market prices Click here to enter text. are determined. Princeton, 2015. 348p bibl index afp ISBN9780691166193 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required In this book, Pedersen (Copenhagen Business School and New York Univ. Stern School of Business; principal, AQR Capital Management) combines an academic background with ☐ Recommended hands-on experience in wealth management. His title is gleaned from his observations as

a trader and analyses as an economist finding that financial market imperfections permit profitable investment strategies, which are limited in their success by active trading among market participants. Pedersen argues that investment techniques generate a return for managers because of delays (inefficiencies) in market price adjustments. He further asserts that the most sophisticated techniques in seeking those opportunities are found in hedge fund management, and he organizes them into three main categories: criteria for selecting individual securities; considerations when allocating a portfolio into major asset classes; and exploiting opportunities for arbitrage, pricing, and selling almost simultaneously the same or similar securities. In addition to his own insights into 20 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 financial market investing, the author includes interviews with recognized masters of various investment strategies, including, among others, George Soros, Myron Scholes, and John A. Paulson. The book is designed to serve as a reference for financial market practitioners and as a text for students interested in financial markets. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners; general readers Faculty Member: Butollo, Florian. The end of cheap labour?: industrial transformation and "social Click here to enter text. upgrading" in China. Campus Verlag, 2015. 400p bibl index afp ISBN 9783593501772 pbk, $56.00 ☐ Required In this book Butollo (Institute of Sociology, Univ. of Jena, Germany) studies the issue of cheap labor in China, where the economy relies heavily on exports and investment, and ☐ Recommended growth depends largely on cheap labor and other available resources. This business

model makes a sustainable growth path questionable. While the Chinese government would like to transform the economy into one that is driven more by domestic consumption, the author argues that significant industrial transformation and social upgrading (higher wages and better working conditions) have to occur to rebalance the economy. Through painstakingly prepared case studies and empirical investigation, Butollo studies the LED industry and the textile and garment industry in the Pearl River Delta. He concludes that industrial upgrading does not necessarily lead to social upgrading, a warning the Chinese government should keep in mind. Not intended as a textbook, the volume--based on the author's radically revised dissertation at the University of Frankfurt—is accessible to readers at all levels and is valuable for anyone interested in Chinese labor conditions. Summing Up:Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Orser, Barbara. Feminine capital: unlocking the power of women entrepreneurs, by Barbara Click here to enter text. Orser and Catherine Elliott. Stanford Business Books, 2015. 228p index afp ISBN 9780804783798 pbk, $27.95 ☐ Required Today, there are more than 200 million women business owners around the world—a surprising statistic for those who think that entrepreneurship is a male ☐ Recommended domain. Nevertheless, women from tiny villages to major cities are proving that they have

the right stuff to start and grow business enterprises. Coauthors Orser (vice dean of career development, Univ. of Ottawa) and Elliott (management, Univ. of Ottawa) utilize four decades of research to examine the key ingredients that are necessary for women business owners to successfully compete in the marketplace. They also look at the hurdles women have to overcome to change people's perceptions and obtain the resources they need. The authors note that networking and building a collective of supporters is critical. So is finding an "entrepreneurial identity" that allows a woman to succeed on her own terms rather than those placed on her. Ultimately, to obtain the commitment and financial capital to build businesses, women need to unlock capital of another sort—their feminine capital. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Stanley, John. Food tourism: a practical marketing guide, by John Stanley and Linda Click here to enter text. Stanley. CABI, 2015. 241p bibl index afp ISBN 9781780645018cloth, $145.00; ISBN 9781780645025 pbk, $45.00 ☐ Required Stanley and Stanley (farmers, consultants, and independent scholars) present a how-to of food tourism—from pick-your-own farms to festivals and culinary tours—with examples ☐ Recommended from the authors’ and others’ work from around the English-speaking world. The book’s

first section, “Food Tourism and the Tourist,” amounts to two chapters providing the 21 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 theory, history, economic argument, and overview for what follows. Remaining chapters shift to specific guidance and justification for various types of food tourism, grouped into agro-tourism in part 2 and culinary tourism in part 3. The concluding section is devoted to food tourism marketing and a look to the future. The result is a highly practical book written in plain language that will be useful for both scholars and practitioners. Though not a textbook, Food Tourism would actually make a useful text for the classroom. Appendixes include suggested readings, a guide to acronyms, and promotional ideas. Endnotes in each chapter and the inclusion of academic contributors will appeal to scholars. The book is a more didactic version of Lucy Long’s Culinary Tourism (CH, Jun'04, 41-5869) and Food Tourism around the World: Development, Management and Markets, by C. Michael Hall et al. (2003). Summing Up: Recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Campbell-Kelly, Martin. From mainframes to smartphones: a history of the international Click here to enter text. computer industry, by Martin Campbell-Kelly and Daniel D. Garcia- Swartz. Harvard, 2015. 240p index afp ISBN 9780674729063 cloth,$45.00 ☐ Required Almost two decades ago, Campbell-Kelly (Univ. of Warwick, UK) co-wroteComputer: A History of the Information Machine (CH, Jan'97, 34-2793), one of the most authoritative ☐ Recommended histories of information technology. In his new book, co-written with Garcia-Swartz

(economist, Compass Lexecon), he offers a concise history of the companies that created the computer industry. The book provides a compact but thorough history of the different companies that have become part of daily life. The authors split the history of the industry into four sections, each covering 15-year increments from 1950 to 2010. In each section, the authors look at the most important companies and explain the breakthroughs and innovations that pushed the industry forward. Written for general readers, the book traces a clear outline of how the computer industry’s obsession with miniaturization and standardization pushed giants such as IBM, Microsoft, Google, and Apple to continually reinvent their products and services. The authors present an overview of the industry with a foundational look at the trends and companies that shaped computer technology and also devote several chapters to the international marketplace. This book is a worthy addition to the literature of the history of computing. Summing Up:Essential. All readers. Faculty Member: Tillemann, Levi. The great race: the global quest for the car of the future.Simon & Click here to enter text. Schuster, 2015. 338p bibl index ISBN 9781476773490 cloth,$28.00 ☐ Required In this book, Tillemann (fellow, New America Foundation; former CEO, IRIS Engines) provides readers with some fascinating insight into the factors influencing the race to ☐ Recommended develop the car of the future. Rather than focusing solely on potential future directions,

the author puts forward some valuable perspectives on what has led to the state of the competitive landscape today and then sets the stage for the future movement of the industry. Positioning the key players based on the region of the world they come from (e.g., US, Japan, and China) is a refreshing change from the dominance of many current discussions that revolve only around key manufacturers without considering location. Practitioners and researchers may find this an interesting read as they study the competitive dynamics and external influencers that have led to the rapidly evolving landscape today. Students may find this book a valuable read as the proactive and reactive steps taken by some key players in the auto industry bring to light the topic of competitiveness in a product category many are familiar with. Summing Up:Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners. 22 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Clifford, Mark L. The greening of Asia: the business case for solving Asia's environmental Click here to enter text. emergency. Columbia, 2015. 306p bibl index afp ISBN9780231166089 cloth, $29.95; ISBN 9780231539203 ebook, $28.99 ☐ Required This is a remarkable book. Clifford (executive director, Asia Business Council) lays out the present state of sustainability throughout Asia in all its direness before ultimately ☐ Recommended presenting a hopeful tone. Through his exploration of the growth of various

companies that are, in some cases, miles ahead of their competitors in the West, the author delves into sustainability initiatives in energy, transportation, waste, and other sectors. The author profiles both successes and failures while showing how sustainability is a viable long-term business strategy. Though climate change and its effects are an ever-present threat in today's world, Clifford's focus on the business case for sustainability shows how profitability does not have to be separate from notions of sustainability. The book also contains very useful appendixes that include an extensive bibliography, notes, and green companies to watch. Clifford's book should be essential reading for policy makers and business leaders considering the effects of climate change on Asia and the rest of the world, including the world's political landscape. This book is appropriate for all readers and should be on the shelf of every library. Summing Up: Essential. All readers Faculty Member: Levander, Caroline Field. Hotel life: the story of a place where anything can happen, by Click here to enter text. Caroline Field Levander and Matthew Pratt Guterl. North Carolina, 2015. 208p index afp ISBN 9781469621128 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required A hotel can be a pleasant home away from home or merely an innocuous necessity of modern life; however, in this work, readers are reminded of the ways in which the ☐ Recommended structure enables or reinforces inequalities of race, class, gender, power, and

privilege. Authors Levander (English, Rice Univ.) and Guterl (Africana and American studies, Brown Univ.) are humanities scholars, so their aim is not to write a historical essay or a textbook for hospitality practitioners but rather to “describe the social and political function of the hotel in modern culture.” They examine the subject through four different sociocultural lenses, which are also the names of the book's four sections: "Space," "Time," "Scale," and "Affect." The authors metaphorically check readers into places as diverse as luxury spa resorts and dingy single-room occupancy hotels, and their conclusions are equally scathing regardless of the star rating of the establishment. The writing is abstruse at times, and not all readers will agree with the cynical and damning perspectives the authors espouse, but this work provides a good counterpoint to standard works examining hotels from historical or operational viewpoints. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty Faculty Member: Brown, Peter Hendee. How real estate developers think: design, profits, and Click here to enter text. community. Pennsylvania, 2015. 321p index afp ISBN 9780812247053cloth, $79.95 ☐ Required Most books on real estate development focus on how it should be done; few reveal how it is actually carried out. Using interviews with successful developers in Miami, Portland ☐ Recommended (OR), and Chicago, Brown (Univ. of Minnesota) fills a niche with his narrative. In doing so,

he describes the developer’s personality type (e.g., tenacious, visionary), depicts the development process, discusses the relationship between developers and architects (and good design), reflects on the marketing and selling of projects, and notes how projects create places. Throughout, Brown recognizes that good development is driven by more than a desire to maximize profits. A real strength of the book is its presentation of key ideas using extended examples and the words of those interviewed by the author. Bracketing the core chapters is a discussion of how citizens can have influence 23 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 with developers during public review processes. Brown is not shy in his admiration for developers and their role in the building and rebuilding of cities; however, his stance is uncritical, and the few forays into genetics and social psychology seem superfluous. Nevertheless, the book has real value for those unfamiliar with real estate development, and it will be particularly useful for students. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners; general readers. Faculty Member: Greengard, Samuel. The Internet of things. MIT, 2015. 210p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780262527736 pbk, $15.95 ☐ Required The Internet of Things (IoT), still in its early stages, revolves around increased machine- to-machine communication. For example, welding machines can “tell” air-conditioning ☐ Recommended systems to operate and the air-conditioning systems "detect" where employees are so not

all rooms are equally cooled. Through radio frequency identification devices, sensors, smartphones, and cloud computing, the IoT can potentially reduce manufacturing costs by creating efficiencies and reducing human contributions to the manufacturing process. Greengard, a business and technology writer, explores the history of IoT and describes its applications for retailing, transportation, construction, military, health, and other industries. Such applications have ethical and social repercussions, such as the loss of device security from hacking, safety concerns with computer malfunctions, privacy violations, and the dehumanization of operations. This pocket-size book is all text but easy reading, especially with the help of a glossary with 38 critical terms. A complementary book is Jeremy Rifkin’s The Zero Marginal Cost Society: The Internet of Things, the Collaborative Commons, and the Eclipse of Capitalism (CH, Nov 2014, 52- 1529), which provides a related IoT discussion pertaining to other technologies, such as 3-D printing. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Steinberg, Kerri P. Jewish mad men: advertising and the design of the American Jewish Click here to enter text. experience. Rutgers, 2015. 219p bibl index ISBN9780813563763 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780813563756 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required Arguing that a study of the business of advertising can reveal insights into a culture, Steinberg (art history, Otis College of Art and Design, Los Angeles) examines advertising ☐ Recommended that documents Jewish concerns, trends, and attitudes. In the first chapter, she briefly

discusses the arrival of Jews in the American colonies before she looks at Abraham Cahan's Forward, Rabbi Isaac Mayer Wise's The Israelite, and the B'nai B'rith Messenger, among other papers aimed at Jews. In her analysis, the author focuses on editorial and advertising content, revealing the anxieties Jews experienced in the late 1800s and early 1900s because of anti-Semitism. In the second chapter, she discusses Joseph Jacobs and his advertising, which remixed jingles and headlines within a Jewish context for companies such as Kraft and General Foods. As she writes, "Ethnic marketing encouraged American Jews to retain their Jewish distinctions." The third chapter examines the Manischewitz and Maxwell House brands, which established themselves as pillars of American Jewish culture. In the fourth chapter, Steinberg looks at Albert Lasker and Bill Bernbach, two icons in American advertising. In the final chapter, she focuses on JDating in the digital age. This book should appeal to readers interested in learning about advertising and Jewish life in the US. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Katz, Harry C. Labor relations in a globalizing world, by Harry C. Katz, Thomas A. Kochan, Click here to enter text. and Alexander J. S. Colvin. ILR Press, 2015. 348p index afp ISBN 9780801453816 cloth, $149.95; ISBN 9780801479892 pbk,$49.95 24 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required This excellent comparative relations text written by three masters of the Wisconsin "institutional" tradition analyzes employment through the perspective of industrial ☐ Recommended relations. The authors, Katz (Cornell Univ.), Kochan (MIT), and Colvin (Cornell Univ.), apply

John R. Commons's insight that the expansion of markets disturbs existing labor relations institutions and requires labor to extend its initiatives and take wages out of competition. Tracing how labor, management, and governments acting as individuals or as groups have shaped the employment relationship, the authors have assembled a valuable collection of evidence and cases from around the world, all topical and of global significance. The authors employ the familiar Kochan/Katz/McKersie three-tier model of labor relations to assess the underlying reality of international supply chains. Readers will benefit from the insights the authors have derived from their own interventions as consultants and activists. Recommended for serious upper-division students and graduate students in labor relations, human resource management, sociology, and economics. Summing Up:Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Jarzabkowski, Paula. Making a market for acts of God: the practice of risk trading in the Click here to enter text. global reinsurance industry, by Paul Jarzabkowski, Rebecca Bednarek, and Paul Spee. Oxford, 2015. 231p bibl index ISBN9780199664764 cloth, $50.00 ☐ Required This detailed study covers the reinsurance underwriters who manage the risk of natural disasters that result in extreme claims. The events, being “unpredictable ... unknown ☐ Recommended unknowns,” merit the not strictly legal designation “acts of God.” Besides insuring damage

caused by hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, and brush fires, the reinsurance market recently expanded to human-made disasters: terrorist attacks, asbestos claims, piracy, oil spills, and credit default. The authors aim to evaluate “how the market is generated within the everyday practice of underwriters evaluating and trading risk,” and they accordingly conducted an ethnographic study of the reinsurance market. The authors begin the book with an overview of the reinsurance market. The chapters that follow cover managing collective risk, transforming disasters into deals, managing the absence of models, supporting competition in a consensus market, moving from a market for acts of God to one for commodities, and proposing a practice theory of the market. The authors evaluate the potential danger to the reinsurance market—and to capital markets generally—due to rapidly escalating change and shifts, and they end by furnishing remedies in the conclusion. The book contains a methodology appendix, a glossary, detailed references, and extensive tables and figures. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Heath, Joseph. Morality, competition, and the firm: the market failures approach to Click here to enter text. business ethics. Oxford, 2014. 412p bibl index afp ISBN9780199990481 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required This volume collects a series of papers and essays on the subject of corporate social responsibility written by Heath (public policy, Univ. of Toronto) over a period of years. The ☐ Recommended author's approach is a sensible focus on market failure, which comes closer to the mark in

explaining violations of explicit and implicit contracts in civil society than any other diagnostic so far. Individual chapters focus on stakeholders, contracts, agency theory, and variants on ethics. Heath provides a lengthy and excellent introduction that, together with the first chapter on market failure, arguably contains the core of the book. Undergraduate and graduate students in business and society courses might be well served by focusing on these two sections of the book; later chapters balance the text by delving further into details for those desiring much greater depth or conducting research on the subject. There is also an outstanding bibliography. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and graduate students 25 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Fleming, Peter. The mythology of work: how capitalism persists despite Click here to enter text. itself. Pluto, 2015. 215p bibl index ISBN 9780745334868 pbk, $30.00 ☐ Required In this book, Fleming (Cass Business School, City Univ. London), noted critic of free- market capitalism, dismantles the understanding of work. In capitalism’s class structure, ☐ Recommended workers become their jobs and build their sense of self-worth around their willingness to

abandon self-preservation and become gainfully employed. Rather than performing socially useful things, workers perform painful and meaningless actions to keep busy and make money. Workers experience job-related illnesses and use their private time to answer work-related e-mails. Although technical innovations automate routine manual labor and cognitive work, management still persuades workers to perform painful and meaningless tasks. Fleming challenges workers to confront those capitalistic forces wanting to profit from acting collectively and encourages them to configure a constructive post-work world. In a life after work, building a sense of self-worth forms the epicenter of existence; paying everyone a living wage for a three-day workweek abolishes the effort and reward paradigm; and multitiered collectives' managing banks, utilities, railways, and health care providers underscores civic responsibility and public service. In essence, Fleming challenges readers to configure alternatives to work that propagate rather than annihilate humanity. Readers might also consider David M. Kotz's The Rise and Fall of Neoliberal Capitalism (CH, Jul'15, 52-5992).Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper- division undergraduates through researchers and faculty Faculty Member: Yetiv, Steven A. Myths of the oil boom: American national security in a global energy Click here to enter text. market. Oxford, 2015. 257p index afp ISBN 9780190212698cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required This book by Yetiv (international relations, Old Dominion Univ.) is a fascinating scholarly treatise on the current US oil boom and its long-term effects on American and global ☐ Recommended national security. Setting out to demolish myths and misconceptions, the author studies

the oil industry (he does not examine the use of natural gas or shale gas) within the context of oil prices, geopolitics, and the negative repercussions of oil use on the environment and society. While looking at a myriad number of theories on how to control oil production and prices to create a workable national security plan for the US, the author ultimately concludes that the US is simply overly dependent on oil. Regardless of fluctuations in production, price setting, or politics, world developments will alter global realities no matter how much strategic planning is in place. According to the author, only a US decrease in dependence on oil will enhance national security. Whether readers agree or disagree with this premise, the author's arguments are thought provoking, painstakingly researched, and presented in a way that is accessible to most readers. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Hinssen, Peter. The network always wins: how to influence customers, stay relevant, and Click here to enter text. transform your organization to move faster than the market. McGraw-Hill Education, 2015. 203p bibl index ISBN9780071848718 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required Hinssen, a thought leader in digital transformation of organizations, shares how volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous networks of information need to be understood to ☐ Recommended transform organizations. Wireless networks of information move faster than the regular

marketplace, so organizations must be superfluid to quickly influence those networks in order to be relevant for customers. The author explains these general concepts by providing examples of failure from Polaroid, Gerber, and Netscape as well as examples of some successes, including Google, Amazon, PayPal, Facebook, Barclays, Netflix, and General Electric. Such organizations may need to reinvent themselves by creating start- ups internal to or separate from the organizations. Organizations may be too static, 26 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 whereas business models in the age of digital networking may be more appropriate for today’s networks. The book contains three sections of case studies, all of which are easy to read. A couple of related books are Saul Berman’s Not for Free: Revenue Strategies for a New World (CH, Jun'11, 48-5780) and Marco Iansiti and Roy Levien’s The Keystone Advantage: What the New Dynamics of Business Ecosystems Mean for Strategy, Innovation, and Sustainability(CH, May'05, 42-5360). Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Cooren, François. Organizational discourse: communication and Click here to enter text. constitution. Polity, 2015. 192p bibl index afp ISBN 9780745654225 pbk,$22.95 ☐ Required Within this volume from the “Key Themes in Organizational Communication” series, Cooren (Univ. of Montreal) posits that organizational communication is more than a simple ☐ Recommended exchange of words, is never neutral, and is worthy of careful attention. Systematic

discourse analysis permits discovery of the creative/perpetuating/negating powers of communication (holistically defined), which create and organize the organization as well as work and life within it. Cooren defines key concepts in organizational communication studies and presents six different standpoints on discourse analysis and how each might be carried out—alone or in combination—to yield different understandings of one interaction. More to the point, key aspects of organizations are systematically analyzed by all six angles on discourse analysis to illustrate how each one illuminates a particular dimension of that same interaction, specifically the active role of discourse in constructing organizational reality. The final chapter summarizes the text and is followed by endnotes, a rich (15-plus pages) reference section, and a workable index. The writing is scholarly and may seem complicated and abstract to some, but for willing and interested readers, comprehension is effectively facilitated by examples rooted in common experience. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through practitioners Faculty Member: Kayes, D. Christopher. Organizational resilience: how learning sustains organizations in Click here to enter text. crisis, disaster, and breakdown. Oxford, 2015. 171p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199791057 cloth, $59.95 ☐ Required In an ideal world, this book would be labeled “true crime,” but unfortunately, very little of what is detailed here—the environmental, economic, and social atrocities resulting from ☐ Recommended corporations' perpetually outsourcing both labor and pollution to destitute populations—is

considered criminal. Opening with the Triangle Shirtwaist Factory fire of 1911, Loomis (Univ. of Rhode Island) surveys more than a century of corporations' moving industrial and agricultural production to areas with ever-poorer worker and environmental protections— not for the sake of profit, for they are already profitable, but rather for greater and greater profits. As Loomis makes clear, this destroys not only the communities left behind but also those on the receiving end, where workers labor in factories such as the Rana Plaza factory in Bangladesh, which collapsed in 2013, killing 1,134 workers, and suffer the degradation of the local environment. Combining an easily read style with a wealth of information, this captivating book offers many damning examples of corporate sociopathy while skillfully delving into the complex network of international trade agreements that facilitate it; at the same time, the book also charts a history of resistance and a path forward, away from catastrophe. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Ford, Martin. Rise of the robots: technology and the threat of a jobless future. Basic Click here to enter text. Books, 2015. 334p index ISBN 9780465059997 cloth, $28.99 ☐ Required Ford, a computer designer and software developer, provides a thought-provoking account of how advances in technology challenge conventional understanding of existing 27 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Recommended economic and workforce models. His book presents a series of scenarios and examples that illustrate the accelerated speed at which technology influences contemporary society. In some detail, Ford outlines how current advances in automation, big data, cognitive computing, and artificial intelligence are “likely [to] threaten jobs across industries and at a wide range of skill levels," including white-collar jobs. He argues that increasing income inequality will have a detrimental impact on economic growth in a consumer-driven economy because consumers will no longer be able to afford the products and services offered. Ford concludes with a series of suggestions (e.g., guaranteed income, education as a public good) for how economic policies can potentially counter these negative effects. The book may serve as a good start for anyone who is curious about advances in technology, economics, and the future of work.Summing Up: Recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Palmer, Andrew. Smart money: how high-stakes financial innovation is reshaping our Click here to enter text. world—for the better. Basic Books, 2015. 285p index ISBN9780465064724 cloth, $27.99 ☐ Required Written by a leading financial journalist, Smart Money is a welcome and inspiring counterargument to the post-2008 vilification of the finance industry. Interesting and ☐ Recommended well-written, the book shines a light on the virtues of financial innovation. Part 1,

“Lessons Badly Learned," sets the stage with three chapters that trace the extensive history of the industry in meeting the needs of individuals. Part 2, “A Force for Good," comprises six chapters that include numerous examples of creative financial ideas aimed at benefiting society, including social impact bonds that channel private funds for prisoner rehabilitation and a drug-development “mega-fund” that raises capital for anticancer drugs. Palmer traveled to the centers of finance around the world and then wrote an enlightening book that provides a new perspective on an important and timely issue: banking is capable of doing good, and the industry offers a powerful means for solving intractable social problems. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers. Faculty Member: Nelson, Andrew J. The sound of innovation: Stanford and the computer music Click here to enter text. revolution. MIT, 2015. 236p bibl index afp ISBN 9780262028769cloth, $36.00 ☐ Required This timely book by Nelson (management, Univ. of Oregon) addresses an important question: can innovative research at universities result in commercially viable and ☐ Recommended profitable products that will help counter the recent budget cuts to higher

education? Though the book focuses on the experience of a private university—Stanford— it has lessons for any university interested in engaging in joint ventures with industry. The story is an instructive case study of how collaboration between Stanford and Yamaha Corporation led to a commercially successful outcome—the creation of the music synthesizer. The licensing of frequency modulation to Yamaha remains even today Stanford’s most profitable technological license. Not surprisingly, the story is not a linear progression to success; to illustrate this point, an important faculty member is denied tenure because his basic research is deemed of uncertain value, but through perseverance, a joint musician-engineer center is established. This book should be of special interest to university administrators who wish guidance on how to sustain universities in the 21st century. It is especially relevant for those concerned with the formulation of public policies and for state-funded universities founded under the Morrill Act of 1862, which have as their primary reason for existence a close connection between education and industry. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through practitioners; general readers Faculty Member: Fredrickson, Caroline. Under the bus: how working women are being run over. New Click here to enter text. Press, 2015. 246p index ISBN 9781620970102 cloth, $25.95; 28 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ISBN 9781620970805 ebook, $16.99 ☐ Required In this book, Fredrickson (president, American Constitution Society) focuses on the difficulties faced by women working at the lowest income level. Existing laws that attempt ☐ Recommended to remedy problems often faced by these women (e.g., gender discrimination, low wages,

overtime) do not apply to several groups: those working in small businesses and farm, domestic service, and hospital workers. Only “regular employees” are covered; “independent contractors” and part-timers are not. These exemptions were introduced in 1930s legislation to obtain southern support; it was expected they would keep blacks from coverage. Frederickson highlights how the exemptions continue, and that data show more women than men and more persons of color are affected. In addition, the author calls attention to other factors affecting low-income workers: the uncertain availability of leaves (maternity and other, paid and unpaid), vacation time, health care, pensions, and availability and cost of childcare. She also compares US culture with others, pointing out how in many European countries men tend to be more involved in childcare and the government provides and helps pay for childcare facilities. The book does a good job of exposing a two-tiered system in the US, where some working women have rights while others have few or none at all. Summing Up: Recommended. All levels

29 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Child Study Faculty Member: Class, please open your comics: essays on teaching with graphic narratives, ed. by Click here to enter text. Matthew L. Miller. McFarland, 2015. 270p bibl index afp ISBN 9780786495146 pbk, $40.00; ISBN 9781476619170 ebook, $40.00 ☐ Required Perhaps what is most remarkable about the collection Miller (English, Univ. of South Carolina, Aiken) has assembled is that it does not set out to explain the value of graphic ☐ Recommended narratives or to justify their inclusion on college syllabi. In other words, this book is

concerned not with why an instructor should consider teaching graphic narratives but with how to do it successfully. This focus suggests a new stage in scholarly treatments of graphic narratives; throughout the last decade, scholars have focused on defending graphic narratives as appropriate choices for academic study. Miller organizes the 17 brief essays in this collection into six sections, starting with “Getting Started: Advice for Beginners” and progressing to “Self-Reflexivity, Intertextuality, and Other Scary Terms: Postmodernism in Graphic Novels” and, finally, "Looking Ahead: Graphic Novel Education for the Future." An appendix offers 12 “best practices assignments.” This book will be useful for teachers who would like to include graphic narratives in a course but are uncertain how to do it or those who are interested in using these texts more effectively in their classes. Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students, researchers, faculty Faculty Member: Schneider, Mercedes K. Common core dilemma: who owns our schools?.Teachers College Click here to enter text. Press, 2015. 245p index afp ISBN 9780807756508 cloth,$68.00; ISBN 9780807756492 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required In this book, Schneider (secondary school teacher, St. Bernard Parish, Louisiana) offers readers an explanation of the origin, development, and promotion of the Common Core ☐ Recommended State Standards (CCSS). In 1994, business leaders and state governors began to form an

agency, Achieve, Inc., to create a uniform set of expectations of high school student achievement and methods of assessing students' success. The Education Trust and the Fordham Foundation urged states to adopt the CCSS standards, and a nonprofit organization, Student Achievement Partners, directed a public relations campaign to enlist support from teachers and school administrators. In her book, Schneider argues that the Gates Foundation provided financing to develop and implement CCSS, and she describes problems that beset the Common Core and the accompanying standardized measures. Ultimately, she urges readers to use this information to resist the powerful interests that usurped the control of education. A broader critique appears in Diane Ravitch’s The Death and Life of the Great American School System (CH, Nov'11, 49- 1608). A description of worldwide educational standards can be found in PISA, Power, and Policy,edited by Heinz-Dieter Meyer and Aaron Benavot (2013). Summing Up:Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners; general readers Faculty Member: Critical literacies and young learners: connecting classroom practice to the Common Core, Click here to enter text. ed. by Ken Winograd. Routledge, 2015. 226p bibl index ISBN 9780415743211 cloth, $155.00; ISBN 9780415743228 pbk, $47.95 ☐ Required Defying Piaget's cognitive theory position that younger learners are unable to think abstractly in the lower stages of development, the critical literacy researchers Winograd ☐ Recommended (Oregon State Univ.) assembled present actual classroom practices designed to bring

critical thinking skills to curricular practice while meeting the Common Core Standards requirements. Organized into two sections, the book first clarifies the purpose and function of critical literacy theory. The second section provides classroom case studies of 30 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 critical literacy applied in grades K–3. Multiple classroom examples of lower elementary students thinking critically through contemporary cultural/social issues demonstrate the depth and effectiveness possible when intuitive, "withit" (as Jacob Kounin described them) educators adapt instruction purposefully. Rather than shielding learners from the important social justice issues of the day—environment, race, culture, economics, etc.— the teachers and researchers highlighted in this text find multiple approaches to bring children as young as four into significant, thoughtful conversation and action. Overall, Winograd and his associates articulate ways to teach meaningfully and effectively through the standardization of the Common Core. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Ebert, Edward S. Culture X goes to school: public education and the American culture, by Click here to enter text. Edward S. Ebert II and Darlene M. Maxwell. 2nd ed.Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 344p bibl index afp ISBN 9781475803440cloth, $100.00; ISBN 9781475803457 pbk, $55.00; ISBN 9781475803464ebook, $54.99 ☐ Required This provocative perspective on school reform and the relationship of schools to the culture begins with a brief review of issues of schooling and school reform efforts, ☐ Recommended followed by a denunciation of school reform as a myth. Ebert (emer., Coker College) and

Maxwell (Coker College) contend that reform is not possible and that the institution of education must be revolutionized by the reconceptualization of what schools should be. They find that schools are meant to perpetuate culture, but the necessary definition of American culture is missing. This problem lies not in the schools but in society, and the authors challenge readers to develop their own definitions of American culture in a series of helpful exercises. Furthermore, Ebert and Maxwell perceive multicultural education to be in conflict with the perpetuation of a national culture due to the former's inherently divisive nature. They suggest that prior cultures should instead be relinquished, though heritage is central to individual identity and should be celebrated. Finally, the authors call for a constitutional amendment that would establish an education congress of the States. An official language would be established, and a clear statement of the American culture would function as the foundation of a curriculum that would serve the nation. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners. Faculty Member: Nagel, Michael C. In the middle: the adolescent brain, behaviour and learning. ACER Click here to enter text. Press, 2014. 249p bibl index ISBN 9781742861487 pbk,$39.95 ☐ Required In his book, Nagel (Univ. of the Sunshine Coast, Australia) writes clearly, using appropriate links to previously introduced material, thoroughly explaining vocabulary within the text, ☐ Recommended and providing easy-to-understand content with multiple illustrations and examples. The

format is also user-friendly: each chapter begins with a relevant quote followed by information infused with examples and handy text boxes with highlighted information from the writing. Two chapters focus on brain development, the foundation for forming connections in educating adolescents. In chapters 5 through 7, Nagel examines the social and emotional development of adolescents within certain contexts (e.g., school, family), and chapters 8 and 9 focus on the adolescent brain inside and outside an educational setting. In the last chapter, the author examines disorders, including those affecting eating, sleeping, and depression. Exploring the connections between neuroscience and education requires a degree of caution, and Nagel carefully and capably navigates the boundaries between the two disciplines. He references the Australian educational system; however, the text remains applicable to any Western culture. Given the rapidly changing information from the field of neuroscience, the publication of a second edition will soon 31 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 be critical. Teachers, parents, and researchers will value this book. Summing Up:Recommended. Graduate students, researchers, and practitioners Faculty Member: Language-based approaches to support reading comprehension, ed. by Francine Falk- Click here to enter text. Ross. Rowman & Littlefield, 2014. 247p bibl index afp ISBN9781442229877 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9781442229884 pbk, $45.00; ISBN9781442229891 ebook, $44.99 ☐ Required This book provides a keen focus on the research base and skill set that pre-service and practicing teachers need to fully engage their English language learner (ELL) students in ☐ Recommended demanding literacy tasks. Falk-Ross (Pace Univ.) orchestrates a thoughtful review of the

underlying research and then, with her contributors, makes a significant contribution to the field by updating readers on approaches to oral language development and current reading research and connecting these elements to the emerging demands of the Common Core State Standards. This explicit link between strategies and standards will be of practical use to both teachers and administrators. The use of a case study further anchors the book and enables readers to consider the challenges of literacy development across disciplines as well as in the home environment. Overall, the contributors consider development across grade levels and bridge academic talk and text exploration in a way that supports teachers’ efforts to know their ELL students as learners and scaffold their language and literacy development. The voices in this volume present pedagogical approaches that are respectful of all students, families, and educators, and the editor and contributors provide a positive way forward to reflective instruction. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Toshalis, Eric. Make me!: understanding and engaging student resistance in Click here to enter text. school. Harvard Education Press, 2015. 362p index ISBN9781612507620 cloth, $70.00; ISBN 9781612507613 pbk, $35.00 ☐ Required This text offers a thorough examination of issues related to students demonstrating challenging behaviors and resistance in today’s school system. Through the use of ☐ Recommended vignettes, theoretical application, and thoughtful analysis of factors affecting behavior,

Toshalis (Lewis & Clark College) provides readers with opportunities to reflect on current professional practices used in addressing student resistance. With discussions on factors such as poverty, racial assimilation and identity, and past behavioral practices, the author explains solutions educators can implement for long-term positive change. While some chapters discuss anticipated topics (e.g., student motivation), several chapters may challenge readers’ perceptions of working with a 21st-century student population that is much more diverse. Such chapters (e.g., chapter 10: "Don’t Make Me Assimilate") are particularly poignant considering recent events on racial discourse occurring in the media today. Educators, administrators, and ancillary personnel will find this text extremely insightful and, after reading it, will perhaps begin a reexamination of current professional dispositions and practices in working with students from diverse backgrounds. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Milner, H. Richard. Rac(e)ing to class: confronting poverty and race in schools and Click here to enter text. classrooms. Harvard Education Press, 2015. 212p index ISBN9781612507866 pbk, $32.00 ☐ Required This book—potentially very influential—serves as a comprehensive approach to the challenges that schools face negotiating the intersection of poverty and race in the United ☐ Recommended States. Throughout the book, the author emphasizes these specific challenges and

proposes recommendations for teachers and educators on their practices in and out of the classroom. Considerations of reform and change must be taken seriously concernig poverty and other critical issues within the US schooling system, and Milner (Univ. of 32 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Pittsburgh School of Education) suggests effective practices to combat the profound problems. He highlights the importance of instruction and teaching practices across the curriculum, as well as the urgent need to address the challenges, experiences, and diversity of all students. Milner's representation of different cases, stories, challenges, statistics, and experiences suggests many strategies of reform on micro and macro levels for improving the educational system in the US. This book will prove valuable for readers of all levels interested in research in education, social change, critical pedagogy, teacher education, curriculum and instruction, bilingual education, educational leadership, ESL, multiculturalism, and diversity. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers

33 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Computer Information Systems/Mathematics Faculty Member: Börner, Katy. Atlas of knowledge: anyone can map. MIT, 2015. 211p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780262028813 cloth, $39.95 ☐ Required Börner (library and information science, Indiana Univ.) is curator of thePlaces & Spaces: Mapping Science exhibit (http://scimaps.org/home.html) currently on display at ☐ Recommended Northwestern University. Using new maps from the exhibit, this atlas, the second in a

planned three-atlas series, focuses on the power of visualization and its essential role in this age of information overload. (Number one in the series is the Atlas of Science: Visualizing What We Know; the planned third volume will be Atlas of Forecasts: Predicting and Broadcasting Science, Technology and Innovation.) This is a beautiful, coffee table– style book, printed in a large (11" h x 13" w) format on high-quality, thick, glossy paper. Some pages have only visualizations; other images are accompanied by text. Börner’s declared goal is to disseminate data and data-visualization literacy. The atlas is organized into four parts: "Science and Technology Facts," "Envisioning Science and Technology," "Science Maps in Action," and "Outlook." Different reading trajectories are suggested for different types of readers (“familiar with science but not with mapping,” "visualization expert," "designer not familiar with science visualization,” “programmer interested in building tools,” and “wish to see the future of science and technology”). Readers will want to look at the maps again and again—and then read the text. Summing Up:Essential. All readers Faculty Member: Hey, Tony. The computing universe: a journey through a revolution, by Tony Hey and Click here to enter text. Gyuri Pápay. Cambridge, 2014. 397p bibl indexes ISBN9780521766456 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780521150187 pbk, $39.99; ISBN9781316121047 ebook, $32.00 ☐ Required This book by Hey (Microsoft Research) and Pápay (Southampton Univ., UK) not only amply demonstrates their knowledge of the subject matter but also is well written and crisply ☐ Recommended explained. The chapters are logically laid out in chronological order and effectively

encapsulate the subjects being covered. The pictures and various visuals are thoughtfully selected and enhance the topics in the text. Few distractions interrupt the flow; biographies and expanded information on related topics are placed at the ends of chapters. When tough technical information needs to be tackled, the authors usually explain all the necessary math, technical, and engineering topics and place them in a historical context, making it easier to understand them and grasp their significance. To make the book more accessible, however, these technical explanations occasionally seem to be artificially abbreviated. Taking a little longer to provide clearer explanations would have been more beneficial. The book includes an exhaustively researched, well- organized, and well-laid-out bibliography as well as suggested reading for curious readers. This book was a pleasure to read and would make an excellent beginning textbook for computer science and engineering majors.Summing Up: Essential. General readers and lower- and upper-division undergraduates Faculty Member: Swaine, Michael. Fire in the valley: the birth and death of the personal computer, by Click here to enter text. Michael Swaine and Paul Freiberger. 3rd ed. Pragmatic Bookshelf, 2015. 386p index ISBN 9781937785765 pbk, $34.00 ☐ Required Though one can find many books about the the personal computer revolution, this book, which first appeared in 1984, is one of the few to encapsulate both the technical and ☐ Recommended entrepreneurial history of the PC. The technological building blocks include the first

microprocessors in the early 1970s, the CP/M operating system in 1974, and the the Altair BASIC programming language and Altair 8800 in 1975. Entrepreneurial aspects extend to 34 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 why the PC revolution was sparked by individuals while businesses such as Hewlett Packard initially resisted PC initiatives. In the second edition of this book, Swaine and Freiberger offered hindsight; in this third edition they bring the discussion full circle. Having pointed to the release of the Apple iMac in 1998 as the crowning achievement in PC development and discussed the increasing popularity of portable devices such as laptop computers, the authors add chapters about mobile platform development and cloud-based storage. They also describe the dawn of computer conferencing and publishing. The personal insights of computer scientists and engineers- turned-entrepreneurs—individuals including Lee Felsenstein and the late Gary Kildall and Ed Roberts—help make this required reading for those interested in the history of technology and business. Summing Up: Essential. All readers Faculty Member: Stewart, Ian. The foundations of mathematics, by Ian Stewart and David Tall. 2nd Click here to enter text. ed. Oxford, 2015. 391p index ISBN 9780198706434 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required As students of mathematics progress through their formal studies, they transition from concentrating on procedure and algorithm to dealing with conceptualization and ☐ Recommended proof. This evolution often proves to be quite challenging, and Stewart and Tall (both

emer., Univ. of Warwick, UK) quite effectively introduce what it means to think like a mathematician. Part 1, entitled “The Intuitive Background,” provides a clear exposition which prompts the reader to look carefully at the precise nature of mathematical language and logical connections. It sets the stage for the more demanding ideas of sets and functional relationships, induction, proof by contradiction, and the role of definitions and propositions which follow. The writing is both rigorous and thorough, and the authors use compact presentations to support their explanations and proofs. While the first half of the book stresses higher-level mathematical thinking based on concepts that are generally already familiar to the reader, it clearly offers new insights as well. The second half emphasizes proofs based on formal algorithmic systems, especially stressing concepts generally associated with abstract algebra coursework. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower- and upper-division undergraduates Faculty Member: Denning, Peter J. Great principles of computing, by Peter J. Denning and Craig H. Click here to enter text. Martell. MIT, 2015. 302p bibl index afp ISBN 9780262527125 pbk,$30.00 ☐ Required Denning and Martell (Naval Postgraduate School) present a framework for the nature and scope of computing by setting out six great principles (computation, coordination, ☐ Recommended communication, recollection, evaluation, and design) that encompass all manifestations of

computing. Twelve chapters illustrate the six categories in various ways. For example, though there is a specific chapter titled "Computation," the chapters "Parallelism" and "Queuing" also deal with computation, as well as topics related to coordination and communication. The work reflects Denning’s multifaceted areas of expertise, but Denning does not claim it is encyclopedic. Still, it is an extremely valuable resource for active or potential researchers and academics across computing fields. Researchers will find both historical and theoretical contexts for their work. Academics can use the framework for curriculum analysis: however an institution chooses to organize computing, does the curriculum address the ways in which the six principles apply to those domains? Furthermore, by suggesting that the computing sciences are distinct from the physical, life, and social sciences, the volume challenges academics to rethink prevailing institutional structures. The volume assumes some familiarity with computing concepts and terminology, but it is an excellent reference for those who would teach or research topics in the computing sciences. This reviewer has already recommended the book to several colleagues. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers, lower- and 35 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, researchers/faculty, and professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Beeler, Robert A. How to count: an introduction to combinatorics and its Click here to enter text. applications. Springer, 2015. 361p bibl index afp ISBN 9783319138435cloth, $59.99; ISBN 9783319138442 ebook, $39.99 ☐ Required This book by Beeler (East Tennessee State Univ.) is an excellent introductory text on combinatorics. The author gives the right balance of theory, computation, and ☐ Recommended applications, and he presents introductory-level topics, such as the multiplication

principle, binomial theorem, and distribution problems in a clear manner. Numerous examples and exercises are provided at the end of each chapter; however, no hints or solutions to the exercises are provided. For this reason, some students may find this book difficult to use as a means of independent study. Beeler also discusses more advanced topics, such as combinatorial designs. In total, there is more material contained in the book than could be realistically covered during a one-semester course, but that allows for flexibility for the instructor. In addition, the reader can find in the appendixes a useful list of online resources to help both the professor and student, and Beeler's brief introduction to the computer program Sage could also prove useful to the reader. Though this is an introductory text, students should have already taken, at a mimimum, a course on proofwriting prior to reading this book. Overall, this is a well-written introduction to the topic of combinatorics.Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty. Faculty Member: Aharoni, Ron. Mathematics, poetry, and beauty. World Scientific, 2015.261p index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9789814602938 cloth, $84.00; ISBN 9789814602945pbk, $36.00 ☐ Required Succeeding in his earnest quest to explore the intersections of mathematics and poetry, Aharoni (Technion/Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa) concludes that the answer lies in ☐ Recommended the aesthetics of beauty. He examines many common elements of poetry and

mathematics, such as the diversion of attention, the search for hidden patterns and deep order, the uncovering of hidden truths, communication via pictures, compression of information, interplay between the concrete and the abstract, and the sense of magic both mathematics and poetry inspire. Amid discussions of illustrative poems as a context, the author does not shy away from examining significant mathematics, ranging from number theory to topology to geometry to set theory to discrete mathematics to the infinite to Gödel’s theorem to the role of mathematical proofs. Every page offers a new delight as readers are gently convinced by the author’s arguments. To help readers from both worlds, appendixes provide brief summaries of various mathematical fields, different sets of numbers, and poetic devices. Though an index would have improved the book, one needs to read the full book, front to back, to appreciate the argument that mathematical and poetic techniques evoke the same sense of beauty. A great book and a fascinating journey. Summing Up: Essential. All readers. Faculty Member: Koshy, Thomas. Pell and Pell-Lucas numbers with applications. Springer,2015. 431p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9781461484882 cloth, $59.99 ☐ Required Objects (i.e., titular numbers) often occupy center stage in mathematical research, and theories grow from attempts at understanding them from multiple viewpoints. Inversely, ☐ Recommended theories often hold the center in exposition and teaching, with objects tending to enter as

mere examples. Books such as this support the pedagogical possibility for making "ontogeny recapitulate phylogeny" for students learning mathematics in ways better mirroring how researchers first discovered it. Everyone knows the Fibonacci numbers, whose sequence begins 1,2, with each successive term equal to the sum of the previous 36 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 two (the Lucas numbers begin 1,3). The titular Pell numbers begin 1,2, but each term equals the previous term times two plus the term before that (for the Pell-Lucas numbers, begin 1,3). Fibonacci numbers have an enormous literature, including several monographs and even their own journal. Until this book by Koshy (emer., Framingham State Univ.), Pell numbers had a mere scattering of articles and no monograph to collate all the results for easy reference and comparison. A thorough reading will increase students' knowledge of number theory (Diophantine equations, continued fractions), combinatorics (identities, generating functions, lattice paths, graphs), many families of related number sequences, and basic algebraic technique. A gold mine for undergraduate research prospects. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Stewart, Ian. Professor Stewart's incredible numbers. Basic Books, 2015.341p bibl Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780465042722 pbk, $16.99 ☐ Required Numbers are the stuff of mathematics, but how do mathematicians regard numbers? The many possible views of even a single number make up the content of this entertaining ☐ Recommended book. Stewart (emer., Univ. of Warwick, UK) is well known for his ability to convey even

the most complicated aspects of mathematics, and his love for numbers leaps off the page for readers of his latest work. He discusses the ordinary counting numbers, familiar to all, but that is just the beginning. Stewart treats zero, complex numbers, fractions, and irrational numbers, including some well-known constants and some that should be better known. He serves up a dose of number-producing phenomena, such as string theory, tilings, probability, codes, and geometry. Big numbers also have their day, as does even the modest number 42. The book provides a delightful glimpse into the much-loved and much-studied numbers of mathematics. This book should be in every library. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers Faculty Member: Frith, Jordan. Smartphones as locative media. Polity, 2015. 182p bibl index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780745685007 cloth, $59.95; ISBN 9780745685014 pbk, $22.95 ☐ Required Frith (Univ. of North Texas) examines how smart phones and the mobile Internet influence physical space, and how physical space, in turn, influences and changes the mobile ☐ Recommended Internet and mobile experience. Locative media are defined as any media that feature

"location awareness"—the ability of a device to be located in physical space and to provide the user with information about his surroundings. Frith asserts in chapter 1 that the digital and physical worlds are merging due to locational media. The remaining chapters explain how this is happening and what the results may be. Chapter 2 examines the meaning of place and space, while chapter 3 focuses on how location-based services work. Chapter 4 examines how smartphones and mobile interfaces are used for “wayfinding,” i.e., finding one's physical location and the route needed to reach another location. Chapter 5 covers the interrelationships between location and social networks (social location sharing). The ideas of mobile composition (where content shared “can be considered ‘writing’ space”) and mobile remembering are presented in chapter 6, while chapter 7 considers location-based services in their role as businesses and economic drivers. The most important chapter may be chapter 8, which looks at the “negotiation of locational privacy.” The final chapter explores the future and suggests additional areas of research. Summing Up: Highly recommended for all readers and a necessary read for those interested in this topic Faculty Member: Bulajich Manfrino, Radmila. Topics in algebra and analysis: preparing for the Mathematical Click here to enter text. Olympiad, by Radmila Bulajich Manfrino, José Antonio Gómez Ortega, and Rogelio Valdez Delgado. Birkhauser, 2015. 311p bibl index afp ISBN 9783319119458 pbk, $59.99; ISBN 9783319119465 ebook,$39.99 37 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Bulajich Manfrino and Delgado (both, Univ. Autónoma del Estado de Morelos, Mexico), and Ortega (Univ. Nacional Autónoma de Mexico) have put together a very enjoyable collection ☐ Recommended of high school mathematics competition problems in algebra and analysis, the level of

which ranges from local contests to the International Mathematical Olympiads. This means that there is no prerequisite that goes beyond high school mathematics, but some of the problems are still extremely challenging because of the deep thought or clever tricks that are needed for their solution. The topics are, not surprisingly, polynomials, sums, progressions, sequences, functional equations, complex numbers, and mathematical induction. The last section contains problems that bridge several categories; they are typically the most difficult to solve. All problems come with full solutions. The book is extremely useful for high school students preparing for competitions. For everyone above that level, it is a very welcome collection of problems that have elementary, but often very difficult, solutions. Strongly recommended. Essential for libraries used by high school students. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower- division undergraduates through researchers/faculty Faculty Member: Abbott, Stephen. Understanding analysis. 2nd ed. Springer, 2015. 312pbibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9781493927111 cloth, $59.99 ☐ Required In the second edition of this fine text, Abbott (Middlebury College) left the body of the work largely intact and instead refined and expanded the list of problems and ☐ Recommended projects. For example, he added new projects involving the Weierstrass approximation

theorem, the definition of the gamma function, and Euler's summation of 1/n2. The choice of topics is a happy combination of the essential and the interesting, all truly leading to an understanding of what analysis is and what questions it addresses, aided by the author's extraordinarily lucid exposition. The problem/project mix ranges from finger exercises to investigations that will test all students' understanding of deeper issues. In this reviewer's experience with perhaps six iterations of a course based on the first edition, students weaker and stronger all said that they believed Abbott's text had contributed mightily to the course. This is a worthy successor, highly appropriate for its times, to other classic go-to analysis texts, such as Walter Rudin's Principles of Mathematical Analysis (2nd ed., CH, Jun'64), Robert Bartle's The Elements of Real Analysis (2nd ed., CH, Apr'76), and Kenneth Ross's Elementary Analysis: The Theory of Calculus (2nd ed., 2013). Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates

38 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Criminal Justice Faculty Member: Crawford, Malachi D. Black Muslims and the law: civil liberties from Elijah Muhammad to Click here to enter text. Muhammad Ali. Lexington Books, 2015. 165p bibl index afp ISBN 9780739184882 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9780739184899 ebook, $79.99 ☐ Required Crawford (African American studies, Univ. of Houston) carefully traces the legal stratagem of the Lost-Found Nation of Islam (NOI) regarding civil liberties and religious freedom to ☐ Recommended the early 1970s. Founded on July 4, 1930, NOI initially little emphasized civil rights or

civil liberties. That changed following purported persecution at its Detroit temples, government raids, and arrests for draft evasion during WW II. NOI women at that point helped attain social legitimacy for NOI within the African American community. Influenced by Howard University School of Law Dean Charles Hamilton Houston’s concern for civil rights and civil liberties, Howard Law alum Edward Jacko, along with the NOI’s young minister, Malcolm X, drew attention to a police assault on NOI member Johnson Hinton in Harlem in 1957. By the early 1960s, incarcerated NOI members initiated lawsuits demanding the right to practice their religion. At the same time, NOI had to contend with mounting police raids. NOI employed its new newspaper,Muhammad Speaks, to present the organization as a legitimate religious entity. Muhammad Ali’s legal struggles regarding conscientious objector status exemplified NOI’s determination to safeguard its members’ civil liberties. This is a concise, intelligent exploration of too-little-known facets of US cultural and legal history. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Berger, Dan. Captive nation: black prison organizing in the civil rights era.North Click here to enter text. Carolina, 2014. 402p bibl index afp ISBN 9781469618241 cloth,$34.95; ISBN 9781469618258 ebook, $33.99 ☐ Required Berger (ethnic studies, Univ. of Washington Bothell) provides a provocative and compelling history of black activism in the US prison system, emphasizing the civil rights era and ☐ Recommended beyond. He is especially compelling in revealing the ways that the rise of Black Power

fundamentally shifted how prisoners saw their place not only in the US prison system, but in the nation as a whole. Black Power advocates, with their understanding of systemic racism beyond that practiced in the de jure segregated South, were especially well suited to confront inequities in the criminal justice system. Berger focuses on the California prison system but draws larger conclusions that not only resonate historically but also speak to today's era of mass incarceration and its disproportionate effects on black Americans. Just as civil rights activists recognized that jails could provide them with a new opportunity to reveal US inequities during the Jim Crow era, more than a generation of radicals has utilized the backdrop of imprisonment to speak to larger issues that Americans in the post–civil rights era have proven unwilling to confront. Summing Up: Recommended. All academic levels/libraries Faculty Member: Challenging criminological theory: the legacy of Ruth Rosner Kornhauser, ed. by Francis T. Click here to enter text. Cullen et al. Transaction, 2015. 429p bibl index afp ISBN9781412854900 cloth, $79.95 ☐ Required This edited volume analyzes the work of sociologist Ruth Rosner Kornhauser (d. 1995) for its continued influence on criminological theory (e.g., Social Sources of Delinquency, CH, ☐ Recommended Jan’79). Contributors such as Travis Hirschi, Robert Agnew, and Francis Cullen, as well as

Kornhauser herself, discuss the juxtaposition of Kornhauser’s theory with social learning theory and social control theory. Kornhauser’s brief article summarizes her position, at first with consideration to Robert Merton’s work and then affiliating more with social control theory. In his contribution, Hirschi discusses the similarities and differences 39 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 between his work and that of Kornhauser. Kornhauser’s daughter, Anne M. Kornhauser, also contributes an interesting and foundational chapter that allows a glimpse into the personal and intellectual history of her mother. The volume, one in a robust and important series, provides detail and analysis of a small body of work that has proved to be far more influential than might be anticipated, given the quantity. That Kornhauser’s career and life was cut short is tragic. So too is the realization that she may have contributed far more to the understanding crime and criminal and delinquent behavior. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Graduate students/faculty/practitioners Faculty Member: Carlson, Jennifer. Citizen-protectors: the everyday politics of guns in an age of Click here to enter text. decline. Oxford, 2015. 227p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199347551cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Sociologist Carlson (Univ. of Toronto) has transformed her Berkeley dissertation into a timely, well-written, jargon-free, nuanced book on why millions of Americans carry guns ☐ Recommended and view themselves as models of good citizenship. To develop her analysis from the

bottom up, she became a participant observer of concealed (at times open) gun carriers in the Detroit and Flint, MI, areas, going so far as to undergo a National Rifle Association training program, obtain a gun license, and carry a gun. Postindustrial socioeconomic decline, especially in the areas Carlson studied, has resulted in stresses on state and local budgets and a reduction in Michigan's ability to provide adequate protection. As a result, “citizen-protectors” and “stand your ground” laws have developed, referring to a citizen’s right to self-defense and the duty to protect one’s family and community. Carlson includes the impact of gender and race in her analysis and points out that citizen- protectors may misinterpret situations and the actions of others. As a result, they “jump the gun” and violate the law. Gun supporters and gun opponents will be challenged by this sophisticated work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers and undergraduate sociology and criminology students Faculty Member: Thompson, Sandra Guerra. Cops in lab coats: curbing wrongful convictions through Click here to enter text. independent forensic laboratories. Carolina Academic, 2015. 293p bibl index afp ISBN 9781611635294 pbk, $37.00 ☐ Required Stealing drugs, faking academic credentials and expertise, lying on the stand, covering up lab mistakes—working in a forensic laboratory might seem like a great plot for reality ☐ Recommended television. The only problem is, the stealing, lying, and cover-ups have sent numerous

innocent people to prison and death row. How can this happen? According to Thompson (director, Criminal Justice Institute, Univ. of Houston Law Center), there are many factors, although allowing forensic labs to be linked with police departments may be a significant reason for the unscrupulous activity. Thompson believes the pro-prosecution forensic scientists and techs may want to provide the evidence needed to convict—even if the accused is innocent. Additional causes are evident in the sloppy labs; unverified academic credentials; co-worker complaints not investigated; budget woes; backlogs; and lack of quality control assurances. Thompson presents a thought-provoking argument for maintaining separate, independent, and well-funded forensic laboratories with employees whose credentials have been verified. After all, a person's freedom may depend on the lab results. Glossary, bibliography, and index provide tools to locate specific information and resources. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Schauer, Frederick. The force of law. Harvard, 2015. 239p index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN9780674368217 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required What is law, and why should individuals obey it? These questions of legal philosophy date back to Plato and Aristotle. One classic answer offered by Jeremy Bentham and John ☐ Recommended Austin was that law was coercion and obedience to it was premised on threats of 40 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 sanction. Yet H. L. A. Hart and much contemporary jurisprudence have removed coercion from central discussions of the law. Schauer (Univ. of Virginia) restores coercion to a central role in legal analysis. Drawing upon language, moral, sociological, and economic theory, Schauer explores what makes legal norms unique and why and under what conditions individuals truly obey the law. He asserts that although coercion may not be the only reason people obey the law, often getting individuals to act in ways they would not normally act requires some type of force. This force need not necessarily be negative coercion as normally conceived but can involve an array of sanctions to condition behavior in specific ways. Finally, the author seeks to explain the law’s coercive aspects from those of protection societies or thugs, contending that there are ways to differentiate. Excellent for collections on legal theory, philosophy, and jurisprudence. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Leigey, Margaret E. The forgotten men: serving a life without parole Click here to enter text. sentence. Rutgers, 2015. 222p bibl index afp ISBN 9780813569482 cloth,$90.00; ISBN 9780813569475 pbk, $28.95 ☐ Required The US led the world in promoting the assumption that "life should mean life," and increasingly is broadening the range of offenses for which this sentence is deemed ☐ Recommended appropriate. Indeed, given the framing of discourses surrounding high profile cases, it

often seems that those condemned to "life without the possibility of parole" are almost viewed as "having got away with it." Leigey (criminology, College of New Jersey), who conducted intensive interviews of 25 men over an extended period, does a great service in reaffirming what used to be commonly understood—that life imprisonment is an exceptional punitive sanction that can and should be regarded as, essentially, a delayed death sentence. Also of great merit is the author's ability to give a voice to the men incarcerated, in many cases for most of their lives. She presents a useful account of their views on the "pains of imprisonment" and the various methodologies they employ to manage them. Finally, Leigey makes policy recommendations that are classically liberal, pragmatic, and ethical. These include abandoning the overall practice of the life sentence, thus providing at least some realistic hope of release. Sadly, that is not how the world works. Nevertheless, Leigey’s work merits a broad readership. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Richards, Neil. Intellectual privacy: rethinking civil liberties in the digital Click here to enter text. age. Oxford, 2015. 220p index afp ISBN 9780199946143 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required As new communications technologies have increased the capacity for collection of personal data and concomitantly triggered a reassessment of the value of privacy, many ☐ Recommended commentators have bemoaned these technologies’ reductive and invasive nature and

questioned whether the free flow of information is worth these kind of intrusions. Surfing against this tide, Richards (law, Washington Univ., St. Louis) argues that privacy and new technologies are not mutually exclusive. While forcefully arguing that free speech concerns should trump privacy concerns when the two are in conflict, Richards also argues that these conflicts are vastly overstated. After tracking the origins of privacy theory—and showing how the original idea, as promoted by Samuel Warren and Louis Brandeis, was flawed at its conception and misapplied over time—Richards carefully constructs a theory about the incubation of new ideas and explains that respect for privacy allows for intellectual exploration and development. This later section, in which Richards moves away from parsing court decisions in favor of a broader philosophical inquiry, is the heart of the book and stands as its main and important contribution to the literature. Summing Up:Recommended. All readership levels. 41 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: New views on pornography: sexuality, politics, and the law, ed. by Lynn Comella and Shira Click here to enter text. Tarrant. Praeger, 2015. 465p index afp ISBN9781440828058 cloth, $58.00; ISBN 9781440828065 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Albeit there is an abundance of scholarship in pornography studies and its multifaceted approaches, Comella and Tarrant’s new work is a valuable addition to the existing ☐ Recommended literature. The new collection encompasses topics from sexuality, criminology, feminism,

media, and culture to history, politics, and law, making the volume one of the most multi- and interdisciplinary books on pornography. Twenty-three chapters are separated into two sections. The first section, “Foundations and Controversies,” covers the First Amendment, production and distribution, history of feminism against pornography, black feminism, online pornography, lesbian pornography, sex toys, and alternative porn. The second section, “Cultural Issues and Effects,” discusses research methods in the field, their strengths and weaknesses, politics of gonzo pornography, and a case study from Sweden. Some of the nontraditional topics covered include the evangelical idea of “biblical porn,” bestiality, historical examination of pre-HIV gay pornography, pornography as everyday ambiance, and pedagogy. The chapters on pedagogy and research methods are particularly useful for researchers. The essays are not only well researched and accessibly written but also integrate first-person perspectives in the industry, legal practices, and academia. Summing Up:Highly recommended. All academic levels/libraries Faculty Member: Mills, Jon L. Privacy in the new media age. University Press of Florida, 2015.239p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780813060583 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required This accessible book is part history of the press and part argument for enhanced privacy laws. Similar in scope to Mark Tunick's Balancing Privacy and Free Speech (2014), the ☐ Recommended book weaves stories of actual cases and case studies into the argument. Mills (law, Univ.

of Florida) discusses current remedies available for invasion of privacy and argues that current privacy laws are not enough to protect personal privacy. Mills describes how new laws need to be created to allow for greater privacy for private acts and new remedies need to be created as current remedies are based on old technology and information gathering techniques. Legal terms are well defined and court cases are discussed in lay terms. Mills also discusses the regulation of the media and privacy, including anonymity on the Internet and electronically accessible public records, which may raise invasion of privacy issues. Summing Up: Recommended. All readership levels. Faculty Member: Hasinoff, Amy Adele. Sexting panic: rethinking criminalization, privacy, and Click here to enter text. consent. Illinois, 2015. 222p bibl index afp ISBN 9780252038983cloth, $95.00; ISBN 9780252080623 pbk, $26.00; ISBN 9780252096969ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Few other social media–related concerns obsess US society more than sexting. It is considered to be a “technological, legal, sexual, and moral crisis.” While Hasinoff ☐ Recommended (communications, Univ. of Colorado, Denver) agrees that sexting is a major social concern,

she argues that it is primarily an issue of privacy and agency. It is victim blaming when sexting results in revenge pornography and the victim is accused, just as many victims of rape and violence have been blamed. Hansinoff shows that regardless of their age, people send sexually suggestive images to others because, although studies show they actually understand the risk, they still trust the recipient of their message. Therefore, she argues that it is inappropriate to apply child pornography laws against sexting youth. Simultaneously, recognizing girls’ agency—their right to produce and consume sexual contents—is also important. Such arguments can be seen as controversial, but the author’s aim is to propose alternative ways to deal with gender and sexual victimization, to think about youth’s rights for self-expression, and to respect their consent and 42 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 privacy. Hasinoff also provides practical recommendations for concerned readers, legislators and prosecutors, and teachers and educators. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Most levels/libraries Faculty Member: Rumney, Philip N. S. Torturing terrorists: exploring the limits of law, human rights, and Click here to enter text. academic freedom. Routledge, 2015. 213p index ISBN9780415671620 cloth, $155.00; ISBN 9780415671637 pbk, $53.95 ☐ Required Rumney (Bristol Law School, UK) has provided a timely, detailed account of the use of torture during interrogations and whether it should be legalized. His argument against ☐ Recommended legalization comes from recognition of human rights as well as ethical

arguments. Rumney critically analyses the data on both sides of the argument, providing a truly balanced perspective. He breaks down the ticking time bomb argument to its component parts and details how the scenario does not actually support the legalization of torture. In addition, he looks at the effectiveness of torture in obtaining valid and useful information and finds that torture is not effective—an argument supported by CIA documents. Though he touches on the slippery-slope argument, his main thesis is that legalization of torture would be harmful to society and respect for human rights. In a closing chapter, Rumney argues for more discussion of this controversial topic and encourages the public to engage in a true and honest discussion without infringing on anyone’s free speech. Politicians, as well as the public, whether they support legalization of torture or not, should read this concise and scholarly tome on an increasingly debated issue. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above

43 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Economics Faculty Member: Knoop, Todd A. Business cycle economics: understanding recessions and depressions Click here to enter text. from boom to bust. Praeger, 2015. 391p bibl index afp ISBN9781440831744 cloth, $58.00; ISBN 9781440831751 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required There is much to like about this latest book by Knoop (Cornell College, Iowa). It is probably the most comprehensive, thorough, and balanced treatment of a topic that has ☐ Recommended been hotly debated in the discipline since William Stanley Jevons proposed the sunspot

theory in the 1880s. The author delivers on his promise to write a non-technical narrative that is accessible to non-specialist readers. Knoop integrates the theory, the empirical analysis, and specific case studies up to and including the financial crisis of 2008 to explain how views of the business cycle have evolved over time. What this reader enjoyed most in the book, though, is the concluding chapter. Knoop clearly articulates what people “know” about business cycles, with the appropriate caveat that what is believed true today could well be cast into doubt by future events. Moreover, he ends the book with four questions that sum up much of what is not known about business cycles with some solid synopses of current disagreements among economists. This book will stir students' curiosity and encourage their research. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty Faculty Member: Suarez-Villa, Luis. Corporate power, oligopolies, and the crisis of the state. SUNY Click here to enter text. Press, 2015. 372p index afp ISBN 9781438454856 cloth,$100.00; ISBN 9781438454870 ebook, $100.00 ☐ Required Suarez-Villa (social ecology, Univ. of California, Irvine) has performed a great service with this readable, analytical, and well-researched book. The author's central idea is that the ☐ Recommended consolidation of corporations into oligopolies has created a destructive imbalance in which

corporations have transformed a small set of people into oligarchs who exercise enormous influence over government and the media. Because this transformation serves the oligarchy rather than people of lesser means, it is no wonder that "the 1 percent" has become a term of such contempt. Throughout the book, Suarez-Villa describes how this neo-oligarchy has produced dysfunction in government, the economy, and society as a whole. He also shows how the oligarchs have used their influence to get the government to deregulate the financial system. This deregulatoin has allowed finances to become disconnected from the potentially productive side of business in order to concentrate on confiscatory behavior, which only solidifies their oligarchical status. The financial morass under the neo-oligarchy is evident in the slow rate of economic growth as the vast majority of wealth falls into the hands of the oligarchs, producing a world of grotesque inequality. This is a must-order book for libraries. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above. Faculty Member: Kunnie, Julian E. The cost of globalization: dangers to the Earth and its Click here to enter text. people. McFarland, 2015. 371p bibl index afp ISBN 9780786496082 pbk,$35.00 ☐ Required In this book, Kunnie (Univ. of Arizona), scholar of religion and indigenous peoples, educates, elucidates, and exposes an alternative meaning of globalization. Sold to the ☐ Recommended world as gatherers of all, many globalization practices instead become medieval; those in

the developed world lord it over the world’s impoverished and unhappy, who are unfortunate not from lack of capitalism but because of it. Kunnie aims to focus attention on the reality that, like colonialism, the current globalizing habits of usurping sacred practices and knowledge of indigenous people and impoverishing them through expropriation of water, air, land, and other resources for "development" makes these 44 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 people as expendable as the species of now-extinct animals. In addition to describing the pitfalls of globalization, the author also includes thoughts on how to enact changes to this system. This is a very scholarly rendering of the devastating tale told in Annie Leonard's short film "The Story of Stuff" (2007). The book includes an extensive glossary of acronyms, notes, supporting tables and photos, and a bibliography, all well indexed. Of abundant and renewable use to students of business, anthropology, economics, sociology, gender, and transnational and cultural studies as well as to practitioners and concerned human rights activists. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners; general readers Faculty Member: Fuchs, Christian. Culture and economy in the age of social Click here to enter text. media.Routledge, 2015. 418p bibl index afp ISBN 9781138839298 cloth, $150.00; ISBN 9781138839311 pbk, $49.95 ☐ Required The latest book by Fuchs (Univ. of Westminster, UK) explores the complex interrelationships among culture, the economy, and social media. For ☐ Recommended example, Facebook is a cultural phenomenon, but its users perform unpaid work, the

results of which can be sold or rented to Facebook clients (to whom it sells advertisements as if Facebook aficionados were in the employ of a market research or polling business). At the same time, the Facebookexperience changes many people, judging by the time they spend on the website. For Fuchs, culture, the economy, and social media all shape and are shaped by life as people know it. This book is especially relevant in a culture in which people seem to interpret their lives as the sum of segmented spheres of activity: work, leisure, family responsibilities, and physical fitness. In presenting his analysis, Fuchs displays an extensive command of the literature of cultural analysis as well as an equally impressive familiarity with the work of Marx and those who analyze it. In short, this valuable book offers very insightful analysis into the nature of life in the contemporary world, which may offer some guidance for improving the conditions of modern life. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Greco, Albert N. The economics of the publishing and information industries: the search Click here to enter text. for yield in a disintermediated world. Routledge,2014. 319p bibl index afp ISBN 9780805855494 cloth, $200.00; ISBN9781138824799 pbk, $59.95 ☐ Required As Greco (marketing, Fordham Univ.) explains in his account of his book's purpose, this is not a traditional history, economics, or mass communications book. Instead, it draws ☐ Recommended upon eclectic disciplines and quantitative and qualitative methodologies in order to

comprehend—in the author's words—“the people, trends, events, strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats faced by the publishing and information industries and the financial service sector in the last few years.” Chapters encompass subjects such as the legal and economic foundation of intellectual property and copyrights; other chapters discuss the economics of the newspaper, magazine, and book publishing industries. In his final chapter, the author considers the impact of recent US Supreme Court decisions on the publishing industry, especially concerning revisions in the copyright law that reflect the new digital landscape. Replete with statistical tables, extensive footnotes, and appendixes, Greco's study makes one think. The book is filled with fascinating information that makes readers aware that the publishing and information industry is exceedingly profitable. An extensive, alphabetical, enumerative bibliography is followed by a helpful index. Highly recommended for all those interested in learning about the publishing and information sectors. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above; general readers 45 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Taylor, J. Edward. Essentials of development economics, by J. Edward Taylor and Travis J. Click here to enter text. Lybbert. 2nd ed. California, 2015. 422p index afp ISBN9780520283169 cloth, $75.00; ISBN 9780520283176 pbk, $49.95; ISBN9780520959057 ebook, $49.95 ☐ Required Developing countries demonstrate considerable political, cultural, ethnic, and economic diversity, making generalizations about them very problematic. Increasing differentiation ☐ Recommended further complicates the ability to understand the development, poverty, modernization,

and globalization challenges these countries face. The new edition of this book by Taylor and Lybbert (both, Univ. of California, Davis) seeks to provide readers with an understanding of the diversity and complexity of the developing world and its challenges. A creative, innovative, and flexible alternative to traditional development economics books, this volume is more affordable, compact, and reader friendly. It is mainly written for a new generation of students more comfortable searching the Internet than wading through traditional textbooks. Among the most interesting and useful features of the book are the Quick Reference (QR) codes at the end of each chapter. They direct readers to online materials, including images, animations, video clips, and interviews with some of the most influential development economists. Inserting multimedia material is a fine way of making development economics interesting, relevant, and useful. This book is both interesting and informative; it can serve as a basis for further student research and discussion and as a reference for those more advanced in the field.Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Wight, Jonathan B. Ethics in economics: an introduction to moral frameworks. Stanford Click here to enter text. Economics and Finance, 2015. 275p index afp ISBN9780804794534 cloth, $27.95 ☐ Required In recent years, economists have questioned the relationship between economics and ethics. Neoclassical economists view economics as a “positive science” (like physics) and ☐ Recommended argue that it is primarily concerned with describing and applying the natural laws that

govern market behavior. A variety of other economists and philosophers insist that economics is a “normative science” that must also prescribe how humans ought to behave within those markets. Those who defend the normative argument then debate exactly which theories provide that moral foundation: virtue-based ethical theories, duty-based ethical theories, or consequentialist ethical theories. In this outstanding book, Wight (Univ. of Richmond) argues that economics is a normative science and that economic ethics necessarily requires all three moral theories (pluralism). The most obvious strength of the book is that the author clearly explains the various schools of thought in both economics and ethics. He also rigorously identifies the various issues that arise within normative economics. Despite these strengths, the book does lean to the (Keynesian) political Left, inviting criticism from the Right, and favors Adam Smith’s virtue-based moral theory. Nevertheless, anyone who teaches courses on the interface between ethics and economics will find this book indispensable for its breadth, depth of analysis, and clarity of style. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: The Housing and economic experiences of immigrants in US and Canadian cities, ed. by Click here to enter text. Carlos Teixeira and Wei Li. Toronto, 2015. 389p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442628380 pbk, $85.00 ☐ Required This collected volume, edited by Teixeira (Univ. of British Columbia, Okanagan) and Li (Arizona State Univ.), is a broad look at the housing and economic experiences of ☐ Recommended immigrants across the US and Canada. Although primarily written by geographers, the

book is accessible to educated laypeople, and the cited research draws from a broad range 46 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 of disciplines. The 13 chapters cover every topic one would expect to see discussed in such a volume, from housing discrimination and gentrification to entrepreneurship. The wide variety of methodologies employed across the chapters is particularly effective; the authors' methods range from interviews with neighborhood residents to regression analysis. Additionally, the maps, photos, and graphs used across chapters are well done and successfully enhance the textual discussion. As a whole, the chapters not only provide a vivid picture of the lived experiences of immigrants in US and Canadian cities but also highlight many of the important trade-offs different immigrant groups face. Surprisingly, the differences between Canadian and US cities are not as illuminating as the comparative analyses across cities within a country. The book will be most appropriate for an urban studies course or a policy course focused on immigration. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Kwoka, John E. Mergers, merger control, and remedies: a retrospective analysis of U.S. Click here to enter text. policy, by John Kwoka with Daniel Greenfield and Chengyan Gu. MIT, 2014. 270p bibl index afp ISBN 9780262028486 cloth, $40.00 ☐ Required A frequent lament in academe goes this way: “Wouldn’t it be great if someone put together all of the studies on....” For retrospective analyses of "close call" but nevertheless ☐ Recommended consummated mergers, Kwoka (Northeastern Univ.) provides just that—and

more. Assessing studies of almost 50 mergers, Kwoka examined the distribution of price effects in over 100 products and the price effects per transaction. He found that when antitrust agencies challenged mergers and lost, the agencies were almost always right; when mergers would have had no effect, agencies generally were correct to clear them. However, over 60 percent of mergers that led to higher prices were not challenged, suggesting excessive tolerance. Had the author included a chapter on reasons firms merge and the legalities of contesting mergers, the book would be a self-contained textbook on merger policy. Such a review might have enhanced its conclusions, most notably whether agencies cleared those 60 percent because of countervailing benefits or a belief that they would lose in court. Nevertheless, one cannot address questions such as these without the data the author gathered and analyzed, which is an enormous service to the antitrust profession. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above. Faculty Member: Thaler, Richard H. Misbehaving: the making of behavioral economics. W. W. Click here to enter text. Norton, 2015. 415p bibl index afp ISBN 9780393080940 cloth, $27.95 ☐ Required Economic theory explains which choices best help people achieve their goals, and though economists have long recognized that people make mistakes, they assumed these ☐ Recommended mistakes canceled out in aggregate. Using insights from psychology about how humans

process information and make decisions, behavioral economics shows that these mistakes may not cancel each other out but can be predictably wrong in one direction. In his book, Thaler (Univ. of Chicago; president, American Economic Association) recounts his central role and highlights the importance of collaboration and networking in the field's development. Early chapters review central themes in behavioral economics, such as mental accounting, which ignores the fungibility of money; loss aversion, or the greater emotional impact losses have than gains; and self-control. Although behavioral economics has challenged traditional economics, making practitioners more aware that traditional theory is limited when predicting how people act, it has not spawned an entirely reliable alternative economics. Recent attempts to utilize insights of behavioral economics—nudging—to improve policy have occasionally had unintended 47 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 consequences. Thaler ends with a plea for economists to experiment and develop further evidence-based economics. Full of anecdotes and stories, this well-written history of behavioral economics will prove valuable and comprehensible to all audiences.Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Cameron, Samuel. Music in the marketplace: a social economics Click here to enter text. approach.Routledge, 2015. 250p bibl indexes ISBN 9780415723275 cloth, $155.00; ISBN 9780415723282 pbk, $50.95 ☐ Required This book will interest anyone who wants to understand the role of music in society. The ☐ Recommended first chapter provides an overview of the issues, in which the author sets forth the key social elements of music: authenticity, dance, therapy, spirituality, recreation, and tribal affiliation. This is followed by a case study of the artist Adele to introduce themes explored later in the book. Cameron (Univ. of Bradford, UK) then explains why the never- ending debate over the death of music is misguided. In the next three chapters, the author presents and critiques the empirical work done on the music industry and the standard economics approach to production and consumption in the industry. He explains why the social economics approach is needed to fully understand such issues as serendipity, drugs, cooperation, snob effects, and rational addiction. In the final chapters, Cameron explores the social elements of music within the context of age, gender, race, and international trade. This is an important contribution to the field and should be required reading for all who seek to utilize economic analysis to understand the role of music in society.

Faculty Member: A Political economy of the Middle East, by Melani Cammett et al. 4th Click here to enter text. ed.Westview, 2015. 590p bibl index afp ISBN 9780813349381 pbk, $55.00; ISBN 9780813349398 ebook, $36.99 ☐ Required This classic study of Middle East economics first appeared in 1990 from Alan Richards and John Waterbury with the subtitle State, Class, and Economic Development. This fourth ☐ Recommended edition—with new authors Cammett (government, Harvard Univ.) and Diwan (Paris School

of Economics)—has been thoroughly revised since the third edition was published in 2006. The authors preserve much of the 1990 analytical structure, which has aged well. The authors organize the region into three types of societies: resource poor, labor abundant; resource rich, labor poor; and a few that are resource rich and labor abundant. Eight of the 13 chapters cover the same topics included in the first edition, and the data and narratives have been completely brought up to date. New chapters cover the role of Islam in economics, the rise of the Persian Gulf oil producers, social outcomes, political regimes in the Middle East, and regional and global economic integration. The book's main conclusion is that most of the region’s governments “have long been either incapable of responding to the demands of their populations or unwilling to do so." The volume remains by far the best single work on the political economy of development in the contemporary Middle East. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Malkiel, Burton G. A random walk down Wall Street: the time-tested strategy for successful Click here to enter text. investing. [Revised and updated 11th ed.]. W. W. Norton, 2015. 447p index ISBN 9780393246117 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required This revised and updated volume by Malkiel (emer., Princeton Univ.) is the bible, or at least ground zero, for anyone in search of solid (and inexpensive) investment advice and hand- ☐ Recommended holding guidance; it has served astute readers well for over 40 years. Malkiel’s claim in

48 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 the first edition was that “investors would be far better off buying and holding an index fund than attempting to buy and sell individual securities or actively managed mutual funds,” and he has not wavered from this implicit endorsement of the efficient markets hypothesis over the years. For random walk theory and everything readers need to know about bubbles, see part 1 of the book; parts 2 and 3 cover more technical analyses and newer technological theories, behavioral finance (chapter 10), and risk management. Part 4 lays out practical advice for investors, with exercises, rules, and principles, including a valuable life-cycle guide (chapter 14). Complete, objective, easy to follow, well researched, and with an effective prose style, this book is simply, and by far, the best chocolate chip cookie recipe in existence.Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates and above; general readers Faculty Member: Gallagher, Kevin P. Ruling capital: emerging markets and the reregulation of cross-border Click here to enter text. finance. Cornell, 2015. 233p bibl index afp ISBN9780801453113 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Cross-border portfolio capital flows and their frequent instability have brought new challenges to emerging market countries seeking sustainable economic growth. The ☐ Recommended development of financial architectures that support this objective is a critical component

of growth policy. This architecture usually starts with a safe, sound banking system with granular credit intermediation, and eventually proceeds to various forms of corporate debt markets, asset securitizations, and financial derivatives. The overall objective is a financial architecture that helps reduce the cost of capital and channels it to the most productive uses in line with a country's comparative advantage, and that also allows households and fiduciaries to create optimum asset portfolios. Entering cross-border capital flows managed in massive fund pools, which have comparable objectives but on a global basis, potentially leads to volatile cross-border flows that can thwart even the most sensible financial policies. In this volume, Gallagher (global studies, Boston Univ.) focuses on these dangerous financial flows and what can be done about them. The book is clear, concise, and authoritative, arguing that optimal (not minimal) intervention in cross-border portfolio capital flows has become an important policy goal—having even penetrated the International Monetary Fund's toolkit. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Unexpected outcomes: how emerging economies survived the global financial crisis, ed. Click here to enter text. by Carol Wise, Leslie Elliott Armijo, and Saori N. Katada.Brookings, 2015. 244p index afp ISBN 9780815724766 pbk, $22.95; ISBN9780815724773 ebook, $22.95 ☐ Required In this edited volume, the contributors explain how the emerging economies of East Asia and Latin America rebounded so unexpectedly well from the global financial crisis of ☐ Recommended 2008–09, particularly in comparison with the US and industrialized countries of

Europe. Using IMF data, the authors claim that this recovery of the emerging economies— Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, India, Korea, Mexico, Peru, and the ten nations of Southeast Asia—cannot be explained merely as the result of either “neoliberal" or “developmentalist” strategies. The researchers attribute this resilience to prior macroeconomic, financial, and trade reforms that took place in these nations before the global crisis. They argue that a combination of state and market approaches enabled a flexible and effective response. Given that the contributors are trained in international relations, government, politics, and international studies, their analysis was based primarily on observing and describing data without the use of a theoretical framework or econometric modeling. In that regard, the approach is historical, ex post, rather than dependent on economic theory, at least not explicitly. Nevertheless, the book is highly recommended, particularly for policy makers and social researchers in the field of 49 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 international studies and relations. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through practitioners Faculty Member: Davenport-Hines, Richard. Universal man: the lives of John Maynard Keynes. Basic Click here to enter text. Books, 2015. 418p index ISBN 9780465060672 cloth, $29.99 ☐ Required This book is organized in an unusual but very effective way. As the subtitle suggests, historian and literary biographer Davenport-Hines looks at the “lives” of his ☐ Recommended subject, though one might better call them the interrelated aspects of the life of his

subject. Because Keynes was the seminal economic thinker of the 20th century, books about him tend to be overly focused on his economic thought, losing or at least minimizing the fact that he was a polymath. After exploring his youth, chapters in this text examine Keynes as (economic) pundit, public official, lover, connoisseur (his cultural attitudes and influence), and envoy (his efforts to restructure the British and world economy during WW II). Although this approach necessitates recovering some chronological ground—obviously he was a pundit and lover most of his life—the author is quite successful in avoiding redundancy. The result is that the intellectual, social, professional, and personal aspects of Keynes are described and analyzed both independently and as they interrelated to create a complex and brilliant thinker. This is a splendid biography that will fascinate the general reader and give new insight to the scholar. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Undergraduates through faculty; two-year technical students; general readers Faculty Member: Wallach, Bret. A world made for money: economy, geography, and the way we live Click here to enter text. today. Nebraska, 2015. 470p index afp ISBN 9780803298910 cloth,$40.00 ☐ Required This book informs readers by examining the world and explaining how things came to be. Nine chapters focus on actions: shopping, making, moving, fueling, mining, farming, ☐ Recommended developing, building, and escaping. Built on considerable referenced background material

and interviews but without footnotes, this is a book for readers rather than scholars. Emphasizing North America, Wallach (geography, Univ. of Oklahoma) drives readers around town and across the globe, developing a framework of facts and explanations for how the economic landscape came to be; readers see the world through the eyes of a professional geographer. Interdependencies are presented in clear, memorable prose, and Wallach's juxtaposition of examples is a compelling way to illustrate change. The author finds that cultural and economic challenges underlie Walmart’s failure in Europe and Japan, while the company thrives in China. He examines a range of international phenomena: storeowners having to narrow aisles in Indian stores because shopping in India includes traffic blockages; the price of vacation houses in Europe and an airline route from Cincinnati to Paris, not for people but for jet engine parts; perishables offloaded from trains at Chicago, trucked through, and reloaded on trains across town. Fascinating, memorable—a grand book. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Undergraduates and general readers

50 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Education Faculty Member: Mehta, Jal. Allure of order: high hopes, dashed expectations, and the troubled quest to Click here to enter text. remake American schooling. Oxford, 2015. 396p bibl index afp ISBN 9780190231453 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Legions of school reformers advocate for and praise standards, measurement of student progress, and accountability. Despite their best efforts, however, schools remain messy ☐ Recommended places, spaces where intuition and craft are as important as science. Mehta (Harvard

Graduate School of Education) has created a masterly overview of many fallacies chased by a generation of school reform policy shapers, exposing the difficulties in long-distance management. In ten chapters, Mehta examines the allure of order, the struggle for control of schooling, the rationalization for top-down management, standards and accountability, federal and state educational policies, and the ultimate failure of most initiatives. He suggests that the constant efforts to blame and scapegoat teachers for education’s failures have prevented the development of a skilled, strong, and expert profession, which in turn limits the talent pool entering the field. Concentrating on equipping teachers with relevant knowledge and better preparation, Mehta believes, would be a better tactic than continuously instituting accountability measures. An excellent complement to Diane Ravitch’s Reign of Error: The Hoax of the Privatization Movement and the Danger to America's Public Schools (CH, Jun'14, 51-5720) or Larry Cuban’s As Good as It Gets: What School Reform Brought to Austin (CH, Oct'10, 48-1007). Summing Up: Essential. Lower- division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners; general readers. Faculty Member: Hess, Frederick M. The cage-busting teacher. Harvard Education Press,2015. 292p index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9781612507767 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required In this book, Hess (resident scholar and director of education policy at the American Enterprise Institute) enlightens teachers, policy makers, professors, school administrators, ☐ Recommended educational scholars, and graduate students of teacher education and school

administration on the many ways teachers can break out of their “cages," lead, and make policy changes. Adopting the logic used in his previous book, Cage-Busting Leadership(2013), and based on interviews with hundreds of teachers, teacher advocates, union leaders, and others, the book details real life stories with practical and specific steps for teachers to use to improve the educational process by speaking up and leading outside of their classrooms. There are several appendixes with detailed chapter summaries, questions for further thought and explanations for each chapter, teacher- voice organizations, fellowships and leadership opportunities, a glossary of terms, and more. The book concludes with “Ten Tips for Cage-Busting Teachers." Summing Up: Recommended. All readers. Faculty Member: Class, please open your comics: essays on teaching with graphic narratives, ed. by Click here to enter text. Matthew L. Miller. McFarland, 2015. 270p bibl index afp ISBN 9780786495146 pbk, $40.00; ISBN 9781476619170 ebook, $40.00 ☐ Required Perhaps what is most remarkable about the collection Miller (English, Univ. of South Carolina, Aiken) has assembled is that it does not set out to explain the value of graphic ☐ Recommended narratives or to justify their inclusion on college syllabi. In other words, this book is

concerned not with why an instructor should consider teaching graphic narratives but with how to do it successfully. This focus suggests a new stage in scholarly treatments of graphic narratives; throughout the last decade, scholars have focused on defending graphic narratives as appropriate choices for academic study. Miller organizes the 17 brief essays in this collection into six sections, starting with “Getting Started: Advice for 51 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Beginners” and progressing to “Self-Reflexivity, Intertextuality, and Other Scary Terms: Postmodernism in Graphic Novels” and, finally, "Looking Ahead: Graphic Novel Education for the Future." An appendix offers 12 “best practices assignments.” This book will be useful for teachers who would like to include graphic narratives in a course but are uncertain how to do it or those who are interested in using these texts more effectively in their classes. Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students, researchers, faculty Faculty Member: Schneider, Mercedes K. Common core dilemma: who owns our schools?.Teachers College Click here to enter text. Press, 2015. 245p index afp ISBN 9780807756508 cloth,$68.00; ISBN 9780807756492 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required In this book, Schneider (secondary school teacher, St. Bernard Parish, Louisiana) offers readers an explanation of the origin, development, and promotion of the Common Core ☐ Recommended State Standards (CCSS). In 1994, business leaders and state governors began to form an

agency, Achieve, Inc., to create a uniform set of expectations of high school student achievement and methods of assessing students' success. The Education Trust and the Fordham Foundation urged states to adopt the CCSS standards, and a nonprofit organization, Student Achievement Partners, directed a public relations campaign to enlist support from teachers and school administrators. In her book, Schneider argues that the Gates Foundation provided financing to develop and implement CCSS, and she describes problems that beset the Common Core and the accompanying standardized measures. Ultimately, she urges readers to use this information to resist the powerful interests that usurped the control of education. A broader critique appears in Diane Ravitch’s The Death and Life of the Great American School System (CH, Nov'11, 49- 1608). A description of worldwide educational standards can be found in PISA, Power, and Policy,edited by Heinz-Dieter Meyer and Aaron Benavot (2013). Summing Up:Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners; general readers. Faculty Member: Critical literacies and young learners: connecting classroom practice to the Common Core, Click here to enter text. ed. by Ken Winograd. Routledge, 2015. 226p bibl index ISBN 9780415743211 cloth, $155.00; ISBN 9780415743228 pbk, $47.95 ☐ Required Defying Piaget's cognitive theory position that younger learners are unable to think abstractly in the lower stages of development, the critical literacy researchers Winograd ☐ Recommended (Oregon State Univ.) assembled present actual classroom practices designed to bring

critical thinking skills to curricular practice while meeting the Common Core Standards requirements. Organized into two sections, the book first clarifies the purpose and function of critical literacy theory. The second section provides classroom case studies of critical literacy applied in grades K–3. Multiple classroom examples of lower elementary students thinking critically through contemporary cultural/social issues demonstrate the depth and effectiveness possible when intuitive, "withit" (as Jacob Kounin described them) educators adapt instruction purposefully. Rather than shielding learners from the important social justice issues of the day—environment, race, culture, economics, etc.— the teachers and researchers highlighted in this text find multiple approaches to bring children as young as four into significant, thoughtful conversation and action. Overall, Winograd and his associates articulate ways to teach meaningfully and effectively through the standardization of the Common Core. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Ebert, Edward S. Culture X goes to school: public education and the American culture, by Click here to enter text. Edward S. Ebert II and Darlene M. Maxwell. 2nd ed.Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 344p bibl index afp ISBN 9781475803440cloth, $100.00; ISBN 9781475803457 pbk, $55.00; 52 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ISBN 9781475803464ebook, $54.99 ☐ Required This provocative perspective on school reform and the relationship of schools to the culture begins with a brief review of issues of schooling and school reform efforts, ☐ Recommended followed by a denunciation of school reform as a myth. Ebert (emer., Coker College) and

Maxwell (Coker College) contend that reform is not possible and that the institution of education must be revolutionized by the reconceptualization of what schools should be. They find that schools are meant to perpetuate culture, but the necessary definition of American culture is missing. This problem lies not in the schools but in society, and the authors challenge readers to develop their own definitions of American culture in a series of helpful exercises. Furthermore, Ebert and Maxwell perceive multicultural education to be in conflict with the perpetuation of a national culture due to the former's inherently divisive nature. They suggest that prior cultures should instead be relinquished, though heritage is central to individual identity and should be celebrated. Finally, the authors call for a constitutional amendment that would establish an education congress of the States. An official language would be established, and a clear statement of the American culture would function as the foundation of a curriculum that would serve the nation. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Nagel, Michael C. In the middle: the adolescent brain, behaviour and learning. ACER Click here to enter text. Press, 2014. 249p bibl index ISBN 9781742861487 pbk,$39.95 ☐ Required In his book, Nagel (Univ. of the Sunshine Coast, Australia) writes clearly, using appropriate links to previously introduced material, thoroughly explaining vocabulary within the text, ☐ Recommended and providing easy-to-understand content with multiple illustrations and examples. The

format is also user-friendly: each chapter begins with a relevant quote followed by information infused with examples and handy text boxes with highlighted information from the writing. Two chapters focus on brain development, the foundation for forming connections in educating adolescents. In chapters 5 through 7, Nagel examines the social and emotional development of adolescents within certain contexts (e.g., school, family), and chapters 8 and 9 focus on the adolescent brain inside and outside an educational setting. In the last chapter, the author examines disorders, including those affecting eating, sleeping, and depression. Exploring the connections between neuroscience and education requires a degree of caution, and Nagel carefully and capably navigates the boundaries between the two disciplines. He references the Australian educational system; however, the text remains applicable to any Western culture. Given the rapidly changing information from the field of neuroscience, the publication of a second edition will soon be critical. Teachers, parents, and researchers will value this book. Summing Up:Recommended. Graduate students, researchers, and practitioners. Faculty Member: Linker, Maureen. Intellectual empathy: critical thinking for social Click here to enter text. justice.Michigan, 2014. 220p Index afp ISBN 9780472072620 cloth, $60.00; ISBN9780472052622 pbk, $30.00 ☐ Required Linker (philosophy, Univ. of Michigan-Dearborn) first conceived of her brand of intellectual empathy when she taught a course on critical thinking. Some of her students refused to ☐ Recommended speak in class because they feared that because of their social identities, others in the

class would not listen with respect to accounts of their beliefs and experiences. This realization led the author to modify the course and create a study of critical thinking for social justice. The result is a book based on Linker's 14 years of experience in teaching intellectual empathy, the ability to approach social difference with both reason and understanding. The aim of the work is to help the socially privileged improve the 53 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 circumstances of those considered socially inferior because of their race, religion, gender, class, ethnicity, religion, or sexual identity. Linker's intellectual empathy combines five skills concerning the invisibility of privilege, the intersectional nature of social identity, cooperative reasoning, conditional trusting of others, and mutual vulnerability. The whole book benefits considerably from the incorporation of the work of many contemporary feminist scholars.Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Language-based approaches to support reading comprehension, ed. by Francine Falk- Click here to enter text. Ross. Rowman & Littlefield, 2014. 247p bibl index afp ISBN9781442229877 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9781442229884 pbk, $45.00; ISBN9781442229891 ebook, $44.99 ☐ Required This book provides a keen focus on the research base and skill set that pre-service and practicing teachers need to fully engage their English language learner (ELL) students in ☐ Recommended demanding literacy tasks. Falk-Ross (Pace Univ.) orchestrates a thoughtful review of the

underlying research and then, with her contributors, makes a significant contribution to the field by updating readers on approaches to oral language development and current reading research and connecting these elements to the emerging demands of the Common Core State Standards. This explicit link between strategies and standards will be of practical use to both teachers and administrators. The use of a case study further anchors the book and enables readers to consider the challenges of literacy development across disciplines as well as in the home environment. Overall, the contributors consider development across grade levels and bridge academic talk and text exploration in a way that supports teachers’ efforts to know their ELL students as learners and scaffold their language and literacy development. The voices in this volume present pedagogical approaches that are respectful of all students, families, and educators, and the editor and contributors provide a positive way forward to reflective instruction. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Bryk, Anthony S. Learning to improve: how America's schools can get better at getting Click here to enter text. better, by Anthony S. Bryk et al. Harvard Education Press,2015. 256p index ISBN 9781612507927 cloth, $70.00; ISBN9781612507910 pbk, $35.00 ☐ Required The numerous books about educational reform currently in print seem to have panaceas for all the ills of American schools. This is one of the better books. Bryk and his ☐ Recommended colleagues (all, Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching) do a good job of

explaining why most educational reform efforts over the past 30–40 years have been unsuccessful. Basically, the authors contend that reform efforts have moved too quickly, they have attempted to cover too broad an area, and reformers quickly reject their own efforts if some progress does not take place in a short period of time: people do not learn from their mistakes. The common theme that echoes throughout this volume is a concept the authors coined: Networked Improvement Communities (NIC). The authors provide examples of numerous businesses and complex operating systems outside the realm of the education field that employ the NIC concept, and they draw analogous parallels between those successes—and failures—within the education field. Extremely interesting throughout, the text suggests a plan-do-study-act cycle in which reform starts small and then gradually expands as educators study their failures and learn from those mistakes. Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Toshalis, Eric. Make me!: understanding and engaging student resistance in Click here to enter text. school. Harvard Education Press, 2015. 362p index ISBN9781612507620 cloth, $70.00; ISBN 9781612507613 pbk, $35.00 54 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required This text offers a thorough examination of issues related to students demonstrating challenging behaviors and resistance in today’s school system. Through the use of ☐ Recommended vignettes, theoretical application, and thoughtful analysis of factors affecting behavior,

Toshalis (Lewis & Clark College) provides readers with opportunities to reflect on current professional practices used in addressing student resistance. With discussions on factors such as poverty, racial assimilation and identity, and past behavioral practices, the author explains solutions educators can implement for long-term positive change. While some chapters discuss anticipated topics (e.g., student motivation), several chapters may challenge readers’ perceptions of working with a 21st-century student population that is much more diverse. Such chapters (e.g., chapter 10: "Don’t Make Me Assimilate") are particularly poignant considering recent events on racial discourse occurring in the media today. Educators, administrators, and ancillary personnel will find this text extremely insightful and, after reading it, will perhaps begin a reexamination of current professional dispositions and practices in working with students from diverse backgrounds. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Turner, David. Old boys: the decline and rise of the public school. Yale,2015. 335p bibl Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9780300189926 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required In and of itself, any attempt to provide a historical account of the origins and 700-year evolution of the British public school system would be an ambitious undertaking. Turner’s ☐ Recommended new book does this—and more—as it attempts to analyze the system’s impact on British

history as well as anticipate some of the challenges the system will likely face in the near future. Turner (former education correspondent, Financial Times) is mainly successful in this enterprise. Exploring the roots of this British system in the founding of Winchester College in 1382, the book follows—largely sequentially—the founding of other prominent representatives, including Eton, Rugby, and Marlborough. The story is not always pretty, as the themes of cruelty, “fagging,” corruption, elitism, and exclusion are prominent throughout much of the history. Yet Turner’s account is, for the most part, sympathetic as he regards the last 30 years as the “Golden Age” of this form of schooling. The book is written in a lively fashion, and it inclines toward a balanced and measured interpretation. Nevertheless, it will likely generate criticism for not attending squarely enough to the social injustices and inequities reflected in this enduring educational system.Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty Faculty Member: Wellmon, Chad. Organizing Enlightenment: information overload and the invention of the Click here to enter text. modern research university. Johns Hopkins, 2015. 353pbibl index afp ISBN 9781421416151 cloth, $44.95; ISBN 9781421416168ebook, $44.95 ☐ Required The founding of the Univ. of Berlin in 1810 marks the birth of the modern research university. The institutionalization of "the technology of science" came about because the ☐ Recommended leading German thinkers of the late 18th and early 19th centuries decided that the vast

flood of publications, the failure of the great encyclopedias of the Enlightenment to summarize and synthesize "science," and the growth of widespread literacy meant that some structure was needed to ensure the melding of learning with virtue and the seductive dream of unified knowledge. Men such as Immanuel Kant, Johann Fichte, and Wilhelm von Humboldt all pointed in this direction and did much to turn European higher learning toward disciplinary studies and universities that would be molded to serve the state and society as well as the world of the seminar and academic research. This is an important story, told by Wellmon (German studies, Univ. of Virginia) with considerable 55 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 attention to summarizing and paraphrasing many of these men's writings. Wellmon ends with a defense of the modern research university against such foes as MOOC learning. His exposition is deeply grounded in intellectual, rather than social, history, and a familiarity with the issues and figures in the narrative is good preparation for readers. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty Faculty Member: Owens, Deborah Duncan. The origins of the common core: how the free market became Click here to enter text. public education policy. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015. 287pbibl index ISBN 9781137482679 cloth, $100.00 ☐ Required Through an in-depth tour of education policies and movements over 35 years, Owens (emer., Elmira College) provides an in-depth historical analysis and critique of the ☐ Recommended complex social and political influences leading to the creation of the Common Core State

Standards (CCSS), a current reform initiative in US education. Key to the book's discussion are historical reviews of three federal government reform initiatives: A Nation at Risk, a report issued by the National Commission on Excellence in 1983; the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001; and Race to the Top, a 2009 competitive grant issued to spur and reward innovation in education. In addition, the book includes a review of Milton Friedman's influence on top policy makers in creating these major reform initiatives based on the idea of remaking public education through free market ideas—an idea the author disputes. The book makes an appeal to individual American citizens to remember that the public schools belong to the public, not to the government or corporations. All in all, the book’s major contribution is its detailed historical analysis on the development of the CCSS initiative. Summing Up:Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Jennings, Jack. Presidents, Congress, and the public schools: the politics of education Click here to enter text. reform. Harvard Education Press, 2015. 258p index ISBN9781612507972 cloth, $70.00; ISBN 9781612507965 pbk, $35.00 ☐ Required Founder of the Center on Education Policy, Jennings provides terrific historical and political insights into the trends and pathways of federal funding for education and ☐ Recommended schools. The main story begins in 1965 with passage of the Elementary and Secondary

Education Act. Jennings delivers a lively description of the pressures and incentives that drove key authors of legislation and how historical and political demands and a changing cast of characters affected educational policy. The author stays focused on what he argues are the most important objectives for K–12 education policy: improving students’ readiness for school, raising the quality of the teaching force, encouraging the mastery of more challenging curricula, and ensuring sufficient funding for schools. At the initial stages of policy making, officials focused only on the fourth objective, assuming that educators had the expertise to manage the first three. Over time, however, policy makers lost faith in teachers and school leaders and engaged in legislative maneuvers to manage all four variables. Jennings concludes with a reasoned set of proposals for moving policy forward. The book is strongly recommended for anyone involved with K–12 education policy as an advocate, a staffer, or an education leader. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Graduate students, faculty, and practitioners Faculty Member: The Pursuit of racial and ethnic equality in American public schools, ed. by Kristi L. Click here to enter text. Bowman. Michigan State, 2015. 452p index ISBN9781611861808 pbk, $29.99; ISBN 9781609174675 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required In commemoration of the 60th anniversary of Brown v. Board of Educationand the 50th anniversary of the Civil Rights Act, 26 scholars have produced a series of first-person ☐ Recommended narratives examining and reflecting upon discrimination and racism. As the student

population in American public schools has become a “minority majority,” considerations of 56 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 how discrimination and race shape children’s learning are more important than ever. The book engages readers with discussions of law, education, and reform initiatives that are pertinent and persuasive. Organized around major eras in civil rights litigation, the book has parts relating to the foundational bases for this struggle, more recent clashes as desegregation unfolded, and future issues and topics. The essayists Bowman (law, Michigan State Univ.) collected examine backstories that undergird many of the more significant cases, but contributors also question much of the isolation based on race and class that affects the United States and its schools today. Arguing for a return of the social and civic missions that schools traditionally pursued, the book could serve as a main text for introductory or graduate-level classes in fields as diverse as education, history, political science, or sociology. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Undergraduates through researchers and faculty; general readers Faculty Member: McGill, Michael V. Race to the bottom: corporate school reform and the future of public Click here to enter text. education. Teachers College Press, 2015. 181p bibl index afp ISBN 9780807756379 pbk, $32.95 ☐ Required The title alone makes this provocative book difficult not to read, and the passion, brutal honesty, and keen perception McGill (former school superintendent; founder, Global ☐ Recommended Learning Alliance) brings to each page keeps readers engaged. This brilliant analysis of

corporate school reform provides readers with a wealth of information and insight to become more effectively involved in the future of public education. Chapters include a frank discussion of the state of education, a brief history of educational reform, a sobering review of the testing wars, a look at the corporate reform agenda, the reality of charter schools, the need for faith in education, the missions of education for democracy, problems with teaching and teacher preparation, the need for an engaged learning community, and a view of the 21st-century school. In the end, McGill recommends a balanced approach involving business leaders, elected officials, and educators coming together to recognize the shortcomings in the current puzzle of public education and to outline a clear vision for the future. Finally, he encourages all citizens to “champion an education that develops human potential, encourages a generous social ethic, and creates a better world"; a “strategy of control and audit” is no longer a viable solution. Summing Up: Essential. All readers Faculty Member: Milner, H. Richard. Rac(e)ing to class: confronting poverty and race in schools and Click here to enter text. classrooms. Harvard Education Press, 2015. 212p index ISBN9781612507866 pbk, $32.00 ☐ Required This book—potentially very influential—serves as a comprehensive approach to the challenges that schools face negotiating the intersection of poverty and race in the United ☐ Recommended States. Throughout the book, the author emphasizes these specific challenges and

proposes recommendations for teachers and educators on their practices in and out of the classroom. Considerations of reform and change must be taken seriously concernig poverty and other critical issues within the US schooling system, and Milner (Univ. of Pittsburgh School of Education) suggests effective practices to combat the profound problems. He highlights the importance of instruction and teaching practices across the curriculum, as well as the urgent need to address the challenges, experiences, and diversity of all students. Milner's representation of different cases, stories, challenges, statistics, and experiences suggests many strategies of reform on micro and macro levels for improving the educational system in the US. This book will prove valuable for readers of all levels interested in research in education, social change, critical pedagogy, teacher education, curriculum and instruction, bilingual education, educational leadership, ESL, multiculturalism, and diversity. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers 57 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Michael, Ali. Raising race questions: whiteness and inquiry in education.Teachers College Click here to enter text. Press, 2014. 175p bibl index afp ISBN 9780807756003cloth, $78.00; ISBN 9780807755990 pbk, $34.95 ☐ Required Michael (Center for the Study of Race and Equity in Education, Univ. of Pennsylvania) offers readers a practical text based on her work doing “race inquiry” with teachers. Drawing on ☐ Recommended the experiences of six white teachers who vary in age, experience, and background,

Michael aims to share with readers what these teachers have learned about race and how race operates in relationships with students and their parents. Her presentation is guided by four principles she believes to be key to developing the tools to become “racially competent” (e.g., develop healthy cross-racial relationships) and equipped to examine race. A key assumption is that whites must adopt a positive racial identity by engaging in anti-racist inquiry and practices. The book is similar in orientation to a broad range of practical, education-related whiteness studies, including Kenneth James Fasching-Varner'sWorking through Whiteness (CH, Oct'13, 51-1001) and Angelina E. Castagno's Educated in Whiteness (CH, Feb'15, 52-3227). The book does not engage with critiques of whiteness studies or theorize about the nature and origin of racism; though it draws on whiteness theory that has become popular since the 1990s, the book is mainly practical in scope and most valuable when discussing examples from the six teachers. Overall, Michael's text is inviting, well written, and logically organized. Summing Up: Recommended. Professionals and practitioners. Faculty Member: Noddings, Nel. A richer, brighter vision for American high Click here to enter text. schools.Cambridge, 2015. 207p bibl index ISBN 9781107075269 cloth, $97.99; ISBN 9781107427914 pbk, $27.99 ☐ Required Many attempts at school reform have been made over the last half century. Noddings (emer., Stanford Univ.) takes a particularly hard look at high schools, eschewing much of ☐ Recommended the current emphasis on test scores, rankings, and the economic earnings of

graduates. She is especially critical of a system that insists all children must take an academic program and then penalizes those who do not thrive. Instead, she proposes a model that works at producing better adults and recognizes students with non-academic talents as well as those traditionally acknowledged. Suggesting that schools work to ensure that their efforts touch upon all aspects of students’ lives, Noddings proposes instruction that encompasses children’s intellectual, physical, moral, spiritual, social, vocational, aesthetic, and civic needs. Organized into 12 chapters, the book builds upon many of the foundations of educational philosophy, psychology, and curriculum. The chapters explore unity of purpose; vocational programs; women’s traditional interests; creating better adults; parenting; the Common Core State Standards; critical thinking; collegiality, caring, and continuity; curriculum and its setting; planning, enacting, and evaluating; teachers’ professional preparation; and reflecting on the brighter vision. The book is brilliantly written throughout and comprehensive in scope. Summing Up:Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners; general readers Faculty Member: Griffin, Shayla Reese. Those kids, our schools: race and reform in an American high Click here to enter text. school. Harvard Education Press, 2015. 271p index ISBN9781612507675 cloth, $72.00; ISBN 9781612507668 pbk, $36.00 ☐ Required In a three-year ethnographic study of an exurban school, Griffin (diversity and school culture consultant, Washtenaw Intermediate School District) seeks to evaluate how racial ☐ Recommended inequality manifests itself in schools, not just in test score data and/or discipline

distribution rates but also through daily interactions, biases, and belief systems among teachers, students, and administrators. The majority of the text breaks no new ground 58 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 and is at times needlessly repetitious, but near the end of the book, the author finds her voice. Griffin opines that despite continually restructured teacher training programs, reinforced by numerous professional development opportunities, most teachers lack the skills to understand cultural differences but remain paralyzed by the fear that they will be labeled "racist." From that point forward, the text provides useful suggestions for "making change in schools," and it ends with an appendix offering questions that could initiate true dialogue in staff development situations. This book is principally designed for and will prove most useful to practitioners who have struggled with the classroom realities outlined by Griffin. Summing Up: Recommended. Professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Ruecker, Todd. Transiciones: pathways of Latinas and Latinos writing in high school and Click here to enter text. college. Utah State, 2015. 219p bibl index afp ISBN9780874219753 pbk, $24.95; ISBN 9780874219760 ebook, $19.95 ☐ Required This book by Ruecker (English, Univ. of New Mexico) explores the academic writing journey of seven native Spanish-speaking students as they transition from high school to ☐ Recommended college. Ruecker’s research is multi-faceted, conducted through classroom observations,

interviews, and a series of questionnaires over the time he spent following the students. He examines the support for and academic abilities of each student prior to attending college, the length of time attending a US school, students' social economic backgrounds, and the transition and writing support services provided at the college each student attended. With the El Paso, Texas–Juarez, Mexico, border as the focal region for his research, Ruecker notes that US public schools along the US-Mexican border have English language learner services in place, allowing public school teachers to monitor a student’s level of language growth to provide a learning structure that fits the student's style. On the contrary, first-year college writing courses tend to be one size fits all in nature. Ruecker’s research goal is to create a dialogue that will close the gap between high school and college and get conversations started to better service English language learners. His research provides a solid foundation that encourages positive and proactive discussion. Summing Up:Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above

59 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 English Faculty Member: Abbey in America: a philosopher's legacy in a new century, ed. by John A. Murray. New Click here to enter text. Mexico, 2015. 218p bibl index afp ISBN 9780826355171 cloth, $39.95 ☐ Required Respected environmental scholar John Murray gathers a diverse cast of contributors to reflect on the enduring influence of Edward Abbey (1927–1989). Writing from a wide array of ☐ Recommended disciplines—biology, music, medicine, philosophy, resource management, education, literature—these scholars and personal friends of Abbey reflect on his ideas from locations as far-flung as Alaska, the Caribbean, and Chile. The resulting volume does not become hagiography; the contributors acknowledge Abbey's struggles with alcohol, his uneven writing, and his mercurial personality. Nonetheless, these essays constitute a reassessment of Abbey's reputation, particularly as an essayist, arguing that he deserves a preeminent place in the literary history of the American West. Several contributors compare Abbey to Henry Thoreau or Wendell Berry, portraying all three figures as contrarian essayist-activists whose writings speak for their places. Murray's essay, the longest in the collection, provides an account of a 1988 conversation with Abbey that reveals his often-thorny relationships with a wide range of authors and activists. That situates him as the "hub" of a literary culture. Graced throughout by photographs, this well-conceived book will find an audience among those studying the American West and its literary culture. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Gelpi, Albert. American poetry after modernism: the power of the word. Cambridge, 2015. Click here to enter text. 316p index ISBN 9781107025240 cloth, $110.00; ISBN 9781316236017 ebook, $88.00 ☐ Required With this volume, Gelpi (emer., Stanford) extends and completes the examination of the traditions within American poetry that he began with The Tenth Muse (CH, May'76) and A ☐ Recommended Coherent Splendor (CH, Sep'88, 26-0131). His focus here is the poetry that emerges after modernism, in the wake of WW II. Gelpi contends that the last 70 years of American poetry are shaped by a dialectic of neoromantic affirmation and postmodernist deconstruction. The unsettled question remains: Do poems mean, or do they simply be? Gelpi traces this dialectic back to the Puritans (type or trope), through the Romantics (imagination or fancy) and modernism (perception or expression) to the current state. Each chapter looks at a grouping of poets and their approach to language: "The Language of Crisis" (Robert Lowell and John Berryman), "The Language of Flux" (Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery), "The Language of Incarnation" (Allen Ginsberg, Jack Kerouac, William Everson), "The Language of Witness" (Adrienne Rich), "The Language of Vision" (Robert Duncan, Denise Levertov), and "The Language of L=A=N=G=U=A=G=E" (Robert Creeley, Michael Palmer, Lyn Hejinian, Robert Grenier, Susan Howe, and Fanny Howe). This is an important contribution to the study of American poetry. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Takayoshi, Ichiro. American writers and the approach of World War II, 1930–1941: a literary Click here to enter text. history. Cambridge, 2015. 333p bibl index ISBN 9781107085268 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9781316310021 ebook, $79.00 ☐ Required In this valuable counterpoint to traditional literary history, Takayoshi (Tufts) documents what he calls “prewar literary culture.” He organizes the book around pivotal historical moments ☐ Recommended of the period before the US entered WW II: the Italo-Ethiopian War, the Spanish Civil War, the Munich crisis, the outbreak of war in Europe, the deepening crisis in China, and the Axis conquest of Europe. Though the author analyzes an astonishing number of diverse media voices to delineate this literary culture, a few writers stand out: Ernest Hemingway, Robert Sherwood, Dalton Trumbo, Pearl Buck, Archibald MacLeish, Lewis Mumford. Takayoshi claims that a sense of uncertainty about the US’s imminent participation in a foreign conflict drove much of the cultural production of the period, and he explores how debates surrounding that uncertainty laid the groundwork for the US's “emergence as a global power in the mid-twentieth century.” Scholars who know the period well will find new perspectives 60 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 on familiar figures. For instance, Takayoshi offers a fascinating perspective on Ezra Pound’s fascist radio broadcasts from Rome. The book is marked by clear prose and well-researched arguments. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Williams, Jay. Author under sail: the imagination of Jack London, 1893–1902. Nebraska, 2014. Click here to enter text. 600p bibl index afp ISBN 9780803249912 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780803256835 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required In this literary biography of Jack London (1876–1916), Williams eschews the beleaguered rags-to-riches theme of previous biographers in favor of a fresh assessment of London's life as ☐ Recommended an author. He shows that though London sought psychological relaxation and a leisured life more than money, money was the way to get that life, so he wrote continuously. Williams carefully examines London’s correspondence with publishers and editors and each article, story, and novel written between 1893 and 1902 (a second volume is forthcoming), identifying stages—craftsman, poet, genius—in London’s early authorial career to argue that the writer's conflict with his own creativity enmeshed him in both acceptance and rejection of the dominant model of Progressive Era authorship. In analyzing London’s conflict with his imagination, Williams relies on Michael Fried’s concepts of absorption and theatricality to develop an understanding of London’s writerly self and to explain how he “experienced the act of writing his own work"—an aspect of London no one has heretofore tried to decipher. Thoroughly documented and cogently argued, Author under Sail heralds a departure from all scholars who thought they knew about Jack London and promises a wealth of new directions in London scholarship. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: McParland, Robert. Beyond Gatsby: how Fitzgerald, Hemingway, and writers of the 1920s Click here to enter text. shaped American culture. Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 231p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442247086 cloth, $38.00; ISBN 9781442247093 ebook, $37.99 ☐ Required This reviewer would argue that the most formative period in American literature and culture was that of Poe, Whitman, Twain, and Emerson—and, given a predilection for naturalism, ☐ Recommended London, Crane, and Norris. This impossible list covers an unwieldy collection of decades. In choosing the 1920s, McParland (Felician College) captures in one decade the qualities of the unworkable inventory just mentioned. He provides an original study of the writing of the 1920s, a veritable revelation to which readers respond "Of course!" Of course, Fitzgerald and Hemingway excoriate and interrogate materialism with its attractions and its discontents. Of course, Dreiser's naturalism and Faulkner's hypnotic experimentalism form a critique of American society both congruent with and divergent from those found in Gatsby and A Farewell to Arms. In sum, McParland considers, intelligently and profitably, in one volume the influence of writers such as John Dos Passos, Sinclair Lewis, Langston Hughes, and Carl Van Vechten, among many others. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Zaretsky, Robert. Boswell's enlightenment. Belknap, Harvard, 2015. 278p index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780674368231 cloth, $26.95 ☐ Required Zaretsky (French history, Univ. of Houston) has written an engrossing study of James Boswell, the renowned biographer of Samuel Johnson and the equally famous diarist. In particular, ☐ Recommended Boswell’s Enlightenment is a study of the years 1763–65, when Boswell, a young man of 23 when he embarked, toured Western Europe. During this tour, he managed to interview, and often to befriend, a number of Europe’s leading thinkers, writers, and political figures, including Voltaire, David Hume, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, John Wilkes, and Paoli Pasquale. Boswell kept a diary in which he recorded his conversations with his famous interlocutors, and Zaretsky makes good use of it in telling his tale. There must have been something irresistible about Boswell’s personality for such a young man to have been able to secure the attentions of these men, not to mention the close friendship of literary titan Samuel Johnson. A fascinating character study, Boswell’s Enlightenment helps readers 61 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 understand what that something was. It is also the story of Boswell’s struggle to reconcile his strict Calvinist upbringing with the ideas of the Enlightenment and with his tempestuous impulses and literary ambition. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: The Cambridge companion to American civil rights literature, ed. by Julie Buckner Armstrong. Click here to enter text. Cambridge, 2015. 209p bibl index ISBN 9781107635647 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781107635647 pbk, $29.99; ISBN 9781316236604 ebook, $24.00 ☐ Required This collection joins a growing body of scholarship that advocates for a long view of the Civil Rights Movement—a view extending beyond the frame of 1954–1969—and sees the ☐ Recommended contributions of the arts as essential to the social and political work of protest marches. The ten strong essays on the poetry, drama, fiction, and film of the civil rights era—including the Black Arts Movement—reflect this more comprehensive view, and the collection makes compelling connections to the larger influences and impacts of the literature of civil rights. Zoe Trodd examines the ways civil rights literature borrows spatial metaphors from abolitionist writers such as Frederick Douglass, transforming spaces of confinement into spaces of resistance. Brian Norman explores literary representations of Jim Crow. The collection ends with the present moment: Robert Patterson considers the ways the movement continues to grapple with the intersections of race, gender, and sexuality through the use of first-person narratives, and Barbara McCaskill explores 21st-century literature and the "post-racial." The result is an accessible, engaging, and valuable introduction to the literature of civil rights. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower- and upper-division undergraduates Faculty Member: The Cambridge companion to women's writing in the Romantic period, ed. by Devoney Click here to enter text. Looser. Cambridge, 2015. 238p bibl index ISBN 9781107016682 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781107602557 pbk, ☐ Required A welcome addition to the excellent "Cambridge Companions" series, this collection of clearly written essays is both interesting and informative, and fills a scholarly void. Although ☐ Recommended canonical authors such as Austen, Wollstonecraft, and Mary Shelley are mentioned, the bulk of the discussion focuses on female authors who were well known in their own time—women such as Mary Hays—but have now been mostly forgotten. Written by an impressive group of scholars, including Anne Mellor, the essays concentrate on genres and themes such as aging, sexuality, and publishing. The collection also looks at misconceptions about women writers in the late 17th and early 18th centuries. For example, because Austen did not write about war, one might assume that women had no interest in the Napoleonic Wars. However, one essay points out that female writers were outspoken about the war, both for and against. The Romantic period marked a turning point for women writers, a time when writing became a viable profession. As noted several times in this collection, this period laid the foundation for the feminist movement of the Victorian period. This is an outstanding collection. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates and above; general readers Faculty Member: Marsden, Richard. The Cambridge Old English reader. 2nd ed. Cambridge, 2015. 585p index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9781107055308 cloth, $112.00; ISBN 9781107641310 pbk, $39.99 ☐ Required Choice recognized the first edition of this volume (CH, Dec'04, 42-2067) as an outstanding academic title, and this second edition remains an impressive resource for students of Old ☐ Recommended English. Though the text remains basically unchanged, Marsden (emer., Univ. of Nottingham, UK) has added textual glosses, corrected here and there, and made two key additions: a third extract from Beowulf (Grendel’s final attack on Heorot) and, more significantly, an ambitious and impressive section—between the introduction and the texts—called “Beginning Old English.” The latter provides an extremely accessible introduction to the rudiments of Old English that will serve those studying either the history of English or the literature itself. Some may consider this material superfluous because of the already excellent supplemental pronunciation and grammar Marsden provides after the texts; others may be tempted to use the book as a stand-alone introduction to Old English. Either way, this 62 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 remains an invaluable reader, and only a digital format could make it more useful for a modern student. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Chaucer and fame: reputation and reception, ed. by Isabel Davis and Catherine Nall. D. S. Click here to enter text. Brewer, 2015. 249p bibl index ISBN 9781843844075 cloth, $99.00 ☐ Required An outgrowth of the 2011 London Chaucer Conference, this addition to the "Chaucer Studies" series includes essays on Chaucer's relationship with and handling of the literary canon, ☐ Recommended of both the ancient world and his own time. The contributors are a combination of postdoctoral fellows and well-known Chaucerians, a mix of new and established scholars that the series has been praised for in the past. Thus William Rossiter's "Chaucer Joins the Schiera: The House of Fame, Italy, and the Determination of Posterity" is followed closely by Elizaveta Srakhov's "'And kis the steppes where as thow seest pace': Reconstructing the Spectral Canon in Statius and Chaucer." Jamie Fumo's essay, "Ancient Chaucer: Temporalities of Fame," is a fitting close to the volume with its consideration of "one strand of Chaucer's early modern reception that in turn illuminates the poet's own attention to his incipient celebrity as an English author: the hermeneutic of antiquity." This collection, and the series as a whole, is a required resource for students and scholars of Chaucer. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Scala, Elizabeth. Desire in the Canterbury tales. Ohio State, 2015. 225p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780814212783 cloth, $62.95 ☐ Required Taking a psychoanalytic approach, Scala (Univ. of Texas, Austin) reads The Canterbury Tales as both produced by and productive of discourses of desire—discourses bound up with ☐ Recommended misreading, conflict and contestation, and linguistic signifiers that are as mobile as the pilgrims who appropriate them. In the book’s four chapters, the author explores, as she writes in the introduction, “the generative entanglements of the stories as competitive fictions" in which gender, sex, and feminine desire and its sublimation play central roles. Taking seriously the articulated “contest” that provides the frame for Chaucer’s compilation, Scala provides a compelling, thorough framework for understanding the work's dynamics of desire not only as a thematic thread running through the tales but also as a structure for the pilgrims to generate their fictions as acts of misreading and misrecognition. She surveys a wide range of tales, focusing first on those of the knight, miller, and reeve; next on key texts from the so-called marriage group, "The Wife of Bath's Tale" and "The Clerk’s Tale"; and finally on "The Physician's Tale" and "The Second Nun's Tale." With its careful attention to the structuring language of desire across and within the tales, this book offers a fresh account of Chaucer’s pilgrims and the tales they tell. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Christie, William. Dylan Thomas: a literary life. Palgrave Macmillan, 2014. 228p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9781137322562 cloth, $90.00 ☐ Required Palgrave’s "Literary Lives" series offers concise treatments of writers’ lives rather than new interpretations of their work, but in the current entry, Christie (Univ. of Sydney, ☐ Recommended Australia) uses a sober, fact-based approach to cast a celebrated poet in a new light. Like Andrew Lycett, author of Dylan Thomas: A New Life (2004), Christie believes that folklore about Thomas’s life has overshadowed the complexity of his body of work. However, unlike previous biographers, Christie outlines this complexity by highlighting elements of the poet’s character that found expression in his poetry. In lucid, readable prose, the author outlines Thomas’s resentment of academia, his longstanding insecurity about the gaps in his education, his wide reading in poetry, and his often-exaggerated relationship to his Welsh heritage. While casually claiming that Thomas was the most important poet of the 20th century, Christie treats storied aspects of the poet's life, such as his arrogance and various indulgences, in a candid manner free of moralizing or sensationalism. A portrait emerges of a troubled and insecure genius, a man who deliberately set out to become a poetic innovator by exploring the potential of language and reached his goal after many 63 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 personal trials. A fine study. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above; general readers Faculty Member: Ellerby, Janet Mason. Embroidering the scarlet A: unwed mothers and illegitimate children in Click here to enter text. American fiction and film. Michigan, 2015. 277p bibl index afp ISBN 9780472072637 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780472052639 pbk, $34.50 ☐ Required Combining the first-person confessional mode with literary analysis, Ellerby (English and women's and gender studies, Univ. of North Carolina, Wilmington) aims to open up ☐ Recommended discussion about unwed mothers and the children who usually bear the brunt of their mother’s “sin” or “fallen” status. Influenced by Hester Prynne and Pearl in Nathaniel Hawthorne’s The Scarlet Letter, Ellerby discusses her own pregnancy as a teenager and the lifelong pain she has suffered from being forced to give up her newborn baby. The book ranges widely through time: the author starts with predictable novels from the early republic but then provides welcome analyses of novels by Dreiser, Wharton, Faulkner, Alice Walker, Erdrich, and Alexie and of several films, among them Easy A and Juno. The chapter on Dorothy Allison’s Bastard out of Carolina is particularly good. Ellerby includes a strong, refreshing chapter on birth fathers, in which she reflects on her teen boyfriend’s ignorance about the pregnancy and birth. In places, the book needed a stronger editorial hand, and the honest prose may make some readers uncomfortable (“God, I hate to tell this part …,” p. 144), but Ellerby makes this admirable call for a restorative reading of unwed mothers in the hope of facilitating the much-needed cultural work of empowering disenfranchised girls and women and their babies. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Blanton, C. D. Epic negation: the dialectical poetics of late modernism. Oxford, 2015. 367p Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780199844715 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required This ambitious, scholarly investigation into how certain modernist poets—principally, Ezra Pound, T. S. Eliot, W. S. Auden, Louis MacNeice, and H.D.—handle history begins with a ☐ Recommended simple question: “How does a poem include history.” Blanton (Univ. of California, Berkeley) then demonstrates how fascinating and complex the answers might be. He is most interested in “the modernist epic” and argues for a revision of the term epic throughout his reading of modernist poets. The first of the book's two parts, "Including History," comprises chapters on the evolution of Eliot’s The Waste Land during his editorship of The Criterion (1922–39). But the discussion is about more than that one iconic poem: the author extends the conversation to Pound’s epic, The Cantos, and his prose writing and editorial collaborations with Eliot. History and politics are never out of view. In part 2, "Including Negation," Blanton considers how the two world wars conditioned Auden’s poetry in Another Time; rich discussion of MacNeice’s Autumn Journal and H.D.’s Trilogy complete the study. This volume joins Gary Grieve-Carlson's Poems Containing History: Twentieth-Century American Poetry’s Engagement with the Past (CH, Jun'15, 52-5187) in opening an important inquiry into the connections among art, politics, and history. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper- division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Delany, Paul. Fatal glamour: the life of Rupert Brooke. McGill-Queen's, 2015. 341p bibl index Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9780773545571 cloth, $34.95; ISBN 9780773582781 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Best known for “The Soldier,” poet Rupert Brooke (1887–1915) died before he ever saw combat. His “corner of a foreign field / That is for ever England” is a Greek island near the ☐ Recommended plains of Troy. As this well-researched biography makes clear, even without his famous sonnet, Brooke would have been notable for his good looks and the company he kept. A founding member of the neo-pagans, he was on familiar terms with Virginia Woolf and other members of Bloomsbury, until his burgeoning anti-Semitism caused him to think Bloomsbury too Jewish. He had tortured relationships with both men and women, and he thought (and wrote) about sex a lot. Offering psychological insight into the development of the poet, Delany (emer., Simon Fraser Univ.), author also of The Neo-Pagans: Friendship and Love in the Rupert Brooke Circle (CH, Mar'88), describes the claustrophobic, repressive world of 64 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Edwardian England and the impact that public schools (Rugby, Eton) had on sensitive natures such as Brooke's. Supported by an allowance from his mother, Brooke toured much of the world, speaking in various North American cities and spending time in Tahiti, consciously emulating Gauguin. One leaves this biography with regret, captured by the quality of Delany's writing and a view of a world that was quickly disappearing. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Davis, Peter A. From Androboros to the First Amendment: a history of America's first play. Click here to enter text. Iowa, 2015. 221p bibl index afp ISBN 9781609383114 pbk, $60.00; ISBN 9781609383121 ebook, $60.00 ☐ Required In entertaining, lucid prose, Davis (theater, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign) spotlights Robert Hunter's Androboros (1714)—the earliest extant play written in English in North ☐ Recommended America—demonstrating convincingly that the play deserves more than the awful paucity of critical attention it has received. Davis includes not only a well-annotated version of the play but also a reproduction of the original manuscript, thus providing useful tools for scholars interested in examining the work. Hunter (1664-1734) was colonial governor of New York when he wrote the play, and Davis examines the biographical details of his life and describes the political challenges facing his administration of the English colony. Those details inform the style and content of the play and place the work within the context of the early-18th- century revival of English political and social satire. Finally, Davis charts the connection between a possible coauthor of the play, Lewis Morris, and the events that led to the trial of Peter Zenger—a publisher who was tried for libel [and acquited] as a result of satirical writing—thereby linking Androboros to the American legal finding that informed the First Amendment and making a provocative case for the play’s historical importance. Davis's careful, clear, and informative study discovers the subtleties of a funny, scathing early American work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: A History of modernist poetry, ed. by Alex Davis and Lee M. Jenkins. Cambridge, 2015. 532p Click here to enter text. bibl index ISBN 9781107038677 cloth, $99.00 ☐ Required If, as Anthony Mellors writes in "Modernism after Modernism," the coda to this volume, “modernism is a byword for the artistic representation of alienation, fragmentation, ☐ Recommended and transience," then study of modernism should never be divorced from study of the present. Davis and Jenkins (both, Univ. College Cork, Ireland) write in their introduction that new modernist studies “has tended to substitute the formalist preoccupations of earlier criticism with an increased attention to historical context," connecting past and present and demonstrating the appropriateness of this change and the importance of Mellors’s observation. With 23 essays in three major sections, this collection attempts to lay bare the breadth of modernist obsessions and contributions. In the first section, contributors focus on poetic innovation, in the second on modernism’s immediate antecedents, and in the third on both the achievements of modernism and its “enabling appropriation by postcolonial poets.” Overall, the book provides an appropriate examination of the elements of modernist poetry for a readership several generations past that of the modernists themselves, offering a foundation for continuing reevaluation of attitudes toward the modernists within the context of their own time and the present. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Leader, Zachary. The life of Saul Bellow: to fame and fortune, 1915–1964. Knopf, 2015. 812p Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9780307268839 cloth, $40.00; ISBN 9781101874677 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required This is the first of a two-volume biography of Bellow. It is the first one written by a person who did not interview Bellow as part of the writing process. Moreover, Leader (Roehampton ☐ Recommended Univ., UK), a senior professor, made his career studying British Romanticism before turning to contemporary literature—first the life and work of Kingsley Amis, now Bellow. Leader has great knowledge of Bellow's published work and his vast archives, which are housed at the 65 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 University of Chicago. He also knows all previous biographical work on Bellow and interviewed any Bellow family member or friend he could. Then, like recent Updike biographer Adam Begley—Updike (CH, Sep'14, 52-0126)—and scholar David Crowe—Cosmic Defiance (CH, May'15, 52-4616)—Leader, as warranted by his extremely informed judgment, used his subject's fiction, published and in manuscript, to flesh out his biographical narrative. For example, the recurring character in Bellow of the protagonist's oldest brother illustrates every aspect of Bellow's real-life relation with his brother Maury; this relation is in turn a touchstone as to who Bellow, man and writer, was. The better one knows Bellow's work, biography, and him personally, the better and more impressive the book is. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Mendelson, Edward. Moral agents: eight twentieth-century American writers. New York Click here to enter text. Review Books, 2015. 203p afp ISBN 9781590177761 cloth, $21.95 ☐ Required Based on essays that first appeared in The New York Review of Books, Moral Agents presents eight 20th-century American writers: Lionel Trilling, Dwight Macdonald, Alfred Kazin, William ☐ Recommended Maxwell, Saul Bellow, Norman Mailer, W. H. Auden, and Frank O’Hara. Combining literary criticism with brief biographical sketches, Mendelson (humanities, Columbia Univ.) places these authors’ public roles as cultural leaders beside their private lives, analyzing the morality of their actions. For example, Mendelson juxtaposes Trilling’s conservative criticism and his darker personal beliefs; Macdonald’s elitist literary tastes and his populist politics; Maxwell’s promotion of stylized, amoral fiction and his ethical improvisations; Mailer’s fictionalized personae and his non-fiction writing. Of particular interest is the analysis of Auden, in which Mendelson draws his personal knowledge (he is the literary executor of the Auden's estate), which presents the poet as a public intellectual who led by example, who followed Christianity’s Golden Rule, and who praised Hannah Arendt for exposing petty tyrants. In his last essay, Mendelson contrasts O’Hara’s playful, entertaining public mask and his satirical poetry against his desire for one-on-one communication, in life and art. Drawing on unique familiarities, Mendelson, like his subjects, becomes a public intellectual, offering insightful, well-crafted sketches that will entertain and edify a broad audience. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: The New Cambridge companion to Samuel Beckett, ed. by Dirk Van Hulle. Cambridge, 2015. Click here to enter text. 228p bibl index ISBN 9781107075191 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9781107427815 pbk, $27.99 ☐ Required There have been many developments in the field of Beckett studies since the publication of The Cambridge Companion to Beckett, ed. by John Pilling (CH, Nov'94, 32-1368). In the ☐ Recommended two intervening decades, significant archival materials have become publicly available, and three volumes of Beckett’s correspondence have been published. For this new edition, Van Hulle (Univ. of Antwerp, Belgium) assembled essays by renowned scholars that demonstrate the increasingly interactive and mutually beneficial enterprises of historicist and theoretical approaches. The collection reassesses the Beckett canon—his prose, drama, poetry, and criticism—and considers the critical perception of Beckett's work and artistic practice, ranging from his place in late modernism, the intertextuality and bilingualism of his works, and his ideas of theater and performance. The final essays address central theoretical topics, themes in philosophy, ethics, and history. An updated chronology presents Beckett’s original titles and self-translation in separate columns. A valuable resource, this volume represents many of the new directions in Beckett scholarship and provides a helpful introduction to key issues of the author’s work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Tóibín, Colm. On Elizabeth Bishop. Princeton, 2015. 209p bibl afp ISBN 9780691154114 cloth, Click here to enter text. $19.95 ☐ Required This compact volume covers most of Bishop’s major poems, and includes discussion of unpublished work and draft poems. Drawing on letters, notebooks, biography, and ☐ Recommended interviews, award-winning novelist Colm Tóibín (humanities, Columbia University) explores the key settings that inspired Bishop's poetry: Nova Scotia, Key West, and Brazil. He also 66 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 traces Bishop’s movement from poems written in the shadow of WW II, work that seems to reflect the pressures of history, to later poems that mark an escape from those external forces. The overview of her relationships with Robert Lowell and Marianne Moore is perceptive; Bishop learned much from these two poets as she emerged from their shadows to find her own singular voice. Tóibín’s treatment is personal but never self-indulgent, and the book is much more than an appreciation of a poet with whom he has affinities. Beautifully written and deeply felt, this is a penetrating examination of Bishop’s aesthetic of stylistic restraint and personal reticence. What he calls Bishop’s “calm austerity” allowed her to use precise description to avoid self-description. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: McDiarmid, Lucy. Poets & the peacock dinner: the literary history of a meal. Oxford, 2015. Click here to enter text. 212p bibl index ISBN 9780198722786 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required All students of modern poetry know Ezra Pound's "Canto LXXXI"—"To have, with decency, knocked / That a Blunt should open / To have gathered from the air a live tradition"—and ☐ Recommended most are familiar with the famous photograph of Pound, William Butler Yeats, Wilfrid Blunt, and four other poets taken at the 1914 dinner at which the younger poets honored Blunt and everyone dined on peacock. McDiarmid (Montclair State Univ.) has written a lively, engaging account of the dinner, its varied significances, and its participants. Blunt was a wealthy, outspoken anti-imperialist (jailed for his support of evicted Irish tenants in 1887) who wrote conventional poetry, married Lord Byron's granddaughter, and had an adulterous affair with Yeats's benefactor, Lady Gregory. He was not a modernist, so it seems odd that Pound and company would want to honor him, but McDiarmid presents the event as an homage to Blunt's non-conformity and a site of aggressive masculine rivalries and homosocial friendships set against a series of heterosexual intimacies. Lady Gregory emerges as the absent presence behind the dinner, which emblematizes the transmission of "the professional culture of poetry." Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above; general readers Faculty Member: Sider Jost, Jacob. Prose immortality, 1711–1819. Virginia, 2015. 239p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780813936802 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9780813936819 ebook, $45.00 ☐ Required Jost (Dickinson College) offers an impressive consideration of immortality and fame among writers of the 18th century. He begins by asking how writers preserve the memory of the ☐ Recommended dead and responds by examining specific works from the Spectator and varied literary forms, including diaries. The author offers general observations about time and life after death and then examines theology in novels of the period, specifically Samuel Richardson's Clarissa. Finally, Jost deals with individual views of immortality and fame. His clear, well-written reflections include both theology and theories of Mortalism. He notes that for some writers, the sense of personal afterlife revolved around their receiving recognition from those who survive them. Jost finds Samuel Johnson's views in the Rambler and Boswell's biography especially significant for recording Johnson's preoccupation with the stewardship of time and his belief that the human desire for fame gives evidence of the immortality of the soul. Including extensive notes and a bibliography, along with a useful index, this is an important resource for those interested in 18th-century literary themes. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Hinojosa, Lynne W. Puritanism and modernist novels: from moral character to the ethical self. Click here to enter text. Ohio State, 2015. 218p bibl index afp ISBN 9780814212738 cloth, $59.95 ☐ Required Linking Puritan hermeneutics and modes of reading associated with the early British modernist novel, Hinojosa (Baylor Univ.) calls into question the assumed break secular ☐ Recommended modernism represents in relation to a more religious past. Even as a reaction against Puritanism, Hinojosa argues, modernism continues much of Puritanism. For all the changes modernism represents, she argues, "the novel is still a novel, Christianity is still Christianity, and society is still society." Given its development within Puritan culture, the novel carries 67 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 with it into the modernist era certain Christian formulations that modernist sensibilities never erased and, in some cases, were even newly embraced. After a look at the place of the Bible as the center of Puritan literary practices and as presented in Defoe's Robinson Crusoe, Hinojosa examines Puritanism in Wilde's The Picture of Dorian Gray, Forster's A Room with a View, and Ford's The Good Soldier; she also looks at Joyce and Nietzsche and discusses McEwan's more recent Atonement. Though this is clearly a wide-ranging book, Hinojosa attempts to place its extensive subject matter within a single discursive frame. She succeeds admirably. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Emerson, Ralph Waldo. Ralph Waldo Emerson: the major prose, ed. by Ronald A. Bosco and Click here to enter text. Joel Myerson. Belknap, Harvard, 2015. 568p index afp ISBN 9780674417069 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required Bosco (SUNY at Albany) and Myerson (Univ. of South Carolina), the finest textual scholars of Emerson’s work, have collected Emerson’s major sermons, lectures, and essays into one ☐ Recommended elegant, beautifully edited volume. The book includes not only such usual suspects as “Self Reliance” and “Divinity School Address” but also texts now joining the Emerson canon—e.g., “American Slavery” and others demonstrating his active work in American progressive reform. The editors have drawn from modern scholarly editions, including the recently completed Collected Works of Ralph Waldo Emerson (1971–2013; several volumes reviewed in Choice) and Later Lectures of Ralph Waldo Emerson (two volumes, 2001). Where necessary, the editors have improved on the editing of such seminal addresses as “The American Scholar,” creating the most authoritative texts of individual prose works now available. This volume has much to offer both seasoned scholars and those coming to the "Sage of Concord" for the first time. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers. Faculty Member: Crawforth, Hannah. Shakespeare in London, by Hannah Crawforth, Sarah Dustagheer, and Click here to enter text. Jennifer Young. Bloomsbury Arden Shakespeare, 2015. 262p bibl index ISBN 9781408145968 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required Crawforth, Dustagheer, and Young argue that the city in which Shakespeare lived and worked influenced the writing and performance of his plays. Each chapter of the book focuses on one ☐ Recommended play and one social or historical context for that play. For example, in chapter 1 the authors argue that a connection exists between the public executions at Tyburn and Shakespeare’s early, violent play Titus Andronicus. The chapters progress through time and space; that is, the plays are discussed in the order written and the setting discussed in each chapter follows that of a visitor walking through Shakespeare’s contemporary London, from west to east. Chapters focus on Titus Andronicus, Richard II, Romeo and Juliet, The Merchant of Venice, Hamlet, King Lear, Timon of Athens, The Tempest, and Henry VIII. Contextual topics for these chapters include politics (Whitehall), class (the Strand), law (the Inns of Court), religion (St. Paul’s), medicine (Bedlam), and economics (the King’s Bench Prison, Southwark). The authors provide useful supplementary materials: a chronology of Shakespeare’s life, traced against important contemporary events in London, and a list of suggested reading, arranged by subject. The volume was written with nonspecialists in mind. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower- and upper-division undergraduates; general readers Faculty Member: Taking exception to the law: materializing injustice in early modern English literature, ed. by Click here to enter text. Donald Beecher et al. Toronto, 2015. 315p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442642010 cloth, $70.00 ☐ Required Beecher (Carleton Univ.) and his fellow editors have put together an important collection of essays on law and literature as a critical approach to early modern literature. The ☐ Recommended introduction by Grant Williams (also Carleton Univ.), one of the editors, acts as an introduction to both the volume and the critical approach. Looking at how using law to study literature fits into the critical trends of the later 20th century, Williams argues well for the legitimacy of the approach and, after establishing a history, provides compelling arguments for directions in which law and literature may approach early modern literature in the 68 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 future. The rest of the volume builds on the work of such scholars as Lorna Hutson and attempts to demonstrate what the future of law and literature may look like. Contributors use various aspects of English law to critically examine works by Shakespeare, Spenser, and Milton as well as other types of writing, e.g., pamphlet literature. This valuable volume provides those new to the field and those already well versed in it with much to consider. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Toward a female genealogy of transcendentalism, ed. by Jana L. Argersinger and Phyllis Cole. Click here to enter text. Georgia, 2014. 496p bibl index afp ISBN 9780820346779 pbk, $89.95; ISBN 9780820346977 ebook, $39.95 ☐ Required This is an excellent book. Longtime scholars of 19th-century American women writers, Argersinger (independent scholar) and Cole (Penn State) have amassed essays that put into ☐ Recommended focus the rich association of transcendentalist women. Only in recent decades has Margaret Fuller achieved canonical status among the major transcendentalists, and as the book’s 17 essays demonstrate, scholarship until now has still only scratched the surface of the remarkably diverse, far-reaching, and long-lived network in which Fuller participated and the women writers, intellectuals, and activists Fuller inspired. The thematic center of the collection is Fuller’s rallying cry for “Exaltadas,” or “female exemplars of the coming era,” to quote from the editors' introduction. As the editors elaborate, Fuller “appeals urgently to readers to change themselves and the world.” In so doing, she promotes a claim “for women (editors' italics) as possessors of a high, quasi-divine consciousness and truth-telling power ‘within.’” This collection has broken new ground. It will certainly encourage scholars to explore more fully the depth and breadth of the “Exaltadas” and their legacy. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Melancon, Trimiko. Unbought and unbossed: transgressive black women, sexuality, and Click here to enter text. representation. Temple, 2014. 235p bibl index afp ISBN 9781439911457 cloth, $74.50; ISBN 9781439911464 pbk, $26.95; ISBN 9781439911471 ebook, $26.95 ☐ Required Enhancing understanding of the black women’s literary renaissance, Melancon (Loyola Univ. New Orleans) argues that black women's fictions about sexuality stress ☐ Recommended transgression. Focusing on the post–civil rights era, namely the 1970s and 1980s, the author explores how novels by Toni Morrison, Ann Shockley, Alice Walker, Gayl Jones, and Gloria Naylor portray black female characters who contest inter- and intraracial rules regarding sexual expression. Her interpretations engage the classical black female script, same-gender loving, individuality/community, madness, and the black sexual continuum. As she crafts fresh close readings, Melancon deftly blends in various historical contexts and diverse theoretical references. Through analyses of writers’ representational strategies, she reveals that between the Black Arts Movement and the establishment of African American literature as an academic pursuit, female novelists produced works that probed how rapidly transforming political realities spurred appetites for a postmodern black sexuality, a sensibility that allows individual choice to repudiate crippling societal constraints. Melancon's claims about this postmodern sexuality need to congeal more fully, and her study’s final two sections lack the comprehensiveness of her previous treatments. Despite this unevenness, Unbought and Unbossed makes a generous contribution to literary history and cultural criticism, prodding the reader toward new, challenging discussions about black women’s sexuality. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: The Vietnam War: topics in contemporary North American literature, ed. by Brenda M. Boyle. Click here to enter text. Bloomsbury, 2015. 205p bibl index ISBN 9781472512048 cloth, $104.00; ISBN 9781472506269 pbk, $29.95; ISBN 9781472510778 ebook, $27.00 ☐ Required Forty years after the fall of Saigon, interest in the Vietnam War continues to be a topic of interest for scholars and students alike. Boyle (English, Denison Univ.) adds to the canon ☐ Recommended of critical work on this experience. She offers critical essays on some of the most important literature about the war: Michael Herr's Dispatches (1977), Bobbie Ann Mason's In 69 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Country (1985), Larry Heinemann's Paco's Story (1986), Tim O'Brien's The Things They Carried (CH, Oct'90, 28-0835), and Bao Ninh's The Sorrow of War (CH, Jul'95, 32-6125), among others. Notably inclusive, the essays offer perspectives from voices often omitted, including those of North Vietnamese writers. The contributors take a variety of approaches, including trauma, gender, and postcolonial theories. Moreover, Boyle takes care, in both the introduction and the concluding essay, to connect the Vietnam experience with the experience of veterans in the first and second wars in Iraq. This volume is a fitting companion to works such as H. Bruce Franklin's Vietnam and Other American Fantasies (CH, Apr'01, 38- 4644) and Philip Beidler's classic American Literature and the Experience of Vietnam (CH, Feb'83). With this book, Boyle speaks directly to the cultural "hard work of imagination, interpretation, and remembrance" that follows any war, but especially a war as divisive and murky as Vietnam. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Hutchison, Hazel. The war that used up words: American writers and the First World War. Click here to enter text. Yale, 2015. 292p bibl index afp ISBN 9780300195026 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required Hutchinson (Univ. of Aberdeen, Scotland) has written an outstanding overview of the literature that began within months of the start of WW I and flooded world reading ☐ Recommended markets. Hutchinson takes her title from Henry James, who said in a 1915 interview that "the war has used up words." Certainly the Great War, “the war to end all wars,” produced a mountain of literature—short stories, literary sketches, poems, and novels; publishers leapt at the chance to get the literary output of writers from both sides of the Atlantic into print. Hutchinson's book comprises an introduction, an "aftermath, and five chronological chapters (each with extensive notes): "1914—Civilization," "1915—Volunteers," "1916— Books," "1917—Perspectives," and "1918—Compromises." The writers Hutchinson treats are a Who’s Who of literary giants: Mary Borden, e. e. cummings, Henry James, Ellen La Motte, Grace Fallow Norton, John Dos Passos, and Edith Wharton. As Hutchinson notes, Ernest Hemingway, T. S. Eliot, Gertrude Stein, and William Faulkner figure prominently in the shaping of the literary output of the time. Hutchinson spends a good deal of time outlining the history of the period, including the US's initial reluctance to enter the war and its eventual engagement in the conflict. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: William Wordsworth in context, ed. by Andrew Bennett. Cambridge, 2015. 331p bibl index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9781107028418 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9781316236048 ebook, $79.00 ☐ Required This book features 35 concise essays presented in four sections: “Life and Works,” “Reception and Influence,” “Literary Traditions,” and “Cultural and Historical Contexts.” Bennett (Univ. ☐ Recommended of Bristol, UK) provides a generous variety of approaches and topics, ranging from Wordsworth’s biographical, artistic, and political contexts to his endless self-revisions, his 19th-century canonization, and the 20th- and 21st-century reactions. In an outstanding essay, Michael Ferber reveals that the poet “cherished for his rootedness” in the Lake District spent “two years on the Continent” before turning 30. Ferber argues that with his knowledge of Latin, Greek, Italian, Spanish, and French, “Wordsworth makes a very respectable showing even beside the cosmopolitan Byron.” In other fine essays, Anne Wallace discusses the shifting meanings of family and friendship in the 18th and 19th centuries, and Daniel Robinson argues that Wordsworth moved in 1802 from Paradise Lost to Milton’s sonnets “as a more congenial model of poetic achievement—and perhaps also in recalcitrance to Coleridge’s ambitions for him.” With a useful chronology and lists for further reading, this book ranks with the Cambridge Companion to Wordsworth, ed. by Stephen Gill (CH, Feb'04, 41-3260). Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers

70 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Health Administration Faculty Member: Piot, Peter. AIDS: between science and politics, tr. by Laurence Garey. Columbia, 2015. 198p Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780231166263 cloth, $29.95; ISBN 9780231538770 ebook, $28.99 ☐ Required AIDS is an infectious disease caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The movement of the disease and subsequent attempts to control its spread have been ☐ Recommended influenced as much by the social and political responses of societies and their governments as by scientific endeavors. The author, an internationally respected scientist and writer, has summarized the challenges, many of which stemmed from ignorance of the disease, not only on the part of physicians and other scientists but also governments dealing with the pandemic. The disease in humans almost certainly began in central or western Africa, spreading through that continent and ultimately throughout most of the world. Piot describes the underlying factors that contributed to that spread, particularly the refusal of governments in that region to recognize the threat and the roles ignorance, repression, and, in particular, prostitution played. By the mid-1980s, a significant international response to the growing epidemic had begun, led in significant part by the US—itself hardly immune to the early prejudice toward those affected. Piot’s story is a highly readable, albeit abridged, account with emphasis on the politics and economic impact. An extensive bibliography is provided. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers, undergraduates, and graduate students Faculty Member: Bodily subjects: essays on gender and health, 1800–2000, ed. by Tracy Penny Light, Barbara Click here to enter text. Brookes, and Wendy Mitchinson. McGill-Queen's, 2015. 395p bibl index afp ISBN 9780773544147 cloth, $100.00; ISBN 9780773544154 pbk, $34.95 ☐ Required This edited volume offers a series of insightful essays examining health issues in several Western countries (the US, Canada, England, Germany, Australia, and New Zealand). Using a ☐ Recommended combination of historical, sociological, gendered, and medical lenses, the authors explore how changing definitions and measurements of health and illness have been applied to human bodies by medical professionals, public health initiatives, and government authorities. The book is organized into three sections—“Embodied Citizenship,” “Defining and Contesting Illness,” and “Authority and Ideals”—and covers a diverse assortment of health issues. Addressing a broad but significant time period from 1800 to 2000, this volume offers significant historical context for understanding developments in the medical profession and public health programs. This text has much to offer across disciplines but can be challenging because of its rigorous, interdisciplinary approach. Supplementary readings are recommended for readers new to medical or health-focused sciences or humanities. Advanced students and scholars in sociology, anthropology, history, or gender studies may find this specialized book useful for its medical, institutional, or discursive perspectives. Historians interested in the time period and topics covered will find it valuable. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-level undergraduates, graduate students, researchers/faculty, and professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Rowe, Michael. Citizenship and mental health. Oxford, 2015. 247p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780199355389 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required Medical sociologist Michael Rowe (Yale School of Medicine) uses multicolored threads— values and ethics, concepts and theories, stories and lessons, citizenship and mental health— ☐ Recommended to weave an intriguing tapestry. He presents the citizenship model as an adaptable framework for those working within the mental health system. The author begins the narrative with homeless outreach and concludes with genuine citizenship, as distinguished from community placement and abandonment. Rowe challenges readers to look at the realities of the community integration process through the lens of those who have lived it. The book is based on sound theory and empirical evidence. Qualitative data provide background for the presentation of theory, and the author provides ample references throughout to link readers to related statistical methods and analytical procedures that 71 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 support his conclusions. A valuable resource for all mental health care providers, especially those practicing or preparing to practice in community settings. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Dying in America: improving quality and honoring individual preferences near the end of life, Click here to enter text. by the Institute of Medicine of NAP. National Academies Press, 2015. 612p bibl index ISBN 9780309303101 cloth, $74.95 ☐ Required The Institute of Medicine’s latest consensus report focuses on the current state of care for people of all ages who may be approaching death. Persistent, major gaps still exist around ☐ Recommended this issue, and there is great variability in different population's perceptions, values, and care experienced. Challenges remain in engaging people in defining their values, goals, and preferences for end-of-life care, and in ensuring that care teams understand people's wishes. The report makes four care-delivery recommendations: "Clinician-Patient Communication and Advance Care Planning" (chapter 3); "Professional Education and Development" (chapter 4); "Policy and Payment Systems to Support High-Quality End-of-Life Care" (chapter 5); and "Public Education and Engagement" (chapter 6). The Institute argues that standards in all of these areas need to be measurable, actionable, and evidence- based. Primary care providers also need to be better educated and supported because they are—and will continue to be—the major providers of basic palliative care, with more complex care assigned to those certified in specialty palliative care. Progress has been made, but much more coordination—among patients, families, primary care providers, the myriad of specialists, and the complex payment system—needs to occur so people can be helped to die comfortably at home, if that is their preference. Summing Up: Recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Dying in the twenty-first century: towards a new ethical framework for the art of dying well, Click here to enter text. ed. by Lydia S. Dugdale. MIT, 2015. 205p index afp ISBN 9780262029124 cloth, $29.00 ☐ Required Much recent work in both theological and philosophical bioethics focuses on whether contemporary society can reclaim an "art of dying." The notion that dying was an "art" ☐ Recommended is based on the medieval Christian tradition of holistic preparation for death known as the ars moriendi (art of dying), popularized in Christian devotional literature around the time of the bubonic plague. Simply put, the "art of dying" in that tradition focused on the spiritual preparation for death within the context of a community. In this collection Dugdale (Yale School of Medicine) focuses on the challenges and possibilities of reclaiming an art of "dying well" in contemporary medicine. That focus requires essays that approach the topic from such disciplines as theology, philosophy, and medicine, all of which need to have a voice in the conversation. Despite the disparate voices, this collection is coherent and cohesive. Those who work in the health professions and scholars of bioethics will want to read these excellent essays, which address cutting-edge issues around care. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Graduate students, professionals Faculty Member: Berg, Bruce F. Healing Gotham: New York City's public health policies for the twenty-first Click here to enter text. century. Johns Hopkins, 2015. 299p bibl index afp ISBN 9781421415994 pbk, $34.95; ISBN 9781421416007 ebook, $34.95 ☐ Required When it comes to epidemiology, New York City has served as a hub for philosophical conversations on the role of government in public health. Taking a case studies approach, ☐ Recommended Berg (political science, Fordham Univ.) examines New York City's past and present health threats, from the most notorious health issues of the past to modern-day chronic lifestyle diseases. The author devotes the five central chapters to lead poisoning in children, asthma, HIV/AIDS, obesity, and West Nile Virus, looking at positive public health change through the lens of increased regulation and/or augmented innovative psychogenomics. Concurrently, he covers a wide range of important political perspectives—from neoliberal to libertarian—that influence public health policy: e.g., availability versus accessibility, disease prevention versus health promotion. An enjoyable read, this volume will be valuable to those interested in public health, bioethics, and the role of government in health care. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, and practitioners 72 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Health humanities, by Paul Crawford et al. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015. 194p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9781137282590 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781137282606 pbk, $29.99 ☐ Required Health Humanities is a reflective, disciplined inquiry that involves the representation, interpretation, and analysis of the range of human experience in illness and well-being. In ☐ Recommended this seminal work, the five authors (four from the UK, one from the US) call for a more critical approach to humanities engagement in the domains of health, health care, and well- being. Humanities in this context is broadly construed to refer to history, literature, philosophy, ethics, religious studies, sociology, anthropology, and the visual and performing arts. Distinguishing health humanities from “medical humanities”—the term often used for applying humanities, arts, and social sciences to health care, especially in the training of health professionals—the authors of this volume seek a more critical and ambitious goal. Together, the essays read like a manifesto of the profound work a critical humanities approach can and must offer for a healthier world. An invaluable resource for a developing field. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; students in two-year programs; professionals Faculty Member: Healthcare in private and public from the early modern period to 2000, ed. by Paul Click here to enter text. Weindling. Routledge, 2015. 257p bibl index ISBN 9780415727006 cloth, $145.00; ISBN 9780415727037 pbk, $49.95; ISBN 9781315739878 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Curated, edited, introduced, and concluded by renowned medical historian Paul Weindling, this volume is a collection of insightful, carefully crafted essays by a group of cutting-edge UK ☐ Recommended scholars. With a primary emphasis on the UK, North America, and Western Europe, contributors explore what can be characterized as a “mixed economy of healthcare,” i.e., the interrelationships among governmental, private/philanthropic, and marketplace-driven dynamics of providing populations with health care. Additional essays are devoted to Eastern Europe and South Africa. Collectively the essays provide vivid insights into past medical eras and explain how various medical systems evolved into the forms they took at the turn of the 21st century. The essays “Mental Disorder, Crime and the Development of Healthcare Systems,” by Katherine D. Watson, and “Healthcare as Nation-Building in the Twentieth Century: The Case of the British National Health Service," by Glen O'Hara and George C. Gosling, are especially well done and thought provoking. This book as a whole or its individual essays will be of value to the entire spectrum of readers, from college undergraduates to interested laity, professionals, and researchers. Summing Up: Recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Rosen, George. A history of public health, by George Rosen with Edward T. Morman; introd. Click here to enter text. by Elizabeth Fee. Rev. and expanded ed. Johns Hopkins, 2015. 370p bibl indexes afp ISBN 9781421416014 pbk, $35.00; ISBN 9781421416026 ebook, $35.00 ☐ Required A History of Public Health was first published in 1958; an expanded edition appeared in 1993. The 1993 edition included an introduction by Elizabeth Fee (health policy and ☐ Recommended management, Johns Hopkins) and a biographical essay and new bibliography by Edward Morman. This latest edition adds to Fee’s introduction a foreword by Pascal James Imperato (School of Public Health, SUNY Downstate Medical Center); in addition, Morman has updated his bibliography. The text itself remains unchanged from 1958. This book defined the history and historiography of public health and has been considered a classic for decades; historians of medicine and of public health still cite it. Many will wonder at the appearance of yet another edition, given that the text’s coverage ends almost 60 years ago. Certainly Fee’s and Morman’s critical additions increase the book’s value, given that public health itself and its scholarship have grown since then. Fee introduces the social history of public health, and Morman introduces Rosen and keeps the bibliography up-to-date. But the focus remains on Rosen’s original text. Rosen believed that the public’s health—the highest good—can be achieved with common effort. That needed to be said in 1958 and it needs to be said today. Summing Up: Recommended. All academic readers 73 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Kaufman, Sharon R. Ordinary medicine: extraordinary treatments, longer lives, and where to Click here to enter text. draw the line. Duke, 2015. 314p bibl index afp ISBN 9780822359029 cloth, $94.95 ☐ Required This volume by Kaufman (Univ. of California, San Francisco) is a must read for all practitioners and people experiencing the end of life (EOL). The National Institute of Aging funded the ☐ Recommended book, and the author takes a unique approach to the subject by describing how anthropology contributes to medicine in understanding health, illness, and healing. She gives excellent accounts of what causes the multiple problems people experience when they—or someone in their families—have a catastrophic illness, explaining how ethical, cultural, and political forces drive health care delivery in the US. Because predictions indicate 20 percent of the population will turn 65 years old by 2050, dealing with individuals at EOL is a significant issue. Kaufman does a good job discussing the four outside issues that impact medicine today: the biomedical research industry, which pours out expensive new treatments; the determination of what treatments will be ordered according to what insurance or Medicare will reimburse for; evidence supporting a treatment’s use, causing it to become standard care for all; and the ethical imperative that if something is standard, everyone should receive it. Kaufman also provides several scenarios and an extensive bibliography. This book should be required reading for every health care provider. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Merrill, Gary F. Our aging bodies. Rutgers, 2015. 301p index afp ISBN 9780813571560 cloth, Click here to enter text. $80.00; ISBN 9780813571553 pbk, $24.95; ISBN 9780813571577 ebook, $24.95 ☐ Required Merrill (Rutgers Univ.) has written a descriptive book about aging and its effects on organ systems of the human body. His expertise in cell biology, neuroscience, and teaching result in ☐ Recommended a book that will pique the interest of those seeking to know about the human aging process. He covers the basics of physiology and the ways it changes with aging. Individual chapters treat the aging of the body's various systems—nervous, endocrine, immune, reproductive, urinary, gastrointestinal, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, and respiratory. The content is intriguing but also substantial, and Merrill laces the book with stories, some from his own youth, that break up the science. He offers possible treatments for a few conditions (e.g., benign prostatic hyperplasia), though that is not the book's focus and includes masterful notes of wisdom one can use to check a health care provider's knowledge. Though the book is accessible, it may demand multiple readings. This reviewer's only quibble is the lack of a concluding chapter. But even without that, the book is a valuable addition to the literature on human aging. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers. Faculty Member: Stossel, Thomas P. Pharmaphobia: how the conflict of interest myth undermines American Click here to enter text. medical innovation. Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 333p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442244627 cloth, $38.00; ISBN 9781442244634 ebook, $37.99 ☐ Required Since 2005 Stossel (physician and researcher at Harvard Medical School, author of over 290 publications and two textbooks, and founder of two biotechnology start-up companies) has ☐ Recommended been actively opposing a conflict-of-interest movement centered on the working relationships among the medical products industry, universities, physicians, researchers, and the FDA. The movement considers any exchange of money or gratuities in any amount for any aspect of medical practice—even education—as suspicious. Stossel examines in detail the negative effects of this movement on medical innovation and, consequently, public health. The book is divided into four sections, each building on the previous one. The extent of Stossel's personal involvement is covered in the first section. The second section deals with the history of the movement, regulations, and the working relationships among the groups involved. In the third section, he explains why he considers the conflict-of-interest movement ill-founded. The fourth section focuses on the cost exacted in medical innovation and education. The pros and cons of each argument are carefully evaluated. The work is well written, comprehensive, and convincing, and the author's logical progression is easy to follow. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers 74 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Leon, Joshua K. The rise of global health: the evolution of effective collective action. SUNY Click here to enter text. Press, 2015. 221p bibl index afp ISBN 9781438455174 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781438455181 ebook, $90.00 ☐ Required Leon (political science and international studies, Iona College) addresses the complex issue of the interface of global health initiatives and economic development, especially in low- ☐ Recommended resource countries. Applying “regime complex” theory to global health, the author analyzes both positive and negative aspects of how major, wealthy, bilateral donors (the US, Sweden, Japan, Canada); multilateral agencies (WHO, the World Bank, the United Nations Development Programme); and non-governmental organizations (the Gates Foundation and public-private partnerships) have influenced global health by decentralizing governance at the same time that the number of players in the global health arena has expanded. Leon provides evidence that despite the lack of officially coordinated collective action designed to meet priority health needs and the increased specialization of each "actor" in global health, the new regime complex can be viewed positively. Challenges remain, including the ethical conflict created by an emphasis on cost efficiency that often undermines health as a human right. Including chapter notes and an appendix on "aid priorities," this excellent analysis of key actors in global health and how their activities affect the transnational governance of public health will be invaluable to policy makers and those interested in global health. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Graduate students, researchers, faculty, professionals Faculty Member: Veatch, Robert M. Transplantation ethics, by Robert M. Veatch and Lainie F. Ross. 2nd ed. Click here to enter text. Georgetown University, 2015. 451p index afp ISBN 9781626161689 cloth, $69.95; ISBN 9781626161672 pbk, $39.95; ISBN 9781626161696 ebook, $39.95 ☐ Required Fifteen years after its initial publication (CH, Oct'01, 39-0974), Veatch's seminal Transplantation Ethics—now in its 2nd edition—is still the most comprehensive work on the ☐ Recommended theory and practice related to the moral questions surrounding organ transplantation. The volume is organized into three multi-chapter sections, each dedicated to the three inseparably connected dimensions of transplantation ethics: "Defining Death," "Procuring Organs," and "Allocating Organs." In each section, Veatch (medical ethics, Georgetown Univ.) describes the central problem in all its complexity and later develops the doctrinal and practical responses given by the philosophical and religious traditions within different cultures and national legislations. In every case, the text is clear, exhaustive, and concise. This edition includes interesting updates and new chapters that deal with some recent trends and cases—from the role of mass media to the formula for kidney allocation, from the case of Steve Jobs to face and uterus transplantation. These updates are welcome, although with or without the renewed material, Veatch's work is a timeless masterpiece that every student, scholar, opinion leader, or policy maker with interest and responsibility in the field must read thoroughly and keep handy. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: MacPhail, Theresa. The viral network: a pathography of the H1N1 influenza pandemic. Click here to enter text. Cornell, 2014. 232p bibl afp ISBN 9780801452406 cloth, 89.95; ISBN 9780801479830 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required The response by epidemiologists to the influenza pandemic of 2009 was unprecedented in the history of public health. Responders were able to sequence and analyze the evolution of ☐ Recommended the virus in record time, largely because of technological advances developed from other recent epidemics. MacPhail (medical anthropologist and faculty member, New York Univ.) tracks the virus's historical roots to its first appearance in the US and Mexico. Despite the fact that the RNA of the virus had been sequenced, public health officials could only hazard an educated guess as to its origin, virulence, and transmissibility. It was clear that they were only making predictions because the 2009 pandemic did not come close to the level of destruction of previous ones. What the pandemic demonstrated were the strengths and weaknesses in global health care. Although cities such as Hong Kong made great strides in viral containment, gaps in worldwide medical infrastructure were evident elsewhere. The 75 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 organization of the book into seven chapters, each beginning with a description of an influenza gene segment, makes for an easy read. The epilogue begins with the eighth and final segment. Highly recommended for epidemiology enthusiasts. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Price, Catherine. Vitamania: our obsessive quest for nutritional perfection. Penguin, 2015. Click here to enter text. 318p index ISBN 9781594205040 cloth, $27.95 ☐ Required In this thought-provoking, well-researched, revealing critique, award-winning journalist Price makes the case that past and current nutritional guidelines are based on the arrogant, largely ☐ Recommended incorrect assumption that people completely understand their nutritional requirements. The proliferation of highly processed and engineered products prevalent in the marketplace today is partly due to the expectation of enhanced health and well-being from the isolated, purified nutrients that those products contain. The discovery of accessory factors, or “vitamines,” as essential to human and animal health evolved from the understanding 100 or so years ago that human-made, purified diets were not sufficient to support life. Consumers currently spend billions of dollars annually on isolated dietary supplements, including vitamins, minerals, botanicals, herbs, glandulars, and so on; many are synthetically formulated in overseas vats that are unregulated for safety or efficacy by the underfunded and legally restrained FDA. Constant exposure to health claims, advertisements, and advice concerning these unregulated pills, capsules, liquids, bars, and the like has led people to assume abilities for these substances separate from the foods that originally contained them. This book convinces readers that the best nutritional advice remains to eat a diverse diet of naturally nutrient-dense whole foods. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers

76 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 History Faculty Member: Downs, Gregory P. After Appomattox: military occupation and the ends of war. Harvard, Click here to enter text. 2015. 342p index afp ISBN 9780674743984 cloth, $32.95 ☐ Required Downs (CUNY) has written an important book challenging assumptions about the post–Civil War era and the ways in which historians define “wartime” and “peacetime.” He contends ☐ Recommended that Lee’s surrender at Appomattox did not bring peace, but rather a second phase of war— an insurgency and war of occupation that did not “end” until 1871. Downs problematizes the idea of “reconstruction.” Whatever accomplishments came in that era—civil rights, a national definition of citizenship—came as a result of military force rather than deliberative politics. Challenging scholars who argue that too few Union troops for a meaningful occupation remained in the postwar South, Downs demonstrates through impressive research that there was actually a significant military presence, both numerically and geographically. But even this presence had its limits, and outside the pale, terrorists and violence plagued the South. By framing the period as an occupation and insurgency, the author has done much to reveal the violent, contested, and contingent nature of the post– Civil War US. Required reading for scholars of the Civil War era. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Cowgill, George L. Ancient Teotihuacan: early urbanism in Central Mexico. Cambridge, 2015. Click here to enter text. 296p bibl index ISBN 9780521870337 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780521690447 pbk, $34.99 ☐ Required Teotihuacán, a UNESCO World Heritage site in the Basin of Mexico, was the second largest pre-Hispanic urban center in the New World, outdone only by the Postclassic Aztec capital of ☐ Recommended Tenochtitlán (1150–1500 CE). The Teotihuacán state flourished during the Classic period (150/100 BCE–550/650 CE) and, at its peak, likely had a population of a half million with 140,000 inhabitants in the urban center. Cowgill (anthropology, emer., Arizona State Univ.) has worked there for five-plus decades and is the foremost authority on the subject, the perfect scholar to distill what he has learned in this comprehensive, meticulous, delightfully written volume. In ten chapters (plus glossary, 111 illustrations, 450-item bibliography, and detailed 12-page index), he traces the city’s rise, apogee, and decline through eight chronological periods, focusing on why and how changes occurred. New data supersedes earlier interpretations, and Cowgill emphasizes the city’s core area, the basin, and external areas within Mesoamerica, as well as politics, religion, economics, craft technologies, and art. This latest volume in the "Case Studies in Early Societies" series was designed for students and professionals; general readers will find it a thoughtful treatise. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Lang, Clarence. Black America in the shadow of the sixties: notes on the civil rights Click here to enter text. movement, neoliberalism, and politics. Michigan, 2015. 159p bibl index afp ISBN 9780472072668 cloth, $65.00; ISBN 9780472052660 pbk, $22.95 ☐ Required Every generation recasts and reinterprets the past to meet contemporary needs. Each generation borrows from the past what it finds “useful” and shelves the rest. This is no less ☐ Recommended true of how a new generation regards the venerated civil rights movement and the sixties. Lang (African and African American studies, Univ. of Kansas) acknowledges the significance of the 1960s civil rights movement but suggests that this paradigm is not always the most useful one for understanding recent developments. An over-emphasis on a “monumental” approach that seeks to pay tribute to the past may inadvertently mute the present and overshadow, dilute, and silence new perspectives. Building upon the work of Henry Giroux, Lang argues that events over the last four decades reflect the rise of a “neoliberal” orientation that emphasizes market identities, values, and relationships and undermines sharing of power and resources. Contemporary efforts to resist mass incarceration and police brutality, the persistence of poverty, and the shredding of the safety net and the social contract may require “visions, analyses and practices that build on, yet go beyond” the paradigms of the sixties. A provocative and important book. Summing Up: 77 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Lee, Mireille M. Body, dress, and identity in ancient Greece. Cambridge, 2015. 365p bibl index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9781107055360 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9781316191248 ebook, $79.00 ☐ Required In this first truly comprehensive volume on ancient Greek dress, Lee (history of art and classical studies, Vanderbilt Univ.) uses a wide range of evidence to tackle this difficult ☐ Recommended subject. Taking a “phenomenological approach,” the author places both the well-known and obscure elements of Greek dress in historical and social context. She deftly explains how garments, accessories, body modifications, and even undress provided unspoken means of communication between individual bodies and ancient Greek society, supporting her arguments with over 100 illustrations of Greek vases and artifacts. Also significant is Lee’s application of modern dress theory and gender studies to the ancient material, which allows for some provocative new insights into a body of evidence that is incomplete, biased, and/or difficult to interpret. Lee’s explanations of these complex theories and ideas are both clear and sophisticated. Students and researchers at all levels will find the volume accessible and insightful. With a comprehensive bibliography and detailed history of the scholarship on Greek dress, the book will prove to be a useful reference for specific garments and dress practices, both Greek and foreign, during the archaic and classical periods. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Jodhka, Surinder S. Caste in contemporary India. Routledge, 2015. 252p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9781138822436 cloth, $120.00 ☐ Required Studies of caste in India were frequent and quite comprehensive in the earliest research conducted by social scientists. However, those studies were flawed and somewhat ☐ Recommended biased. Jodhka’s insightful and thorough work on this important topic brings everything up to date. This is a powerful and important investigation based on solid empirical research. The author pays particular attention to the persistence of caste inequities that continue to thrive despite many other forms of modernization in India, proving the error of earlier social scientists who believed modernization would sweep away older forms of social organization. India is the world’s largest and, in many ways, most successful democracy. Still, in some pockets, the older hierarchical remnants of feudalism persist with incredible tenacity. Jodhka (sociology, Jawaharlal Nehru Univ., New Delhi) explores the many reasons for this situation. Particularly valuable is the extensive discussion of the plight of the Dalit castes, formerly known as Untouchables or, in Gandhi’s parlance, Harijans. For advanced students of South Asia and educated general readers. Summing Up: Essential. Most levels/libraries Faculty Member: Kelton, Paul. Cherokee medicine, colonial germs: an indigenous nation's fight against Click here to enter text. smallpox, 1518–1824. Oklahoma, 2015. 281p bibl index afp ISBN 9780806146881 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Closely examining Cherokee responses to smallpox, or the variola virus, historian Kelton (Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence) challenges the “virgin soil thesis” and biological determinism as ☐ Recommended the primary explanation for European conquest. He puts colonists’ often vague and unsubstantiated references to apocalyptic sickness under a microscope and critiques historians who have taken these statements to be accurate without scrutinizing the cultural context and epidemiological probability. By focusing on one well-documented indigenous nation, Kelton demonstrates how close, rigorous analysis proves that Native responses to smallpox were varied, innovative (including the use of quarantine and vaccination), and often effective. Echoing conclusions from his first book, Epidemics and Enslavement (CH, Oct'08, 46-1092), he suggests that Cherokees first encountered smallpox in 1698 after English colonization had directly impacted the region through the extension of colonial trade networks and that chronic warfare and repeated catastrophic invasions by European armies, colonial militias, and Native enemies led to outbreaks throughout the Revolutionary era. Rather than responding with paralyzed confusion, Cherokees, who conceptualized health in terms of balance among the spirits of opposing powerful beings, responded in ways 78 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 that promoted social cohesion and enabled survival. Excellent. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Cities that shaped the ancient world, ed. by John Julius Norwich. Thames & Hudson, 2014. Click here to enter text. 240p bibl index ISBN 9780500252048 cloth, $40.00 ☐ Required Civilization began with urbanization, and history soon followed. Although no Michelin guide books exist for touring the ancient world, this work comes close by offering succinct scholarly ☐ Recommended vignettes on the urban centers of civilization—cities—found in five geographic regions: the Near East, Africa, Europe, Asia, and the Americas. Norwich has edited these writings by prominent scholars and combined them with stunning photographs to produce a superbly crafted and very enjoyable book. The editor presents the cities chronologically within each geographic section. Many will be familiar to most readers, but quite a few will be new territory, such as the recently excavated and relatively unknown Caral, an Incan city in Peru, perhaps the oldest city in the New World. Norwich’s work would make an excellent accompaniment to any world history survey but is both useful and satisfying on its own as a guide to the lost cities of history. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Walker, Brett L. A concise history of Japan. Cambridge, 2015. 336p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9781107004184 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780521178723 pbk, $29.99; ISBN 9781316235911 ebook, $24.00 ☐ Required Walker’s new history of Japan reflects a deep appreciation of the issues of concern to today's readers. This is a history of Japan unlike anything published so far in the attention given to ☐ Recommended the impact of disease, famine, deforestation, climate change, environmental pollution, and natural disasters on the story of the Japanese and their relationship with their country. In a clear, readable style, the author (Montana State Univ. Bozeman) expertly narrates the course of Japanese history, reflecting the most recent scholarship available. Along the way, he discusses topics not included in previous histories of Japan, such as the introduction and impact of both disease and medical knowledge in the premodern era, the rise of the Japanese fishing "pelagic empire" in the 20th century, and the global impact of Japan's "soft culture" in recent decades. Walker places Japan's experience in global perspective. For example, Japan's early exposure to smallpox enabled the population to develop an immunity that helped them avoid the fate of the New World when confronted by European expansion in the 16th century. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries. Faculty Member: Schwieger, Peter. The Dalai Lama and the Emperor of China: a political history of the Tibetan Click here to enter text. institution of reincarnation. Columbia, 2015. 342p bibl index afp ISBN 9780231168526 cloth, $50.00; ISBN 9780231538602 ebook, $49.99 ☐ Required Schwieger's groundbreaking treatment of Tibetan political and religious history offers a new approach to understanding the development of the trülku (reincarnate lama) ☐ Recommended tradition. Drawing on legal and diplomatic texts rather than on more frequently consulted religious writings, Schwieger (Tibetology, Univ. of Bonn, Germany) shows how the Qing emperors sought between the 17th and 19th centuries to control the recognition and social standing of these important lamas. Indeed, in noting that in these official documents, "any problems, conflicts or implications resulting from a trülku's involvement in political affairs are more directly addressed," he reveals why this new approach is so important for the ongoing scholarly engagement with Tibet. Given Tibet's position within the wider Asian polity of the time, the author’s broad but highly detailed treatment offers new and arresting insights into the political relationships among Tibet, China, and Mongolia. This well-written, thought- provoking book contains appendixes of important trülku lineages and the Qing emperors and Qoshot kings of Tibet as well as an extensive bibliography and valuable annotations. Indispensable reading for some upper-level undergraduates and for graduate students and faculty interested in Tibetan religious and political history. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Jikeli, Günther. European Muslim antisemitism: why young urban males say they don't like Click here to enter text. Jews. Indiana, 2015. 345p bibl index afp ISBN 9780253015181 cloth, $35.00; ISBN 79 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 9780253015259 ebook, $34.99 ☐ Required European Muslims, as several surveys show, are a major factor in the growth of anti-Semitic attitudes and actions over the past two decades. This thorough, well-presented, social ☐ Recommended scientific study focuses on the causes of anti-Semitic violence largely carried out by young Muslim males. Based on interviews conducted in France, Great Britain, and Germany, where approximately 70 percent of European Muslims live, Jikeli’s findings reveal a complex of motives and justifications among perpetrators of violence and their sympathizers: religious, political, economic, and psychological factors appear singly or in combination. “The Muslims,” despite the stereotyped thinking of the non-Muslim majority, are far from a monolithic entity. They vary in their national origins, their practice (or non-practice) of Islam, and their degree of assimilation. A population of immigrants and children of immigrants defies easy conclusions that can embrace a complicated reality. Denials of significant anti- Semitism among European Muslims, as well as politically charged accusations that “the Muslims” are inherently anti-Semitic, cannot be sustained by an evidence-based investigation such as this one. Jikeli (Potsdam Univ., Germany) performs an important service for those who seek answers to an extremely troubling problem. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: A Fairytale in question: historical interactions between humans and wolves, ed. by Patrick Click here to enter text. Masius and Jana Sprenger. White Horse Press, 2015. 318p bibl index ISBN 9781874267843 cloth, $100.00 ☐ Required Editors Masius and Sprenger have compiled an extraordinary volume that evaluates archival sources detailing the human relationship to wolves since the Renaissance. The 14 chapters ☐ Recommended reveal the diversity of injurious and deadly encounters in regions of Europe, North America, and central and southern Asia. The historical record shows that pressures caused by human population growth and land conversion for agriculture often forced wild wolves to exploit the only available prey that remained: humans. In response to communal fears, humans pushed back in diverse ways, mounting extermination campaigns and increasingly conflating the biological wolf with forces of evil, yielding anthropomorphized wolves and predatory humans (i.e., werewolves). The contributors document the evolution of human-animal relationships to establish a critical foundation for modern conflicts over wolf management in such regions as the northern tier of the US, northern Scandinavia, eastern Germany, and southern Asia. Though philosophical and theoretical discussions early in the text may be more meaningful to advanced researchers, the empirical records described and discussed throughout most of the book will be fascinating and meaningful to even nascent scholars. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Zelizer, Julian E. The fierce urgency of now: Lyndon Johnson, Congress, and the battle for the Click here to enter text. Great Society. Penguin Press, 2015. 370p bibl index ISBN 9781594204340 cloth, $29.95; ISBN 9781101605493 ebook, $14.99 ☐ Required In this impressive, comprehensive study of Lyndon Johnson, Congress, and the Great Society, Zelizer (Princeton) offers a refreshing portrait of a collaborative process, not of LBJ ☐ Recommended masterminding or ramming down the throat of Congress a program its members did not want. Zelizer states that before 1963, Congress was unmovable on larger issues. In 1962, John F. Kennedy saw Medicare defeated and was stymied by Dixiecrats and some Republicans. His 1963 proposal for a comprehensive civil rights act on the heels of the Birmingham crisis got a new agenda. After the assassination of JFK, Johnson dealt with Congress but not in the way usually described. Instead of the “Johnson treatment” with its suggestion of both charm and coercion as the keys to success, it was LBJ’s knowledge of the Senate and the House that was successful. Along with allies in both parties, Johnson carefully designed the discharge petition that got the civil rights bill onto the floor of the Senate without that body consigning it to committee. After his 1964 landslide victory, Johnson took advantage of the goodwill to pass a staggering number of bills. Riots and the war in Vietnam slowed momentum, but LBJ took advantage of the window of opportunity and left a lasting 80 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 legislative legacy. Excellent. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Foundations of Atlantis, ancient astronauts and other alternative pasts: 148 documents cited Click here to enter text. by writers of fringe history, translated with annotations, ed. by Jason Colavito. McFarland, 2015. 260p index afp ISBN 9780786496457 pbk, $49.95; ISBN 9781476619408 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Fringe history has long been a staple of the publishing industry. As one editor noted, “Bunk sells, debunking doesn’t.” In the realm of television, documentaries dealing with topics of ☐ Recommended fringe history, e.g., Ancient Aliens, get far more airtime than mainstream historical documentaries. Though it might not have been so in the past, current books and documentaries about fringe history exhibit high production values. It all looks pretty impressive and convincing to many members of the general public. The problem is that fringe history is ultimately based on flimsy to irrelevant to misinterpreted or misconstrued evidence. References to legitimate primary sources that support theories are vague to nonexistent. To demonstrate these contentions, Colavito gathered 148 documents commonly cited by fringe historians, annotated them, provided full bibliographic citations, and supplied a commentary of their context. Interested readers can study the origins of fringe theories and better judge their validity and plausibility. A fine piece of scholarly editing of historical documents and a welcome resource for studying and teaching critical thinking and the methodology of historical research. Summing Up: Essential. All public and academic levels/libraries Faculty Member: Blom, Philipp. Fracture: life and culture in the West, 1918–1938. Basic Books, 2015. 482p bibl Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9780465022496 cloth, $32.00; ISBN 9780465040711 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Blom has written a provocative, sweeping social and cultural survey that is certain to become a standard reference and teaching resource. Many authors have examined this period, but ☐ Recommended Blom delivers fresh insights and shows how seemingly unimportant or insignificant events and developments dramatically influenced the events, culture, and social and intellectual perceptions of the 20th century. Building upon his earlier The Vertigo Years (CH, Nov'09, 47- 1644), a somewhat controversial survey of the period from 1900 through 1914, Blom takes readers from the immediate aftermath of WW I through the cataclysmic events of the 1930s, handily organizing his book into the postwar years (1919–1928) and the prewar years (1929– 1938). He devotes a chapter to each year, built around a seminal event, an individual, or a development. Along the way, he offers trenchant observations on politics, cultural mores, science, technology, military and security developments, economics, and social patterns. Blom's focus is upon Europe. Consequently, its imperial and global relations, particularly the continent’s connections to the Americas, Asia, the Middle East, and Africa, receive relatively little attention. Elegantly written and argued, this is an important book, deserving a wide readership. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Pedersen, Susan. The guardians: the League of Nations and the crisis of empire. Oxford, 2015. Click here to enter text. 571p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199730032 cloth, $34.95 ☐ Required Pedersen (Columbia) provides an enlightening, insightful, richly textured exposé of the Mandates Commission from birth to transformation under the United Nations. Her multi- ☐ Recommended archival, international, superbly footnoted, and, at its core, personality driven narrative brings alive an institution wedded to great power retention that professes something very different. However, with its Mandates Commission, the League “helped make the end of empire imaginable,” enlivening subjugated peoples and bringing to light the very meaning of sovereignty. Making full use of individual and governmental archives, Pedersen weaves primary and secondary sources into a highly readable assessment of the major concepts relative to the relationship between nations and policy makers: beneficial, controversial, detrimental, and, in the end, uncontrollably transformative. The author presents an incredibly cogent explanation of what happens when an international body attempts to balance empire decline and settler interests with native paramountcy. This provides a 81 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 starting point for readers to assess the travails of negotiating a Middle East peace and creating a liberalistic international order and to understand what Osama bin Laden meant when, in 2001, he lectured the world to look back 83 years. Despite 406 pages of narrative, the author's highly engaging narrative style makes the book fly by as if it were a summer beach read. Extremely readable, richly informative, and boldly argued. Summing Up: Essential. Most levels/libraries Faculty Member: Historians on Chaucer: the 'General Prologue' to The Canterbury tales, ed. by Stephen H. Click here to enter text. Rigby with Alastair J. Minnis. Oxford, 2015. 503p index ISBN 9780199689545 cloth, $99.00 ☐ Required Twenty-six essays and a conclusion written by leading medieval historians focus on the historical and social contexts of each of Chaucer’s pilgrims, who are presented in portraiture ☐ Recommended in the "General Prologue" to The Canterbury Tales. Separate chapters are assigned to Chaucer the Poet and the Pilgrim, and the Host (Harry/Herry Bailly). Editor Rigby opens the collection with a valuable essay that, among other things, investigates the ways in which Chaucer himself can be read as one who interpreted and commented on his own late medieval England. Each chapter is replete with important information from late medieval historical sources, and the authors should be commended for writing essays that will appeal to both historians and literary scholars. Perhaps the most insightful essays are those that focus on the pilgrims (and their respective historical contexts) who do not tell tales: the Ploughman, the Yeoman, and the Five Guildsmen. This book should be required reading for anyone who teaches the "General Prologue" and The Canterbury Tales. In short, an invaluable contribution to medieval scholarship that any proper library should own. Summing Up: Essential. All academic levels/libraries Faculty Member: O'Brien, Phillips Payson. How the war was won: air-sea power and Allied victory in World War Click here to enter text. II. Cambridge, 2015. 626p bibl index ISBN 9781107014756 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required This extremely serious book attempts to reevaluate WW II not in terms of great battles (largely ignored) but in terms of production, mobility, and economics. O’Brien (Univ. of ☐ Recommended Glasgow, Scotland) argues that victory or defeat in WW II must be seen during preproduction, production, and deployment. On the “super-battlefield,” as he calls it, that is not on land but at sea and in the air. The work focuses on equipment, mobility, and détente. Four or five of the world’s great industrial powers devoted 65 to 80 percent of their economic output to aircraft, naval vessels, and flak. O’Brien supplements his text with charts, tables, and figures, unfortunately not always readable because of their size, and verbal and visual captions. He takes readers through production country by country. Fifty percent of aircraft production was lost in transport from factory to battlefield. In this very serious reappraisal of WW II, O’Brien frequently points to the literary concentration on battles, which, despite appalling losses at times, were not very significant in production terms. Even some of the largest and most serious battles consumed only about 3 or 4 percent of production. Especially for graduate students, professors of military history, and those generally interested in the history of Europe or the Far East. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Sutherland, Gillian. In search of the new woman: middle-class women and work in Britain, Click here to enter text. 1870–1914. Cambridge, 2015. 187p bibl index ISBN 9781107092792 cloth, $90.00 ☐ Required Education historian Sutherland (Cambridge; Faith, Duty, and the Power of Mind: The Cloughs and Their Circle, 1820–1960, 2006) begins her examination of emerging female political ☐ Recommended activity in Britain by assessing the degree to which the newly coined media term "New Woman" reflected a reality of female life. This constructed image of social-boundary- breaking females had little to do with reality, as very, very few women (mostly Oxbridge graduates with either independent or family wealth) could be cast in the mold. The image did presage, however, later social and political female emancipation, but the period reviewed by Sutherland was best known for the increasing visibility of women in British society as teachers, clerks, typists, nurses, and social workers—the initial vanguard of emerging middle- class women at work. The book is well written and cogently argued, employing considerable, even admirable, research. It fits—indeed, leads—in a field that has grown dramatically in 82 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 historical study, especially because it repeatedly points clearly to areas of study needed to better understand women and women's work in historical context. An important contribution that should be in all libraries. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: The Inka empire: a multidisciplinary approach, ed. by Izumi Shimada. Texas, 2015. 382p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780292760790 cloth, $75.00 ☐ Required The editor has pulled together a score of international Inka scholars who employ multidisciplinary approaches to investigate various aspects of this ancient empire, ☐ Recommended summarizing some of the latest interpretations and advances. Alternative explanations occur. For example, there are competing arguments deriving the origins of the Inka from the Wari in Central Peru versus equally strong interpretations advanced for deriving them from the Tiwanaku of the Lake Titicaca basin. The chapters cover the chronicles of the early conquistadores, Puquina/Aymara/Quechua language arguments about the origins of the group, the knotted string records (khipus), ancient DNA studies, imperial infrastructure and administrative strategies, royal estates, cosmology and ancestor worship, art, textiles, architecture, and derived Inka practices in the provinces. Several authors attempt to integrate archaeology and ethnohistory; others warn of uncritically relying on legendary narrations and historical writings that are strongly mythic to establish chronology or context. The book is aimed more at individuals with some background in Inka studies than first-time readers. Each chapter has its own bibliography, and there is a strong index. Chapters are supported by 199 color photos, maps, and figures. All serious Inka and comparative civilization scholars will absolutely need this book in their libraries. Summing Up: Essential. All academic levels/libraries Faculty Member: Stevenson, Tom. Julius Caesar and the transformation of the Roman Republic. Routledge, Click here to enter text. 2015. 212p bibl indexes ISBN 9781138808225 cloth, $145.00; ISBN 9781138808218 pbk, $44.95 ☐ Required Stevenson (Univ. of Queensland, Australia) intended his book as an introduction to the career and legacy of Julius Caesar for general readers and undergraduates, but he achieved much ☐ Recommended more. His concise, well informed review of the sources on and issues about the most famous Roman is well organized, and his review of the scholarship is excellent. Stevenson’s analysis of Caesar’s political career is on target. He rightly stresses that Caesar long pursued a conventional political career, so his sudden leap into the ranks of the leading senators in 63 BCE was both unexpected and decisive. Caesar possessed a sense of his own destiny as well as uncanny political skills that ensured his success after he brokered the First Triumvirate, the pact with Pompey and Crassus. Most judicious is Stevenson’s discussion of why Caesar precipitated the civil war in 49 BCE, and why he pursued a policy of clemency to his defeated political foes. Most convincing is that Caesar had no grand design for monarchy, so as dictator he was a most reluctant monarch. Stevenson adopts a critical revisionist approach to Caesar’s generalship, a debatable view that this reviewer does not share, but his position is well argued. This book is the best introduction to Julius Caesar for scholars and students. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Fagan, Brian. Lord and Pharaoh: Carnarvon and the search for Tutankhamun. Left Coast, Click here to enter text. 2015. 183p index afp ISBN 9781629581514 pbk, $19.95; ISBN 9781629581538 ebook, $19.95 ☐ Required Fagan (emer., anthropology, Univ. of California Santa Barbara) captures the excitement in the discovery of Tutankhamun's tomb, the richest discovery of an Egyptian Pharaoh. Beginning ☐ Recommended with the discovery of the Valley of Pharaohs, the author details the excitement about exploring the life and times of Tutankhamun's ancestors. Tutankhamun's father was the famed Pharaoh Amenhotep IV, better known as Akhenaten, who many regard as the founder of monotheism. Tutankhamun's childhood, education, marriage to his half-sister, worship of Aten as the singular god, and the construction of his new imperial city devoted to the worship of Aten are all vividly described. Fagan sketches the privileged life of Lord Carnarvon ("Porchy") before his travel to Egypt for reasons of health with companion Theodore Davis. The author relates the restoration of the worship of Amun and the eradication of Aten 83 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 by Horemheb, Tutankhamun's successor. Lord Carnarvon's slow turn to Egyptology was hastened by his partnership with the archaeologist Howard Carter. After years of survey and excavation, they discovered and Howard Carter excavated the richest tomb of a Pharaoh ever discovered. The author does justice to the excitement, anxieties, and consequences of the discovery. The book is well illustrated by photos, line drawings, and maps. An excellent introduction to an exciting story! Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Malcolm X's Michigan worldview: an exemplar for contemporary black studies, ed. by Rita Kiki Click here to enter text. Edozie and Curtis Stokes. Michigan State, 2015. 324p bibl index ISBN 9781611861624 cloth, $39.95 ☐ Required This collection is a monumental contribution to Malcolm X studies in particular and to Africana studies in general. Following the introductory chapter by the coeditors, who locate ☐ Recommended the roots of Malcolm in Michigan and link this to his development of race consciousness, identity, and community "across the black world," Abdul Alkalimat theorizes the paradigmatic significance of studying the "agency" of Malcolm X. The book is truly exemplary, as the subtitle states, because it avoids attempting a biography and offers instead the theoretical, methodological, practical, and cultural implications of its iconic subject, emphasizing that the work of Malcolm continues as the work of educating the masses, just as he himself was clearly a product of his own education starting in Michigan. The concluding chapter by editor Edozie on Malcolm X’s homecoming to Africa serves as a reminder that the discipline of Africana studies is overdue for globalization, perhaps by adding the missing "a" to the names of the prestigious African studies institutes and centers across Africa and the rest of the world, reflecting Malcolm’s "worldview." Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Shoemaker, Nancy. Native American whalemen and the world: indigenous encounters and Click here to enter text. the contingency of race. North Carolina, 2015. 303p bibl index afp ISBN 9781469622576 cloth, $34.95; ISBN 9781469622583 ebook, $33.99 ☐ Required Historian Shoemaker (Univ. of Connecticut) has produced a well-written account drawing upon her extensive research in Fiji, New Zealand, and the northeastern US. She has collected ☐ Recommended information about 600 Native American whalemen, examining 26 logbooks and journals of men who made over 2,000 expeditions. Shoemaker focuses on the four decades before the Civil War, when whaling was at its height, and on the roles the Mohegans, Narragansetts, Pequots, Shinnecocks, and Wampanoags played. Challenging earlier studies that focus almost entirely on the exploitative aspects of whaling or on the stereotypical images of Indian harpoonists, the author shows that Native Americans served at every level of the industry, including as captains of ships. Native American whalemen were less racially categorized and faced less racism at sea than back at home because they were valued in an industry that needed their skills. Shoemaker points out that some were stranded or voluntarily stayed behind in Polynesia and had children with Polynesian women. Their offspring were not viewed as outcasts but were incorporated into Polynesian communities. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Fitzgerald, Stephanie J. Native women and land: narratives of dispossession and resurgence. Click here to enter text. New Mexico, 2015. 163p bubl index afp ISBN 9780826355577 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 97808263555884 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Cree literary scholar Stephanie Fitzgerald (English, Univ. of Kansas) follows her Keepers of the Morning Star: An Anthology of Native Women's Theater (CH, Apr'04, 41-4500), which she ☐ Recommended coedited with Jaye Darby, with these probing, ecologically based analyses of land and water narratives. She deploys “narrative” according to indigenous values represented in fiction—by Diane Glancy, Louise Erdrich, and Linda Hogan—and social media texts. Joni Adamson took a comprehensive approach to this general topic in American Indian Literature, Environmental Justice, and Ecocriticism (CH, Oct'01, 39-0768), but Fitzgerald develops an aesthetic for her foundational theses by engaging selected modes: the Ojibwa Sky Woman creation narrative, the displacement of tribes by force (the Cherokee Trail of Tears, the Navajo Long Walk) and 84 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 what impends for the United Houma Nation after hurricanes and oil spills in the Louisiana gulf, the effects of climate change on the Inupiat village of Kivalina in Alaska, and how four indigenous women galvanized discussion of a Canadian ecosystem proposal that produced “a Twitter hashtag heard round the world: #IdleNoMore.” Writing in a terse style, Fitzgerald offers a concentrated scrutiny that should attract a broad readership. No one should doubt her powerful intellectual weight and resourcefulness. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Feinberg, Harvey M. Our land, our life, our future: black South African challenges to territorial Click here to enter text. segregation, 1913–1948. Unisa Press, 2015. 258p bibl index ISBN 9781868887484 pbk, $28.00 ☐ Required South Africa’s 1913 Natives Land Act is widely and justly seen as a fulcrum of intensified national segregation, but few have probed its deeper origins, course, and impact, or how ☐ Recommended some Africans transcended its harsh strictures. In a highly original book sure to spark debate, Feinberg (emer., Southern Connecticut State Univ.) presents copious data from archival sources and builds a fine revisionist argument to force a rethink by historians. He does a good job excavating statistics and stories of long-ignored land purchases by blacks and places them in detailed political context to contradict established notions. This well-balanced history reveals both African agency (including individuals skillfully defending their land, neglected by historians) and complexity and limits on state power, as well as legal exceptions managing transactions and accumulation necessary to capitalist functioning. It could be argued that only about 3,300 approved land purchases between 1913 and 1936 represent more adaptive African perspicacity than any successful challenge, and future work could plumb vernacular columns and memories sometimes missing here. Nevertheless, this is an important, insightful book sure to have wide interdisciplinary appeal. The Natives Land Act continues to have enormous symbolic (and legal) significance, and Feinberg nicely connects segregation with apartheid eras, past with present. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: The Oxford handbook of the French Revolution, ed. by David Andress. Oxford, 2015. 683p Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9780199639748 cloth, $165.00 ☐ Required This handbook is a gem. Organizing the revolutionary epoch into six phases, editor Andress (Univ. of Portsmouth), a much-published scholar of the revolution, has assembled an ☐ Recommended impressive cast of specialists to provide a superb reference work that doubles as a good read for anyone interested in this massive and complex subject. The 37 essays, based on primary sources as well as the revolution’s most famous interpretations, essentially follow a standard, useful format: in each, the author seeks to define an issue, discuss the key historiography that surrounds each topic, affords the author an opportunity to explain and add his or her “two cents,” and suggests avenues of needed or neglected research. The quality of the essays is uniformly high. No brief review can adequately summarize the volume’s impressive coverage, but Part V, “The New Republic,” with its treatment of the Terror, and Part VI, “After Thermidor,” dealing with the themes of continuity and the period’s long-term impact on France, Europe, and the world, help highlight the authors’ ability to review, explain, and question. Each essay also includes a list of recommended readings. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: The Port Huron Statement: sources and legacies of the New Left's founding manifesto, ed. by Click here to enter text. Richard Flacks and Nelson Lichtenstein. Pennsylvania, 2015. 329p index afp ISBN 9780812246926 cloth, $49.95; ISBN 9780812290998 ebook, $49.95 ☐ Required In 1962 at a United Auto Workers camp in Michigan, a group formally known as the Student League for Industrial Democracy helped create a manifesto for the nascent Students for a ☐ Recommended Democratic Society (SDS). The document known as the Port Huron Statement became the cornerstone for SDS. Stressing both individualism and community, the Port Huron Statement was a direct challenge to the old economic-based Left. This is an interesting collection of articles from a wide spectrum of writers, with contributions from Tom Hayden, Lisa McGirr, and Barbara Haber, among others. Certainly, the words show the widespread interest of the 85 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 SDS, from attempting to organize in the inner city to working for the civil rights movement in Mississippi. Indeed, the organization was spread thin—maybe too thin. Richard Flacks, the chief author of the statement, probably gets to the heart of the matter when he declares that it was “eclectic and diffuse,” but its chief thrust was “participatory democracy.” Although the SDS proved a good ally, it was by no means the chief organization, in either the antiwar movement or the civil rights struggle. But this excellent volume shows that its contribution was substantial. Superb. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Cobb, Paul M. The race for paradise: an Islamic history of the crusades. Oxford, 2014. 335p Click here to enter text. bibl index afp ISBN 9780199358113 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Writing in lively prose, Cobb (Islamic history, Univ. of Pennsylvania) effortlessly weaves disparate events across the Islamic Mediterranean world into a seamless narrative of the ☐ Recommended Crusades. Though adhering to the standard theme of the Crusades in the Holy Land, he does not neglect events in Andalusia and influences in North Africa and Iraq. Often peripheral to the "main event" in the Levant, the anecdotes and commentary Cobb incorporates provide much-needed context, such as how the Normans conquered Sicily or how the Abbasid caliphate viewed the Crusades. This work will be what Amin Maalouf's The Crusades Through Arab Eyes (1984) was to a previous generation of readers in terms of providing the perspective of Muslims during the Crusades, but Cobb's research and interpretation are more scholarly. Graduate students and scholars will appreciate the author's approach and method of weaving often unappreciated and overlooked events of Islamic history into the history of the Crusades. Students and general readers will be swept away by the writing and narrative. Finally, Cobb lucidly illustrates that, despite his book's title, most participants in the Crusades (on both sides) did not "race for paradise." Summing Up: Essential. All public and academic levels/libraries Faculty Member: Barnes, Ian. Restless empire: a historical atlas of Russia. Belknap, Harvard, 2015. 222p bibl Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9780674504677 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required In 1994, a school board in a Connecticut town removed the study of Russia from the school curriculum because “It no longer mattered.” With the recent souring of relations between ☐ Recommended Putin and the West and Russian incursions into Crimea and Ukraine, it would seem that Russia really does still matter. Thus, it is not trite to say that this historical atlas is timely, showing precisely the factors, patterns, and geography that led to present-day tensions with Russia. The book is richly illustrated and well written and, as with all great atlases, can be described as beautiful. Its strengths are the quality, number, breadth, and detail of the maps. Though it covers all historical eras, the book is particularly strong in its coverage of recent (postwar) Russian history. If there are any weaknesses, it would be in the coverage of Siberian history and the eastern expansion of the Russian Empire. From a geographer's perspective, maps of the remarkable geographic expeditions of many Russian explorers, such as Pyotr Semyonov-Tyan-Shansky, Vitus Bering, and the like, would appear de rigueur. Notwithstanding these omissions, this will be a mandatory book for Russian history and geography collections. The atlas notes the untimely death of author Barnes during publication (d. 2014); what a wonderful legacy he leaves behind. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries. Faculty Member: Drixler, Fabian. Samurai and the culture of Japan's great peace, by Fabian Drixler, William D. Click here to enter text. Fleming, and Robert George Wheeler. Peabody Museum of Natural History/Yale, 2015. 124p bibl index afp ISBN 9781933789033 pbk, $27.50 ☐ Required Exhibition catalogues do not always make productive additions to undergraduate libraries, but this truly extraordinary volume serves as the exception. Designed as a visual guide to ☐ Recommended Japan’s period of "Great Peace" (the Tokugawa Shogunate era, from approx. 1600–1868), the book draws on the many artifacts held in the Yale Peabody Museum of Natural History—color photographs of armor, swords, painting, clothing, and lacquer utensils pack virtually every page. This is no mere coffee table book, however. Written in an accessible, witty style, it is appropriate for general readers but maintains a scholarly tone throughout. Readers new to 86 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 the Tokugawa period will gain an in-depth understanding of the major historical issues, and those with some degree of expertise will find fresh perspectives in new areas of scholarship. In sum, this book is a delight and richly deserves a spot in every college or university library, from community colleges to research institutions. It ranks among the very best introductions to this era of Japanese history, regardless of format or audience, that this reviewer has ever had the pleasure to read. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Abisaab, Rula Jurdi. The Shiʼites of Lebanon: modernism, communism, and Hizbullah's Click here to enter text. Islamists, by Rula Jurdi Abisaab and Malek Abisaab. Syracuse, 2014. 350p bibl index afp ISBN 9780815633723 cloth, $49.95; ISBN 9780815653011 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required The Abisaabs (both, McGill Univ., Canada) have written an excellent political history of a population of growing contemporary importance. Focusing on the 19th and 20th centuries, ☐ Recommended the authors reveal how a small rural population located mostly in southern Lebanon gradually achieved influence and power and underwent urbanization. After a significant split, one group, calling itself Hezbollah, became a dominating political and military force. The authors beautifully explore the subtleties of religious and political doctrine and their adoption by sometimes-charismatic leadership. One bothersome flaw: citations peppering this study are rarely critically evaluated, so occasional nonsensical statements appear: e.g., in the 2006 fighting with Israel, “Israel dropped more than a million cluster bombs in the last days leading to the cease fire.” (p. 142) That criticism aside, this study is well researched and eminently readable. It is must reading for understanding contemporary affairs in today’s Levant. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries. Faculty Member: So conceived and so dedicated: intellectual life in the Civil War–era North, ed. by Lorien Foote Click here to enter text. and Kanisorn Wongsrichanalai. Fordham, 2015. 307p index ISBN 9780823264483 pbk, $40.00 ☐ Required Acknowledging the seminal nature of George Fredrickson's The Inner Civil War (1965), editors Foote and Wongsrichanalai propose that this collection of essays will provide "a more ☐ Recommended complete and updated" examination of Northern intellectual life during the Civil War, as the scholarship presented here encompasses much more than the activities of Frederickson's relatively small group of elite New Englanders. The authors of these essays address, in a multitude of ways, three fundamental ideas, the first being to what extent American intellectuals believed that the Civil War revealed the inadequacy of old ideas, thus demanding new patterns of thought and behavior. A second general concern is whether the war engendered intellectual authoritarianism or strengthened democratic individualism. Last, these essays confront the issue of new conceptions of nationalism and individuals' relationships with the state. Among the topics addressed in this volume are the war's impact on health care, race as a factor in conceptions of civic health, postwar reevaluations of higher education, faculty responses to the war, and the meaning of the war for Irish and Catholic Americans. Altogether, the essays go far in building on Frederickson's foundation, delineating new directions for inquiry. Summing Up: Essential. All upper-division and graduate collections; doubtless of considerable value to faculty Faculty Member: Khlevniuk, Oleg V. Stalin: new biography of a dictator, tr. by Nora S. Favorov. Yale, 2015. 392p Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780300163889 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required Khlevniuk, research fellow at the State Archive of the Russian Federation in Moscow, has written the most definitive biography of Stalin to date. His tour de force, based upon rich ☐ Recommended archival sources and other primary material, covers the highlights of the Soviet dictator’s life with an eye to understanding his motivation, behavior, policies, and method of ruling. At his core, Stalin was guided by an abiding anti-capitalism. He was a true believer in Marxist- Leninist ideology and in the Soviet state as the supreme expression of that world view. He used class warfare, fear, terror, the Gulag, state security, and war to push this view domestically and internationally. Stalin and his henchmen committed many terrible crimes, and the Russian people and others who lived in the Soviet Union were their chief victims. The book is filled with new revelations regarding such controversial issues as Stalin’s role in the execution of 700,000 citizens in 1937–1938, the Nazi-Soviet Pact, the Kremlin’s reconciliation 87 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 with the Russian Orthodox Church, the Cold War, and the Korean War. Well written and superbly translated, with full references. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: State theory and Andean politics: new approaches to the study of rule, ed. by Christopher Click here to enter text. Krupa and David Nugent. Pennsylvania, 2015. 328p bibl index afp ISBN 9780812246940 cloth, $69.95; ISBN 9780812291070 ebook, $69.95 ☐ Required Anthropologists Krupa and Nugent present a masterfully edited collection of essays on state formation in the Andes, building on a strong tradition established by Philip Corrigan and ☐ Recommended Derek Sayer’s study of English state formation in The Great Arch (1985), and a similar treatment for Mexico in Gilbert Joseph and Daniel Nugent’s edited collection Everyday Forms of State Formation (1994). Krupa and Nugent expand on their concepts in ways that fundamentally challenge approaches that consider the state to be an objective, empirical fact. The essays break from conventional ethnographic and historical methodology in favor of an approach that the editors characterize as “nonrealist.” The essays cross the Andes and stretch from the expert treatments by Irene Silverblatt and Karen Spalding on the illusory nature of colonial royal authority in Peru, to editor Krupa’s stunning examination of the reversal of power roles between wealthy white landholders and Indigenous peoples in contemporary Ecuador. The book closes with brilliant reappraisals by subaltern studies scholars Gyanendra Pandey and Akhil Gupta, which further extend the volume’s theoretic contributions. This powerful collection will be required reading for a complex understanding of state formation. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Benn, James A. Tea in China: a religious and cultural history. Hawai'i, 2015. 288p bibl index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780824839635 cloth, $65.00; ISBN 9780824839642 pbk, $24.00 ☐ Required This is one of the best books on tea and tea culture published in recent years. As a major Chinese contribution to the world, tea has received considerable attention from scholars ☐ Recommended worldwide. Two emphases featured in this book mark its distinction from similar studies. One is the careful presentation of the ascent of tea as a beverage vis-à-vis wine after Buddhism entered China. The other is the author's detailed description of tea and poetry writing in the Tang period, particularly valuable for English readers. Benn (McMaster Univ., Canada), a scholar of Buddhism and East Asian religions, bases these discussions on his crafted research. The book is also attractive enough to general readers curious about the development of tea-drinking culture. Indeed, in writing the book, Benn successfully adopted a balanced approach. He provides in-depth case studies, such as the chapter on Lu Yu, the Tang writer who wrote the first text on tea. The book is also comprehensive enough for readers to gain essential knowledge about the evolution of tea drinking (e.g., fresh tea, cake tea, and loose tea) in China. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Why you can't teach United States history without American Indians, ed. by Susan Sleeper- Click here to enter text. Smith et al. North Carolina, 2015. 335p bibl index afp ISBN 9781469621203 pbk, $29.95; ISBN 9781469621210 ebook, $28.99 ☐ Required In 2013, the Newberry Library held a symposium aimed at countering the marginalization of Native Americans in US history textbooks used in survey courses. This edited collection ☐ Recommended contains 16 essays that treat the period before and after 1877, concluding with three conceptual essays. Although uneven in quality, this is a much-needed book for non- specialists. It contains useful suggestions on how to integrate Native American history into the classroom. Among the better essays are those on the negative impact on Native Americans of designating areas as "borderlands" or "frontiers" and why trade with Native Americans should be recognized as an important part of the global economy in the Colonial era; how maps minimize Indian land claims; how textbooks don't mention that millions of Native Americans were enslaved; how distinct the American Indian self-determination movement of the 1960s and 1970s was in the larger framework of civil rights activism; and how the exploitation of Indian resources led to US prosperity after WW II. Less successful is the concluding essay on global indigeneity, which reads as a harangue against US imperialism. A mandatory purchase for all libraries. Summing Up: Essential. 88 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Hospitality & Tourism Management Faculty Member: Vince, Gaia. Adventures in the Anthropocene: a journey to the heart of the planet we made. Click here to enter text. Milkweed Editions, 2014. 436p index afp ISBN 9781571313577 cloth, $30.00; ISBN 9781571319289 ebook, $30.00 ☐ Required Vince's book is about ordinary people who are dealing imaginatively with local ecological- social systems in a world assaulted by ecosystem cascades, global climate change, and ☐ Recommended volatile economies. Rather than bemoaning their fate, the diverse people Vince encounters on her travels are actively adapting their lives to the self-organizing, emergent states that are spontaneously appearing during the "epic-making times" of the Anthropocene. As Vince asserts, humans are an adaptable species: this seems confirmed by her encounters with the inspirational visions and concrete achievements of so many people. Her approach is to synthesize the many different ways that people are segueing into the "heart of the planet we made." Each of the nine chapters focuses on a particular setting: atmosphere, mountains, rivers, farmlands, oceans, deserts, savannas, rocks, and cities. Vince's experiences are a powerful antidote to the doom and gloom proffered by the news media and many environmental and academic groups. This book is not about saving Earth; it is about saving humanity. With its engaging, thought-provoking narratives, this volume will expand, or perhaps fundamentally change, readers' views about the planet's emerging future. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Longhurst, James. Bike battles: a history of sharing the American road. Washington, 2015. Click here to enter text. 294p bibl index afp ISBN 9780295994680 cloth, $34.95 ☐ Required Longhurst (Univ. of Wisconsin-La Crosse) addresses three fascinating questions. First, how did the road, free and open to all for millennia, come to belong solely to motor vehicles in the ☐ Recommended 20th century? Next, are bicycles only a child’s toy, or are they also eco-friendly vehicles? Finally, are late-19th-century side paths, developed for cyclists because roads were so poor, and today’s bike paths a positive addition or simply a means to deny cyclists access to roads? Longhurst reviews the development of motor vehicle codes that turned 20th- century roads over to cars and their drivers, making it difficult for bicyclists and pedestrians who were used to crossing wherever they wanted. Despite entrenched continued resistance from politicians, the public, the media, and law enforcement, a resurgence of interest in bicycling has led city planners across the country to add bikeways, which are separate from roadways, and/or dedicated and sometimes protected lanes for bicycles. As a recreational and commuting cyclist, Longhurst is passionate about protecting the rights of cyclists—and their lives. Carefully researched, thoroughly documented, and very engaging, this is a book that everyone who travels needs to read and understand. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Cities that shaped the ancient world, ed. by John Julius Norwich. Thames & Hudson, 2014. Click here to enter text. 240p bibl index ISBN 9780500252048 cloth, $40.00 ☐ Required Civilization began with urbanization, and history soon followed. Although no Michelin guide books exist for touring the ancient world, this work comes close by offering succinct scholarly ☐ Recommended vignettes on the urban centers of civilization—cities—found in five geographic regions: the Near East, Africa, Europe, Asia, and the Americas. Norwich has edited these writings by prominent scholars and combined them with stunning photographs to produce a superbly crafted and very enjoyable book. The editor presents the cities chronologically within each geographic section. Many will be familiar to most readers, but quite a few will be new territory, such as the recently excavated and relatively unknown Caral, an Incan city in Peru, perhaps the oldest city in the New World. Norwich’s work would make an excellent accompaniment to any world history survey but is both useful and satisfying on its own as a guide to the lost cities of history. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries. Faculty Member: Chase, Lisa. Food, farms, and community: exploring food systems, by Lisa Chase and Vern Click here to enter text. Grubinger. New Hampshire, 2015. 288p index afp ISBN 9781611684216 pbk, $29.95; ISBN 89 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 9781611686876 ebook, $27.99 ☐ Required Chase (Univ. of Vermont Extension; Vermont Tourism Research Center) and Grubinger (Univ. of Vermont Extension; USDA Northeast Sustainable Agriculture Research and Education ☐ Recommended program) have decades of combined experience as extension specialists in natural resources and agriculture, respectively. Their backgrounds inform their broad approach to the complex topic of food systems, producing an introductory textbook unique in its breadth of scope and emphasis on North American food systems. Throughout the book, the authors define terms and concepts. They clearly convey a great deal of information about this complicated subject through thoughtful organization and a straightforward writing style. Each chapter has a thorough bibliography. Some of the black-and-white figures appear cramped, and the figures vary in usefulness. Case studies, predominantly from the eastern US, provide context and aid understanding. Among the topics included are consumer and societal values, local food and agribusiness, food security, the environment, and labor issues. The authors conclude with goals for improving food systems in the future, their vision of healthy food systems, action items, and current examples to emulate. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower- and upper- division undergraduates and graduate students Faculty Member: Stanley, John. Food tourism: a practical marketing guide, by John Stanley and Linda Stanley. Click here to enter text. CABI, 2015. 241p bibl index afp ISBN 9781780645018 cloth, $145.00; ISBN 9781780645025 pbk, $45.00 ☐ Required Stanley and Stanley (farmers, consultants, and independent scholars) present a how-to of food tourism—from pick-your-own farms to festivals and culinary tours—with examples from ☐ Recommended the authors’ and others’ work from around the English-speaking world. The book’s first section, “Food Tourism and the Tourist,” amounts to two chapters providing the theory, history, economic argument, and overview for what follows. Remaining chapters shift to specific guidance and justification for various types of food tourism, grouped into agro- tourism in part 2 and culinary tourism in part 3. The concluding section is devoted to food tourism marketing and a look to the future. The result is a highly practical book written in plain language that will be useful for both scholars and practitioners. Though not a textbook, Food Tourism would actually make a useful text for the classroom. Appendixes include suggested readings, a guide to acronyms, and promotional ideas. Endnotes in each chapter and the inclusion of academic contributors will appeal to scholars. The book is a more didactic version of Lucy Long’s Culinary Tourism (CH, Jun'04, 41-5869) and Food Tourism around the World: Development, Management and Markets, by C. Michael Hall et al. (2003). Summing Up: Recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Levander, Caroline Field. Hotel life: the story of a place where anything can happen, by Click here to enter text. Caroline Field Levander and Matthew Pratt Guterl. North Carolina, 2015. 208p index afp ISBN 9781469621128 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required A hotel can be a pleasant home away from home or merely an innocuous necessity of modern life; however, in this work, readers are reminded of the ways in which the structure ☐ Recommended enables or reinforces inequalities of race, class, gender, power, and privilege. Authors Levander (English, Rice Univ.) and Guterl (Africana and American studies, Brown Univ.) are humanities scholars, so their aim is not to write a historical essay or a textbook for hospitality practitioners but rather to “describe the social and political function of the hotel in modern culture.” They examine the subject through four different sociocultural lenses, which are also the names of the book's four sections: "Space," "Time," "Scale," and "Affect." The authors metaphorically check readers into places as diverse as luxury spa resorts and dingy single-room occupancy hotels, and their conclusions are equally scathing regardless of the star rating of the establishment. The writing is abstruse at times, and not all readers will agree with the cynical and damning perspectives the authors espouse, but this work provides a good counterpoint to standard works examining hotels from historical or operational viewpoints. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty 90 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Brown, Nicholas A. Re-collecting Black Hawk: landscape, memory, and power in the American Click here to enter text. Midwest, by Nicholas A. Brown and Sarah E. Kanouse. Pittsburgh, 2015. 279p bibl index afp ISBN 9780822944379 cloth, $39.95 ☐ Required In this extraordinary collection of essays and images, the authors ask challenging questions about regional identity, national history, and the place of Native peoples in contemporary ☐ Recommended culture. The volume is dedicated at the most basic level to the presence of Sauk leader Black Hawk in the US today. Photographic essays, dedicated in turn to Iowa, Wisconsin, and Illinois, document his imprint and importance, capturing the numerous places and businesses named for him as well as memorials and tourist sites associated with him across the upper Midwest. At a deeper level, particularly in the accompanying seven essays, the authors encourage readers to rethink the past and present, emphasizing the centrality of indigenous narratives and voices, too often edited out or overlooked in mainstream accounts of history, culture, and community. In the process, Brown (visiting professor, American Indian and Native studies, Iowa) and Kanouse (art history, Iowa) raise deep and disturbing questions about the foundations of the US. Of particular note, they prompt readers to think about the appropriation of culture and land, the dispossession of Native nations, and the continued misrecognition of American Indians. Throughout, the authors provide an approachable account of settler colonialism and meaningful pathways to engage it. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Martin, Lauren Jade. Reproductive tourism in the United States: creating family in the mother Click here to enter text. country. Routledge, 2014. 177p bibl index afp ISBN 9781138809840 cloth, $140.00 ☐ Required Sociologist Martin (Penn State Univ., Berks) focuses on the international marketplace for which prospective parents leave home countries to obtain assisted fertility services— ☐ Recommended including egg donation, surrogacy, and sex selection—elsewhere. The author addresses how middle-class Americans may be drawn to India to acquire fertility services too expensive to pay for at home. She also explores situations in which wealthy infertile Japanese couples might seek surrogate parenthood in the US that would be illegal to have in Japan. Martin’s analysis excels when she reviews the varying availabilities of assisted fertility services in the US, which differ from one state to another because of diverging laws and from one period to another up to the present Obamacare era. However, medical insurance for assisted reproductive services remains generally unavailable, except for the wealthy. To write this book, Martin relied heavily on assisted fertility providers: physicians, attorneys, genetic counselors, social workers, and administrators. Had she also interviewed their clients, she might have offered a better understanding of the prospective parents' levels of satisfaction and difficulties with these services, a subject that is glanced over in this otherwise informative book. Summing Up: Recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Rituals and traditional events in the modern world, ed. by Jennifer Laing and Warwick Frost. Click here to enter text. Routledge, 2014. 248p bibl index afp ISBN 9780415707367 cloth, $145.00 ☐ Required This anthology has the potential to appeal to a variety of audiences, from commercial to academic. The 21 authors present 16 chapters, primarily case studies, first establishing the ☐ Recommended historic and even prehistoric presence of public rituals and events cross-culturally and their ongoing importance today, illustrated by the revival and often “invention” of tradition illustrated by the diverse case studies. The chapters are organized geographically into three parts, Asia, Europe, and the Americas; each section includes theoretically situated ethnographic descriptions of specific public rituals and festivals. Most of the case studies, which cover a wide array of topics, are theoretically positioned in folklore, anthropology, and tourism studies and draw on major scholars, including Bourdieu, Foucault, Turner, Dundes, Falassi, and Hobsbawn. In the last chapter, the editors present a synthesizing summary and critique of the entire anthology, noting the varied stakeholders and their frequent reappropriation of rituals as they simultaneously invent new “traditions” with new meanings that arise at the intersection of “traditional” events and contemporary concerns. The frequent mention in several case studies of liminality and the inherent paradoxes of all things 91 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 traditional, hovering between authority and chaos, gives the volume an interesting twist. In sum, this anthology is rich with data and theory. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper- level undergraduates and above. Faculty Member: Denning, Andrew. Skiing into modernity: a cultural and environmental history. California, Click here to enter text. 2015. 236p bibl index afp ISBN 9780520284272 cloth, $65.00; ISBN 9780520284289 pbk, $29.95; ISBN 9780520959897 ebook, $29.95 ☐ Required In this cultural and environmental history of skiing, Denning (postdoctoral fellow, Univ. of British Columbia) explains how the sport expanded from Scandinavian Nordic style events to ☐ Recommended Alpine downhill racing. Davis demonstrates how winter pastimes evolved in accord with modern humans' changing relationship to nature, intersecting with leisure, tourism, environmental destruction, and economic development. Denning argues that Alpine skiing modernized the sport of skiing, aligning modernity with spectators’ lust for speed, excitement, and mass cultural spectacles and the rationalist dictate of modern sports. The sport modernized Alpine Europe by stimulating economic development, offering athletes a mastery of time and space, and transforming perceptions of a formerly dangerous winter wasteland in a backward part of Europe into a skiing wonderland. Alpine modernism democratized downhill skiing by lowering costs of transportation and equipment while providing a strong sense of cultural distinctiveness, balancing modernization and tradition, and enabling spectators and participants to reconnect with nature. Written for specialists, and based on Denning's dissertation, this intellectual study should be read with John Fry’s The Story of Modern Skiing (CH, May'07, 44-5110). Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Sun, sea, and sound: music and tourism in the circum-Caribbean, ed. by Timothy Rommen Click here to enter text. and Daniel T. Neely. Oxford, 2014. 322p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199988853 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199988860 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required Rommen (Univ. of Pennsylvania) and Neely (an independent scholar specializing in the music of the Caribbean) divide the 11 essays in this collection into five parts. These address, ☐ Recommended respectively, the mass tourism market; cruise culture; Jamaica, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, and Belize from the perspective of the integration of internal and external musical pressures; transplanted notions of festival culture within and outside of the Caribbean; and sex and religion as interpreted through musical tourism. All the essays are exhaustively researched, and taken together they cast light on a relatively understudied element of Caribbean popular music: its transmission and evolution in the culture of tourism. The collection references all of the main players, singers, and songwriters in Caribbean styles ranging from reggae to rara. Discussions of tourism, the expatriate influence, sex, and spirituality are of particular value. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers

92 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Human Services Faculty Member: Piot, Peter. AIDS: between science and politics, tr. by Laurence Garey. Columbia, 2015. 198p Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780231166263 cloth, $29.95; ISBN 9780231538770 ebook, $28.99 ☐ Required AIDS is an infectious disease caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The movement of the disease and subsequent attempts to control its spread have been ☐ Recommended influenced as much by the social and political responses of societies and their governments as by scientific endeavors. The author, an internationally respected scientist and writer, has summarized the challenges, many of which stemmed from ignorance of the disease, not only on the part of physicians and other scientists but also governments dealing with the pandemic. The disease in humans almost certainly began in central or western Africa, spreading through that continent and ultimately throughout most of the world. Piot describes the underlying factors that contributed to that spread, particularly the refusal of governments in that region to recognize the threat and the roles ignorance, repression, and, in particular, prostitution played. By the mid-1980s, a significant international response to the growing epidemic had begun, led in significant part by the US—itself hardly immune to the early prejudice toward those affected. Piot’s story is a highly readable, albeit abridged, account with emphasis on the politics and economic impact. An extensive bibliography is provided. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers, undergraduates, and graduate students Faculty Member: Gill, Michael. Already doing it: intellectual disability and sexual agency. Minnesota, 2015. Click here to enter text. 255p index afp ISBN 9780816682973 cloth, $91.00; ISBN 9780816682980 pbk, $26.00 ☐ Required Gill (gender, women's, and sexuality studies, Grinnell College) examines a subject often on the margins of disability studies: allowing individuals with intellectual disabilities to be agents ☐ Recommended of their own reproductive rights, sexual experiences, and sexuality identity in the context of institutional limitations grounded in heteronormative stereotypes. Utilizing queer/crip scholarly analysis, the author critiques society's assumption of individuals with intellectual disabilities as being simultaneously sexual naifs and predators of "innocent" children. The desire of adults with intellectual disabilities to assert their reproductive rights and become parents is often circumscribed by the judiciary systems to the social work profession, by and large on assumed grounds of potential parental "incompetence" once children reach puberty. Rather than emphasizing the pleasure of the sexual experience, sex education—as presented to this target population—is taught along the lines of protection against potential abusers and use of contraceptives solely to prevent the spread of sexually transmitted diseases. Forced sterilization, based often on untested assumptions of an inability to parent, is often ordered by judges, despite real-life evidence to the contrary. An accessible and interesting read. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: McAdams, Dan P. The art and science of personality development. Guilford, 2015. 368p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9781462519958 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9781462519972 ebook, $45.00 ☐ Required McAdams (psychology and human development, Northwestern) narrates a fascinating story of personality development and change across the life-span. This reviewer calls it a story ☐ Recommended because McAdams expertly intertwines academic research with personal examples and stories to tell the tale of how personality is “lived.” In other words, he shows that personality can really be understood only by looking at it in a developmental context. Viewing personality as best understood developmentally is new and refreshing. Chapter 4—"The Actor Grows Up: How Traits Develop into Adulthood"—will be especially enlightening for any who have not thought about personality evolving and changing in a developmental manner. By merging personality research and a developmental perspective, McAdams invites readers on a journey of understanding who people come to know themselves to be at all phases of life—and he includes the end-of-life stories that bring closure and meaning to the rest of life. This book will be particularly useful for professionals/practitioners working with individuals struggling with issues of identity and/or personality. Summing Up: Highly 93 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 recommended. All readers. Faculty Member: Rowe, Michael. Citizenship and mental health. Oxford, 2015. 247p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780199355389 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required Medical sociologist Michael Rowe (Yale School of Medicine) uses multicolored threads— values and ethics, concepts and theories, stories and lessons, citizenship and mental health— ☐ Recommended to weave an intriguing tapestry. He presents the citizenship model as an adaptable framework for those working within the mental health system. The author begins the narrative with homeless outreach and concludes with genuine citizenship, as distinguished from community placement and abandonment. Rowe challenges readers to look at the realities of the community integration process through the lens of those who have lived it. The book is based on sound theory and empirical evidence. Qualitative data provide background for the presentation of theory, and the author provides ample references throughout to link readers to related statistical methods and analytical procedures that support his conclusions. A valuable resource for all mental health care providers, especially those practicing or preparing to practice in community settings. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: O'Hagan, Claire. Complex inequality and 'working mothers'. Cork University Press, 2015. 273p Click here to enter text. bibl index ISBN 9781782051244 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required O'Hagan (Univ. of Limerick, Ireland) addresses an important theoretical and empirical gap in feminist scholarship by writing a comprehensive analysis of gender, work, and motherhood in ☐ Recommended Ireland. Using the theoretical framework of feminist intersectionality along with in-depth interviews with a diverse group of working mothers, she significantly contributes to the understanding of how individuals experience inequalities and privilege in everyday life, and how various social structures—including state, workplace, family, and church—create and reinforce those inequalities. Critical to O'Hagan's analysis is that she intentionally demonstrates the diversity of Irish working mothers, showing how they are not a monolithic group. Instead, there are inequalities within the group, and as a result some women are able to experience greater privilege at times. In her attempts to address the complex inequality that women experience, the author explores the impacts on women, children, families, child minders, and society. She concludes with what she sees as a new gender regime rooted in challenging the traditional gendered ideology and organization of work and family, and proposes state policy structures to support that change. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Morris, David J. The evil hours: a biography of post-traumatic stress disorder. Houghton Click here to enter text. Mifflin Harcourt, 2015. 338p bibl index ISBN 9780544086616 cloth, $27.00 ☐ Required A widely known but rarely spoken idea about war is central to this volume: the sustained terror of imminent death permanently damages people. Morris is a former Marine and war ☐ Recommended correspondent, and his narrative, which illustrates how war lives on in the minds of soldiers, is woven between combat and civilian life and through past traumatic events as they fuse with the present. This mirrors the broken sense of time, highlighted as a key component in post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). As Morris describes his experience of being blown up in Iraq, he integrates universal themes of psychological trauma found in early and current scientific, medical, military, political, and religious writings and ideas from philosophy, literature, and poetry. He includes a review and critique of current approaches to treatment and describes controversies among mental health practitioners, particularly those within the VA system, regarding psychotherapies, pharmacotherapies, and alternative approaches to treatment. Correctly identifying Judith Herman’s Trauma and Recovery (1992) as the seminal text in the study of traumatic stress, Morris suggests that individuals suffering with or heavily impacted by PTSD can hope for meaningful post-traumatic growth. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers Faculty Member: Food and nutrition in numbers: 2014. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Click here to enter text. Nations, 2015. 245p ISBN 9789251086179 pbk, $20.00 94 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required This annual pocket book from the UN's Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) is also freely available as a full-text online document (http://www.fao.org/3/a-i4175e.pdf). The initial ☐ Recommended section includes charts comparing economic factors, food prices, availability of specific food groups, food security indicators, etc. The bulk of the book is composed of country profile pages, with data for 1992, 2002, and 2014. Each country page includes data on total calories, protein, and fat in the diet; vitamin A and iodine supplementation; and dietary intake from various food groups. Other economic and health indicators include GDP, population, percentages of people with wasting or anemia, access to clean water and sanitation facilities, rural population numbers, life expectancy, childhood mortality, etc. Because of the need to pack in large amounts of information, the print is small, and some of the charts and tables can be confusing. A brief but helpful section on definitions at the end clarifies issues such as what the three numbers listed for cause of death represent. Overall, a highly useful resource, particularly because of its online availability. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All academic audiences; professionals/practitioners. Faculty Member: Leigey, Margaret E. The forgotten men: serving a life without parole sentence. Rutgers, 2015. Click here to enter text. 222p bibl index afp ISBN 9780813569482 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780813569475 pbk, $28.95 ☐ Required The US led the world in promoting the assumption that "life should mean life," and increasingly is broadening the range of offenses for which this sentence is deemed ☐ Recommended appropriate. Indeed, given the framing of discourses surrounding high profile cases, it often seems that those condemned to "life without the possibility of parole" are almost viewed as "having got away with it." Leigey (criminology, College of New Jersey), who conducted intensive interviews of 25 men over an extended period, does a great service in reaffirming what used to be commonly understood—that life imprisonment is an exceptional punitive sanction that can and should be regarded as, essentially, a delayed death sentence. Also of great merit is the author's ability to give a voice to the men incarcerated, in many cases for most of their lives. She presents a useful account of their views on the "pains of imprisonment" and the various methodologies they employ to manage them. Finally, Leigey makes policy recommendations that are classically liberal, pragmatic, and ethical. These include abandoning the overall practice of the life sentence, thus providing at least some realistic hope of release. Sadly, that is not how the world works. Nevertheless, Leigey’s work merits a broad readership. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries. Faculty Member: Pursell, Carroll. From playgrounds to PlayStation: the interaction of technology and play. Click here to enter text. Johns Hopkins, 2015. 200p bibl index afp ISBN 9781421416502 pbk, $28.95; ISBN 9781421416519 ebook, $28.95 ☐ Required Historian Pursell (Australian National Univ.) has written an engaging social history of play by examining the “ways in which technology and play interact.” He situates this exploration in ☐ Recommended the US during the 19th and 20th centuries and does not narrowly focus on children but rather on “inventors, manufacturers, entrepreneurs, and consumers,” which allows him to investigate toys, playgrounds, amusement parks, hobbies, sports, and electronic games. Each chapter represents a well-developed historical narrative of a particular facet of play, such as playgrounds or amusement parks. This focus lets the author situate play in a social or political context, such as the playground and its role to “Americanize” immigrant children or Disney’s desire to “revive the public’s faith in progress, and in technology as the principal agent of that progress.” Pursell’s text helps inform readers how capitalist structures focus as much on leisure as they do work or politics to cement their structures in US culture. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All academic levels/libraries Faculty Member: Health humanities, by Paul Crawford et al. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015. 194p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9781137282590 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781137282606 pbk, $29.99 ☐ Required Health Humanities is a reflective, disciplined inquiry that involves the representation, interpretation, and analysis of the range of human experience in illness and well-being. In ☐ Recommended this seminal work, the five authors (four from the UK, one from the US) call for a more critical approach to humanities engagement in the domains of health, health care, and well- 95 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 being. Humanities in this context is broadly construed to refer to history, literature, philosophy, ethics, religious studies, sociology, anthropology, and the visual and performing arts. Distinguishing health humanities from “medical humanities”—the term often used for applying humanities, arts, and social sciences to health care, especially in the training of health professionals—the authors of this volume seek a more critical and ambitious goal. Together, the essays read like a manifesto of the profound work a critical humanities approach can and must offer for a healthier world. An invaluable resource for a developing field. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; students in two-year programs; professionals Faculty Member: Barnes, Henrietta Robin. Hijacked brains: the experience and science of chronic addiction. Click here to enter text. Dartmouth College, 2015. 210p bibl index afp ISBN 978161168-674-6 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9781611686753 pbk, $30.00; ISBN 978161168676-0 ebook, $27.99 ☐ Required Barnes's purpose in writing this book was to encourage readers to recognize society’s ambivalence toward addicted drug abusers and to champion compassionate treatment for ☐ Recommended victims. Throughout the text, Barnes (Harvard Medical School) draws comparisons between drug use problems and such recognized health issues as diabetes, mental health, and cancer. Unlike sufferers from these other diseases, however, drug abusers may be viewed as willing accomplices in their disability who eschew treatment and recovery. Fortunately, such perspectives apply to only a small minority of the population; most are ambivalent or disown the negative characterizations. The text consists of an introduction and six chapters that treat, among other subjects, the beginning phase of drug use, the science behind addiction, the stigma addicts face, risks, resilience, and recovery. The book concludes with a long epilogue of 159 pages. The author illustrates concepts using examples drawn from her discussions and experiences with her clients. This book could profitably be used in a wide variety of settings (undergraduate and graduate) and majors (health, social sciences, social services, and medicine) to promote understanding of drug abuse and its impact on individuals. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Cherlin, Andrew J. Labor's love lost: the rise and fall of the working-class family in America. Click here to enter text. Russell Sage Foundation, 2014. 258p bibl index afp ISBN 9780871540300 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required One would logically expect this book to be an overview of demographic and employment trends since the 1970s. Instead, Cherlin (Johns Hopkins) takes a much longer view of the ☐ Recommended working class in the US, rooting his book firmly in sociological works on industrialization, immigration, emerging and shifting gender ideals, race, and demographics. The author draws on well-respected histories of work and family and extends them to an analysis of the emergence, peak, and decline of working-class families. Cherlin is careful to specify the parameters of his definition of who is working class and happily does not limit his analysis to ethnically white households but includes comparative data for African Americans as well as scattered comparisons for other ethnic groups. Segments of the book address issues of “what might have been” had gender not been so narrowly defined or if unions had been more effective in advocating for workers across race, gender, and ethnicity across industries. The book concludes with a chapter addressing the status of working-class families since 2010 and a conclusion that assesses the ongoing influence of public policy, economic growth, and culture on working-class households. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Golombok, Susan. Modern families: parents and children in new family forms. Cambridge, Click here to enter text. 2015. 267p bibl index ISBN 9781107055582 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9781107650251 pbk, $29.99 ☐ Required Golombok (Center for Family Research, Univ. of Cambridge, UK) uses the term “new families” to refer to family forms that did not exist or were hidden from society until recently. She ☐ Recommended argues that new families represent a more fundamental shift from traditional family structures than did nontraditional family forms studied in previous decades. For years, a basic premise was that the more a family deviated from the traditional, two-parent, heterosexual family, the more the child's psychological well-being was in 96 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 jeopardy. Golombok addresses a more elemental question by asking how the parenting children in new families experience actually differs from that found in traditional families. She explores children’s psychological adjustments in new family forms, including lesbian mother families, gay father families, families headed by single mothers by choice, and families created by assisted reproductive technologies. Her findings indicate that adverse circumstances (financial hardship, relationship problems, and mental health issues) continue to be associated with impaired adjustment in children but that children in lesbian, gay, solo mother, or assisted-reproduction families are indistinguishable from children from traditional families when these negative circumstances do not exist. Indeed, she detected a higher quality of parenting in new family types, a discrepancy she tied these parents' greater motivation to have children. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Numrich, Paul D. Religion and community in the new urban America, by Paul D. Numrich and Click here to enter text. Elfriede Wedam. Oxford, 2015. 348p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199386840 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199386857 pbk, $35.00 ☐ Required Basing their book on an in-depth ethnographic study of 15 Chicago congregations of several faiths, the authors argue that religion plays a more significant role in shaping city ☐ Recommended environments than most urban theorists and planners have allowed. Sociologists Numrich and Wedam (both, Loyola Univ., Chicago) find that congregations are not necessarily just passive adapters to urban restructuring but actually have a degree of agency and even a “city- building” dynamic. As to whether these congregations have weak or strong neighborhood influence, much depends on how they structure their ministries and outreach to the surrounding communities. For example, congregations that seek to serve whole metropolitan areas, such as the megachurch and the Hindu temple in this study, were found to have less urban impact (such as promoting greater racial integration) than congregations that are more rooted in their neighborhoods. The presence of local programs that address inequality and congregational memberships that show racial and ethnic diversity were especially likely to exert urban impact. The book’s blend of theory and well-documented case studies (illustrated with photographs and maps) makes an important contribution to the field of urban religion. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries. Faculty Member: Staub, Ervin. The roots of goodness and resistance to evil: inclusive caring, moral courage, Click here to enter text. altruism born of suffering, active bystandership, and heroism. Oxford, 2015. 389p bibl indexes afp ISBN 9780195382037 cloth, $59.95 ☐ Required What factors, whether personal, situational, or experiential, lead some to take action by aiding or rescuing others from harm? A Holocaust survivor, Staub (emer., Univ. of ☐ Recommended Massachusetts, Amherst; founder of the doctoral program in the psychology of peace and violence) spent his scholarly career exploring why some people act with humility and humanity and others stand by and do nothing in the face of suffering or, worse, perpetrate it. Staub conducted extensive theoretical and empirical work on the nature of good and evil, and his findings have advanced social, clinical, and developmental psychology and the psychology of peace and social justice. This fine book, made up of 28 chapters (2 are coauthored and 2 others are authored by others), is a victory lap of sorts for a distinguished career, but the book is also forward looking because it includes not only the author’s major and recent articles but also newly written material dealing with ways to prevent violence and promote peace. Those interested in learning a programmatic approach to addressing matters of moral courage and compassion will be drawn to this book, as will those who want to apply psychological insights to advancing reconciliation and creating caring societies. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: The SAGE encyclopedia of theory in counseling and psychotherapy, ed. by Edward S. Neukrug. Click here to enter text. SAGE Reference, 2015. bibl index afp ISBN 9781452274126 cloth, $375.00 97 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Edited by prolific author and counselor-educator Neukrug (Old Dominion Univ.), this authoritative, two-volume work is the first encyclopedia to trace the evolution of theory in ☐ Recommended counseling and psychotherapy. The work draws on the knowledge of 327 international scholars who have penned its more than 300 signed contributions. All of the alphabetically arranged entries (save for the biographical ones) are conveniently and intuitively broken down into segments, offering a description, historical context, theoretical underpinnings, major concepts, techniques, therapeutic process, see-also references to other entries, and further readings. Volume 1 consists of entries A-I, a reader's guide, and a list of theorists, along with information about the editor and a list of contributors. Volume 2 continues the alphabetical entries (J-Z) and features a chronology highlighting key developments in the history of counseling and psychotherapy, along with a resource guide listing journals and professional associations. The focus on theory makes this work unique. It complements broader works like the APA Handbook of Counseling Psychology, ed. by Nadya A. Fouad et al. (CH, Dec'12, 50-2364). Especially helpful for undergraduates, each of the 20 general categories/schools listed in the reader’s guide has an overview entry in the encyclopedia. Also useful is the well-written, informative introduction, in which Neukrug differentiates counseling from psychotherapy and clarifies the meaning of theory in the context of the material covered in the encyclopedia. Despite some small editorial aberrations, a few absent biographical entries for theorists with eponymous therapies (most notably, psychoanalyst Jacques Lacan), and omission of the titles of entries in the list of contributors' names, this set is a must-have for libraries supporting programs in counseling or clinical psychology. The user-friendly ebook version of the encyclopedia is available via the SAGE Knowledge platform (CH, Mar'13, 50-3587) . Summing Up: Essential. Lower-level undergraduates and above; professionals/practitioners. Faculty Member: Johnson, Katherine. Sexuality: a psychosocial manifesto. Polity, 2015. 213p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780745641324 pbk, $22.95 ☐ Required In Sexuality, Johnson (psychology and psychotherapy, Univ. of Brighton, UK) promotes a theoretical approach that she argues will facilitate an expanded academic understanding of ☐ Recommended sexuality. With an excellent balance of breadth and depth, she presents the several (sometimes independently operating) areas of social science that have a stake, and an important voice, in conversations surrounding sexuality. In doing so, she masterfully brings each perspective into dialogue with the others. Her accounts of the psychological and sociological perspectives are particularly sophisticated, as she clearly and concisely communicates the strengths and weaknesses of each. The resulting tension between psychological (individualistic) and sociological (constructionist) approaches helps Johnson set up her “manifesto,” in which she expresses a desire that people live within the tension created by that opposition. Johnson actively (and successfully) resists reducing sexuality to any one extreme; she encourages this same resistance to reductionism in her readers, advocating instead a deeply contextual approach. Sexuality is a well-executed intellectual project, and it is also a call to both political action and compassion, not only on behalf of those marginalized by their sexuality but for all humankind. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty. Faculty Member: Hirshbein, Laura D. Smoking privileges: psychiatry, the mentally ill, and the tobacco industry Click here to enter text. in America. Rutgers, 2015. 212p index afp ISBN 9780813563978 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780813563961 pbk, $31.00 ☐ Required The high rate of cigarette smoking among people with serious mental illness is well known. A medical historian and psychiatrist, Hirshbein (Univ. of Michigan) examines the ☐ Recommended impact of the tobacco industry’s marketing strategies on this population; the push on the part of public health for stricter tobacco control policies to reduce negative health consequences of cigarette smoking; the pharmaceutical industry’s push to use its medications for smoking cessation; the adoption of tobacco use as a diagnosable mental disorder; and the mental health field’s interventions vis-à-vis further stigmatization, reduction of autonomy and power, 98 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 and increased control over people with serious mental illness who also smoke. Though not negating the harmful effects of cigarette smoking, Hirshbein displays sensitivity to the role and meaning cigarette smoking may play in the lives of people with serious mental illness and encourages readers to view cigarette smoking, regulation, and intervention in a broad context. She emphasizes the need to incorporate the perspectives of people with serious mental illness before imposing public health policy and treatment onto this population, to examine the motivations of the tobacco and pharmaceutical industries, and to consider possible unintended consequences. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates; graduate students; professionals Faculty Member: Messner, Michael A. Some men: feminist allies in the movement to end violence against Click here to enter text. women, by Michael A. Messner, Max A. Greenberg, and Tal Peretz. Oxford, 2015. 256p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199338764 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199338771 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Sociologists Messner, Greenberg (both, Univ. of Southern California), and Peretz (Seattle Univ.) help readers understand the efforts of some men to support the feminist movement to ☐ Recommended end violence against women. Their book is well crafted, carefully theorized, and empirically rooted in interviews with a diverse group of 52 men and 11 women deeply involved in anti- violence organizing in the US. The authors’ compelling periodization of the changing content, contexts, and contradictions in men’s anti-violence work distinguishes three generations of activists: "the movement cohort" (men as allies to the grassroots feminist social movement of the 1970s and early 1980s), "the bridge cohort" (men working in the paradoxical context of grassroots movement abeyance and feminist inroads into mainstream social institutions from the mid-1980s to early 1990s), and "the professional cohort" (men in increasingly professionalized activist careers and institutions from the mid-1990s to the present). Successive lively chapters introduce the notion of men as allies, portray in detail each of the three cohorts and their formative contexts and controversies, analyze important issues of accountability, and conclude with an enlightening discussion of men, feminism, and social justice. Their intersectional analysis is fascinating even when it reproduces asymmetries that plague contemporary feminist analysis. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Heilig, Markus. The thirteenth step: addiction in the age of brain science. Columbia, 2015. Click here to enter text. 303p index afp ISBN 9780231172363 cloth, $29.95; ISBN 9780231539029 ebook, $28.99 ☐ Required Written in an almost breezy, conversational style, this new work by Heilig (director, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; fellow, American College of ☐ Recommended Neuropsychopharmacology) aims to apply more medical science to addictions treatment. Taken as a whole, the book nicely sums up the author’s experiences over more than two decades working as a clinician/scientist in the addictions treatment and research fields in both Sweden and the US. If any one conclusion stands out after reading this encyclopedic and thought-provoking work, it is that harm-reduction therapies, emphasizing controlled social drinking as a possible pathway toward sobriety, are likely to fail against the powerful forces militating toward addiction relapse, which arise from genetic, experiential, and habit-inducing sources. Abstinence-only treatments, in combination with supervised drug use (usually with naltrexone, acamprosate, or Antabuse) can lead those who may be more relapse-prone to remain drug free. What makes this book especially compelling is the author’s ability to smoothly transition between dealing with addictions at the human clinical level and at the more abstract level of scientific research. Heilig admirably tries to extract the most meaningful takeaway points from sometimes-dense scientific findings. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Holstein, Martha. Women in late life: critical perspectives on gender and age. Rowman & Click here to enter text. Littlefield, 2015. 303p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442222861 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781442222878 pbk, $32.00; ISBN 9781442222885 ebook, $31.99 ☐ Required Holstein (Chicago), a feminist scholar of aging, has written a compelling book about the distinctive challenges facing older women in the contemporary US. Older women share 99 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Recommended universal challenges ranging from biological aging to both subtle and overt ageism, yet their lived experiences vary widely based on their social locations—including race, social class, sexual orientation, (dis)ability status, and even physical appearance. The author integrates personal insights drawn from her experiences as a septuagenarian woman scholar with empirical social science research, critical gerontology theory, descriptions of cultural forces that (dis)empower older women, and informal interviews with the women of Mayslake, an independent living facility outside Chicago. The book builds on two additional themes. First, power informs both how one ages and the organization of resources, opportunities, and benefits afforded to older women. Second, “old” should not be a devalued and stigmatized status, but one that is celebrated and respected. These themes set the foundation for substantive chapters on ageism, chronic illness, long-term care, retirement, end-of-life care, and activism. Holstein provides a thought-provoking and intimate tutorial into the lives and challenges of contemporary older women. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper- division undergraduates and above

100 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Journalism & New Media Studies Faculty Member: Willis, Jim. 1960s counterculture: documents decoded. ABC-CLIO, 2015. 231p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9781610695220 cloth, $79.00; ISBN 9781610695237 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Part of ABC-CLIO's "Documents Decoded" series, 1960s Counterculture examines the protest era with a curated group of firsthand primary resources selected by Willis (Azusa Pacific ☐ Recommended Univ.). Accompanied by the author's critical commentary, the book's eight chapters transition chronologically from the earliest imprint of activism (on free speech, in the First Amendment), to the US Constitution (ratified in 1791), to Dolores Huerta's 1969 statement to Congress on the power of the boycott. Throughout, significant documents are displayed side by side with the author's notes and quoted passages. Examples include Noam Chomsky's speech "The Function of University in Time of Crisis," Gloria Steinem's testimony on the Equal Rights Amendment, and Howard Smith's Village Voice article "Full Moon over the Stonewall." These materials from the era of the Vietnam War and the repression of civil liberties offer evidence that illuminates a distinctive 1960s take on activism and unrest. Willis's succinct writing style makes the book accessible as a scholarly text for those already familiar with analysis of the times, and as a supplement for students or history aficionados learning for the first time about the cultural history of the decade. A five-page time line covers important protests. One drawback is the lack of illustrations to offer a visual dimension. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Undergraduates through faculty/researchers; general audiences; journalists Faculty Member: Boundaries of journalism: professionalism, practices and participation, ed. by Matt Carlson Click here to enter text. and Seth C. Lewis. Routledge, 2015. 233p index ISBN 9781138017849 cloth, $155.00; ISBN 9781138020672 pbk, $46.95 ☐ Required Carlson (St. Louis Univ.) and Lewis (Univ. of Minnesota) contribute admirably to scholarship about boundary work in journalism by pulling together well-honed research by recognized ☐ Recommended scholars. The editors point out that social practices continually engage in boundary protection, repair, and extension. Journalism defends its values and behaviors from political, entertainment, and commercial interests that would invade the practice. In addition, journalists embrace citizen reporters and commentators who will accept the values of journalism, expanding the boundaries of professional media. The book is organized in two sections. The seven essays in part 1 do an excellent job of examining how journalists engage in boundary work to protect their practice’s professionalism, norms, and values. The five essays in part 2 do equally well looking at how journalists confront nonjournalistic actors, including political players and citizen journalists, in news making. The book excels because contributors apply relevant theory and original research to examine a particular subject within the larger context of how journalists go about the task of protecting and expanding the boundaries of the practice. The book has a global dimension, including research on media experiences in Europe, South America, and Asia as well as the US. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Rivero, Yeidy M. Broadcasting modernity: Cuban commercial television, 1950–1960. Duke, Click here to enter text. 2015. 252p bibl index afp ISBN 9780822358596 cloth, $89.95; ISBN 9780822358718 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Rivero (screen arts and cultures, Univ. of Michigan) analyzes the Cuban broadcasting industry (1923–1959) in light of national and transnational circumstances. Television went through a ☐ Recommended series of technological changes, and Rivero argues that during television's evolution, programming was used to highlight Cuba’s progress and its emerging modernity in the face of media consumerism. In 1955 and 1956, the government imposed restrictions on censoring "immoral" or "indecent" broadcast material; perceived threats to communism were also proscribed. Rivero juxtaposes Cuban media coverage with US broadcasting, the latter including the documentary The Rebels of the Sierra Maestra (1957), a CBS documentary about Castro and his jungle army. The 1959 Cuban Revolution changed the content of 101 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 television programming, eliminating commercial interference and US influence. Instead, the revolution was televised—especially appearances by Fidel Castro. Commercial television was replaced by a channel promoting the revolution and the process of change under government control. With nationalization, the industry was restructured: stations were renamed, and a new system with new programs was created. New laws reflecting the transformation of Cuba were broadcast by this new media. This is a timely volume. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers. Faculty Member: Hansen, Mark B. N. Feed-forward: on the future of twenty-first-century media. Chicago, 2015. Click here to enter text. 307p index afp ISBN 9780226199696 cloth, $82.50; ISBN 9780226199726 pbk, $27.50; ISBN 9780226199863 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required In this dense philosophical inquiry, Hansen (literature and media arts and sciences, Duke Univ.) builds on the tenet of philosopher Alfred North Whitehead that reality is process, not ☐ Recommended material, in nature. In the introduction, the author uses a dialogic style to lay bare Whitehead’s process philosophy. Hansen then builds on Whitehead’s seminal work, Process and Reality: An Essay in Cosmology (1929), and reveals how media has become an integral part of the human condition via the metaphors “prehensity,” “intensity,” “potentiality,” and “sensibility.” In the conclusion, Hansen offers implications for his theories by exploring media critic Jordan Crandell’s performance event Gatherings (2011). This book is not for the beginner of philosophical inquiry. A base of knowledge regarding process philosophy is necessary in order to benefit from this analysis. But Hansen’s nonanthropocentric development of a neutral theory of experience, which explains the impact of 21st-century media on existential beings, is radical and a major contribution to the field. This is a potentially canonic book for specialists in philosophy, ethics, and media studies. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty. Faculty Member: Streitmatter, Rodger. A force for good: how the American news media have propelled Click here to enter text. positive change. Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 229p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442245105 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781442245112 pbk, $36.00; ISBN 9781442245129 ebook, $35.99 ☐ Required Rather than writing a long narrative that tries to connect various themes, Streitmatter (journalism, American Univ.) provides a series of vignettes that examine specific ☐ Recommended issues ranging from how society treats its citizens to civil rights and gender. Although this format can sometimes be chaotic, the author breaks each issue/chapter, 16 in all, into easily digestible chunks so that readers can go right to the topic at hand. This is not a book for in- depth research, but it is a good book for those new to an issue and for novice researchers, who can get a head start on where to look for context and analytical viewpoints. Though at times the relationship between the news media and the issues seems peripheral or even tangential to the discussion, the book offers readers a chance to get the basic facts and then think about the relationship to the media—how the media framed an issue and thus used it for good or ill. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates; general readers Faculty Member: Mutz, Diana C. In-your-face politics: the consequences of uncivil media. Princeton, 2015. 263p Click here to enter text. bibl index afp ISBN 9780691165110 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Mutz (Univ. of Pennsylvania) offers an engagingly readable, data-rich work on mediated politics of a particular kind. Her focus is upon television, long known to be most Americans' ☐ Recommended primary source of political information and here documented as the medium most capable of arousing positive and/or negative feelings about political phenomena. The words in your face come with a double meaning in the context of political messaging via television. TV carries the illusion that political actors are spatially much closer to viewers than they really are. And jousting among political adversaries on television can reach levels of incivility that violate norms of everyday discourse in interpersonal relationships. Drawing upon experiments and other methods she used, Mutz explains the impact of in-your-face elements upon viewer cognition and affect. Although in your face is readily available from liberal as well as conservative television, its most typical consumer is a conservative white man. In your face does make some contribution to democracy in attracting an audience and by informing 102 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 viewers, especially about views of the opposition. But there are very high costs in the form of polarization and loss of trust. In-Your-Face Politics is strongly recommended for college and university libraries. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: McLeod, Douglas M. News frames and national security: covering big brother, by Douglas M. Click here to enter text. McLeod and Dhavan V. Shah. Cambridge, 2014. 220p bibl index ISBN 9780521113595 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9780521130554 pbk, $29.99; ISBN 9781316120958 ebook, $24.00 ☐ Required Advancing a theory of framing and media effects, McLeod and Shah (both, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison) expand understanding of how public opinion is swayed to support government anti- ☐ Recommended terrorism policies by framing terrorism as individual acts. Journalists choose specific words that become cues to audience members and spark particular meaning. The authors offer a "message framing model" that focuses on the subunits of content within a news story, and they embrace interactivity, adding audience predispositions to the understanding of how meaning is created. Through a series of experiments, the researchers observed media effects when cues converged. The larger effects observed occurred when audience members were predisposed with fundamentalist and outsider markers. McLeod and Shah argue persuasively that evidence shows effects from specific frames in news stories affect changes in perceptions, attitudes, and behaviors according to the topical context, the nature of the framing message, and the characteristics of the audience member. Indeed, they found that the journalistic tendency to focus on individuals, rather than larger policy questions, caused audience members to quickly and more confidently make inferences against disliked groups, thus nurturing intolererant attitudes. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Strangelove, Michael. Post-TV: piracy, cord-cutting, and the future of television. Toronto, Click here to enter text. 2015. 347p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442614529 pbk, $32.95 ☐ Required Strangelove (Univ. of Ottawa, Canada) is to be applauded for having the courage to write a book on a topic that is so new (and still developing). He demonstrates that the term ☐ Recommended television no longer means just the central living room appliance but includes video storytelling on all sorts of flat screens. It is difficult to believe that it was only 2005 when YouTube started and 2007 when Netflix began streaming video offerings. This revolution in delivery has transformed the industry in just a few years, and more changes are coming. Digital content delivery has made it easier for audiences to become content producers and has also made it easier to illegally pirate content. The television industry also has to worry about the increasing number of cord cutters, people who are opting out of cable or satellite television. James Bennett and Niki Strange addressed some of these topics in their edited volume Television as Digital Media (CH, Aug'11, 48-6731), but so much has happened in four years that the subject is due to be revisited. Of course, this volume runs the same risk of being supplanted as the future unfolds. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower- and upper-division undergraduates; general readers Faculty Member: Mills, Jon L. Privacy in the new media age. University Press of Florida, 2015. 239p bibl index Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9780813060583 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required This accessible book is part history of the press and part argument for enhanced privacy laws. Similar in scope to Mark Tunick's Balancing Privacy and Free Speech (2014), the ☐ Recommended book weaves stories of actual cases and case studies into the argument. Mills (law, Univ. of Florida) discusses current remedies available for invasion of privacy and argues that current privacy laws are not enough to protect personal privacy. Mills describes how new laws need to be created to allow for greater privacy for private acts and new remedies need to be created as current remedies are based on old technology and information gathering techniques. Legal terms are well defined and court cases are discussed in lay terms. Mills also discusses the regulation of the media and privacy, including anonymity on the Internet and electronically accessible public records, which may raise invasion of privacy issues. Summing Up: Recommended. All readership levels 103 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Hill, Annette. Reality TV. Routledge, 2014. 183p bibl index afp ISBN 9780415691758 cloth, Click here to enter text. $120.00; ISBN 9780415691765 pbk, $39.95 ☐ Required Part of the "Key Ideas in Media and Cultural Studies" series, this book in many ways an expands Hill’s essay "Reality TV Experiences: Audiences, Fact, and Fiction" (which appeared ☐ Recommended in A Companion to Reality Television, ed. by Laurie Ouellette, 2014). According to the introduction, in the first of the book's six chapters Hill (Lund Univ., Sweden) "explores how reality television is a situated phenomenon. A central argument is that it is not possible to understand reality TV unless it is connected to audiences.” To this end, Hill discusses the development of reality TV up to Big Brother, and then uses the theory of Erving Goffman to examine performance of the self by participants in reality TV formats; the rise of the reality TV experience encompassing audience participation and cross-media content; and the rise of spectacle in reality TV formats as viewed through the lens of sports entertainment. No in- depth discussions of particular formats or specific shows are included, although Big Brother casts a long shadow. As befits a book on an international phenomenon, many examples that receive brief mention will be unfamiliar to readers in the US. This is a volume for those collecting the rest of the series or who do not own Ouellette's edited collection. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division and upper-division undergraduates; graduate students Faculty Member: Hochman, Brian. Savage preservation: the ethnographic origins of modern media technology. Click here to enter text. Minnesota, 2014. 284p bibl index afp ISBN 9780816681372 cloth, $82.50; ISBN 9780816681389 pbk, $27.50 ☐ Required The late 19th and early 20th centuries were in many ways a golden era for American Indian language documentation. With a wedding of Progressive Era idealism and the emergence of ☐ Recommended new technologies, linguists and ethnologists scoured the US for Native speakers of Indian languages. Their goal, fueled by a social Darwinian mind-set that “primitives” were vanishing, was to document and preserve, at least as sound recordings, the many languages whose speakers were shrinking in number each year. Hochman (English, Georgetown) takes a very refreshing and original look at this process, demonstrating how these ethnologists did not just preserve languages but in the process also compelled the development of recorded sound, color photography, and documentary filmmaking. Of interest to both historians and linguists. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Frith, Jordan. Smartphones as locative media. Polity, 2015. 182p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780745685007 cloth, $59.95; ISBN 9780745685014 pbk, $22.95 ☐ Required Frith (Univ. of North Texas) examines how smart phones and the mobile Internet influence physical space, and how physical space, in turn, influences and changes the mobile Internet ☐ Recommended and mobile experience. Locative media are defined as any media that feature "location awareness"—the ability of a device to be located in physical space and to provide the user with information about his surroundings. Frith asserts in chapter 1 that the digital and physical worlds are merging due to locational media. The remaining chapters explain how this is happening and what the results may be. Chapter 2 examines the meaning of place and space, while chapter 3 focuses on how location-based services work. Chapter 4 examines how smartphones and mobile interfaces are used for “wayfinding,” i.e., finding one's physical location and the route needed to reach another location. Chapter 5 covers the interrelationships between location and social networks (social location sharing). The ideas of mobile composition (where content shared “can be considered ‘writing’ space”) and mobile remembering are presented in chapter 6, while chapter 7 considers location-based services in their role as businesses and economic drivers. The most important chapter may be chapter 8, which looks at the “negotiation of locational privacy.” The final chapter explores the future and suggests additional areas of research. Summing Up: Highly recommended for all reade Faculty Member: Gillan, Jennifer. Television brandcasting: the return of the content-promotion hybrid. Click here to enter text. Routledge, 2014. 275p bibl index afp ISBN 9780415841214 cloth, $150.00; ISBN 9780415841221 pbk, $42.95 104 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Also author of Television and New Media: Must-Click TV (2011), Gillan (English and media studies, Bentley Univ.) details the concept of television brandcasting—i.e., using a ☐ Recommended combination of marketing and communication as a tool in US television broadcasting. Starting with examples of content promotion from popular television sitcoms of the 1950s and 1960s, she illustrates how broadcasters currently use the concepts of product branding and storytelling from this period. In every era, television technologies and programming have evolved, and television sponsors have had to adapt marketing to new audiences. Two of the book's four chapters address Disney—the Disney Channel and Walt Disney Studios—and Disney's success as a media company brand in different decades. In the epilogue, Gillian illustrates how current television brandcasting is addressing these challenges in the face of the decline of regular television viewing and the growth of mobile phone use, social media, and e-commerce, which allows marketing to be personalized to viewers. Including more than 50 illustrations and schedules with series examples from each decade of US television, this volume will appeal to those interested in television; advertising, marketing, and branding; and media studies. Readers may also be interested in Catherine Johnson's Branding Television (2012). Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates, including students in technical programs, through faculty and professionals. Faculty Member: Starosielski, Nicole. The undersea network. Duke, 2015. 292p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780822357407 cloth, $94.95; ISBN 9780822357551 pbk, $25.95; ISBN 9780822376224 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Modern international telecommunications (including the Internet) relies on thousands of miles of physical transmission cables. Much of this hidden infrastructure follows routes first ☐ Recommended used for the undersea telegraph cables that stitched together remote outposts in colonial empires. Although these cables are discussed often enough in narratives dealing with connection or disruption, fewer scholars have taken up alternative narratives—e.g., the ecology of the nodes or landing points of the cables, the sociology and anthropology of operating cable stations, and changes in this infrastructure over time. Starosielski (media, culture, and communication, New York Univ.) does that, examining the undersea cable networks and landing nodes of the Pacific Ocean. Unfortunately, her prose style—which is dense, jargon laden, and full of the passive voice—is that of the academic, and the discursive narrative reveals themes and information slowly. The writing will tax even attentive readers and limits the potential casual, interdisciplinary audience for this work. This is a shame because the topic and themes align well with other disciplines—including history, geography, and sociology of technology. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, and faculty. Faculty Member: Tkacz, Nathaniel. Wikipedia and the politics of openness. Chicago, 2015. 214p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780226192277 cloth, $75.00; ISBN 9780226192307 pbk, $25.00; ISBN 9780226192444 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Tkacz (Univ. of Warwick, UK) unpacks the social, political, and philosophical nature of Wikipedia and its stance as “open” in terms of collaboration, participation, and ad- ☐ Recommended hocracy. By using the notions of the “frame” and statement formation in discourse analysis, the author analyzes specific case studies that have helped shape Wikipedia to expose and problematize the “closed” versus “open” practices at play by Wikipedia participants at many levels. Further, the act of “forking” is explored as a method for effecting changes in organizations like Wikipedia, along with leaders' mobilizing an ally as a “mouthpiece” versus a “spokesperson.” Ultimately, Tkacz calls for a more nuanced political landscape for understanding these particular frames, which are not positioned as “open” or “closed” in terms of their policies and practices. This book could be used across many disciplines, such as communications, media studies, philosophy, linguistics, sociology, and cultural studies. Because of the broad focus and approach of this work, any supporting readings would depend on the discipline. For instance, James Gee’s What Video Games Have to Teach Us about Learning and Literacy (CH, Feb'04, 41-3564) might be used with a media studies or 105 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 literacy focused course. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections.

106 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Modern Languages Faculty Member: Hoyos, Héctor. Beyond Bolaño: the global Latin American novel. Columbia, 2015. 283p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780231168427 cloth, $50.00; ISBN 9780231538664 ebook, $49.99 ☐ Required In this useful, even necessary assessment of the shift in Latin American letters following the crucial year 1989, Hoyos (Stanford) presents a dense, sophisticated account of developments ☐ Recommended in recent Latin American literature that is timely and should not be ignored. Deploying Jorge Luis Borges's "The Aleph" as a metaphor, the author argues convincingly for the need to see Latin American fiction as not just a variety of word literature but also as a literature that embodies the cultural, aesthetic, and political tensions implicit in globalization. He posits that Latin American writers are not just “influenced” by globalization; their work, especially from 1989 on, is inscribed in and can be understood only as transcending regional and national spheres—i.e., that this literature is in itself an instance of globalization and cannot be understood otherwise. For Hoyos, 1989 marked the beginning of epochal transformations that resulted in a multipolar world that can no longer present Latin America as marginal or backward. In fact, Hoyos describes his approach as one that “Latin Americaniz(es) world literature.” Hoyos focuses on the work of Roberto Bolaño, especially Los detectives salvajes (1998), and also studies Chico Buarque, Diamela Eltit, Fernando Vallejo, and Mario Bellatin as writers who are “conceiving of their works in the presence of an emerging planetary community.” Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students, researchers, faculty. Faculty Member: González Echevarría, Roberto. Cervantes' Don Quixote. Yale, 2015. 369p index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780300198645 pbk, $25.00 ☐ Required González Echevarría (Yale) has written extensively on Don Quixote, and he has taught Cervantes’s novel in a variety of forums, including a lecture course in English for ☐ Recommended undergraduates. Those lectures form the basis of the present book. Organized into 24 chapters, the book emphasizes the richness of Don Quixote and its seemingly unlimited contexts. In the introductory sections, the author addresses significant words and names as lead-ins to the discussion of the place of Don Quixote in the realms of literature and society. Clearly organized and broadly based, the study follows the knight and his squire, Sancho Panza, on the road and on narrative and cultural paths. The analysis is sharp, and the points of reference are consistently engaging. Attention to internal topics, together with critical and theoretical issues, blends with readings of Don Quixote as a commentary on the customs, conventions, and rigid hierarchies of early modern Spain. In the preface, González Echevarría notes that here he “refines” his previous scholarship; the syntheses, range of inquiry, and knowledge of the period are impressive. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers. Faculty Member: De Troyes, Chrétien. The complete story of the Grail: Chrétien de Troyes' Perceval and its Click here to enter text. continuations, tr. by Nigel Bryant. D. S. Brewer, 2015. 580p index ISBN 9781843844006 cloth, $99.00 ☐ Required This book makes a significant contribution to Arthurian studies and in particular to that branch of Arthuriana that focuses on the history of the Grail, which continues to be the object ☐ Recommended (and quest) that most readers associate with King Arthur and his knights. Until now, no one- volume modern English translation of Chrétien’s unfinished Perceval, four important medieval Continuations that extend the Grail narrative, and two preludes that provide context to Chrétien’s story has been available. Bryant remedies that with this volume. The book includes a thorough introduction as well as Chrétien’s text, the four Continuations, and the two preludes. Bryant’s past translations, including the Robert de Boron trilogy Merlin and the Grail (2001) and The High Book of the Grail (1978), are known for remaining faithful to the original language while at the same time drawing in new readers. Bryant should again be commended for his ability to bring that which was distant closer and make it just as compelling. This reviewer hopes that a less expensive paperback edition will be made 107 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 available to use in the classroom. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Dante and the Greeks, ed. by Jan M. Ziolkowski. Dumbarton Oaks Research Library and Click here to enter text. Collection, 2014. 286p index ISBN 9780884024002 cloth, $44.95 ☐ Required This handsome collection of a baker's dozen of articles (including a substantial editorial introduction) makes an important contribution to Dante studies. Its titular Greeks are not, or ☐ Recommended are only minimally, the poets and philosophers of antiquity (whom Dante, of course, knew only at a distance determined by his ignorance of their language); rather, Ziolkowski (Harvard) takes a valuable original position in Dante scholarship by concentrating on a Greek- speaking culture that belonged, for Dante, to a world not ancient but modern—in a word, Byzantium. (Constantinople earns many mentions in the index; Athens none.) A team of distinguished scholars—four best known as Dante specialists, five as historians (two of Italy, one of Byzantium, two of ideas), and four as scholars of literature (Byzantine, Italian, comparative)—offers a wide-ranging, solidly informative set of essays. They combine to demonstrate how many and varied were the ways in which Byzantine culture not only acted as mediator between its illustrious classical predecessor and Dante but also was involved in a lively and productive set of relationships with the Italy of Dante's time that likewise helped shape the cultural context of Dante's work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Graduate students, researchers, faculty Faculty Member: Enlightening encounters: photography in Italian literature, ed. by Giorgia Alù and Nancy Pedri. Click here to enter text. Toronto, 2015. 328p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442648074 cloth, $75.00 ☐ Required Alù (University of Sydney, Australia) and Pedri (Memorial Univ., Newfoundland) have put together a groundbreaking exploration of the impact of photography on Italian literary texts, ☐ Recommended published from the mid-19th century onward, in which photographic imagery is integrated into the narrative. Organized into four parts and 11 chapters, the interdisciplinary essays focus on a single text or multiple texts, including works on which a writer and a photographer collaborated. Contributors also investigate works in which vivid description of the subject matter takes on a photographic quality. All the contributors take into consideration the aesthetics, linguistics, stylistics, and themes of the writings and photographs. Works by authors, photographers, and teams of the two—De Amicis, Valera, Serao, Neera, Verga, Capuana, Calvino and Celati, Fossati and Messori, Imbriani, De Luca, Giacomelli and Crocenzi, Tabucchi and Del Giudice, Romano and Vittorini, Moravia, De Carlo, and Vorpsi—are analyzed, with the essays relying heavily on theoretical frameworks of Barthes, Peirce, Bazin, Sontag, and Benjamin. Summing Up: Essential. Graduate students, researchers, faculty Faculty Member: Duffy, Larry. Flaubert, Zola, and the incorporation of disciplinary knowledge. Palgrave Click here to enter text. Macmillan, 2015. 261p bibl index ISBN 9781137297532 cloth, $90.00 ☐ Required Duffy (Univ. of Kent, UK) has published previously on the relationship between scientific knowledge and literature in 19th-century France. In this volume, he continues that ☐ Recommended work, focusing on the incorporation of scientific disciplines in Flaubert's Madame Bovary and two of the titles in Zola's Rougon-Macquart saga: La Bête humaine and Le Docteur Pascal. Both Flaubert and Zola infused their texts with knowledge from the medical sciences, and Duffy discusses this "incorporation" on two levels. First, he addresses how the authors, as creators of documentary fiction, demonstrate the French fascination with the medical sciences and their effects on the body . Second, he examines how the representation of the physical body can be related to bodies of disciplinary knowledge. Duffy offers convincing, well-researched support for both of these levels of incorporation, concluding that as Flaubert and Zola were including both implicit and explicit references to contemporary scientific discourse, their literary texts, as individual bodies in a larger disciplinary body, are inextricably connected to other disciplines. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Barnard, Mary E. Garcilaso de la Vega and the material culture of Renaissance Europe. Click here to enter text. 108 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Toronto, 2014. 226p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442647558 cloth, $70.00 ☐ Required Barnard (Penn State) casts exciting new light on a much-studied figure of the Spanish Renaissance. Highlighting how Garcilaso incorporated material culture into his sophisticated ☐ Recommended Neapolitan poems, the author touts the poems as powerful exemplars of the “new poetry” at the beginning of European modernity. The claim is bold but impeccably substantiated. In a novel interpretation of Garcilaso’s worldview, Barnard points up the nexus between object, text, and memory in a fascinating exploration of the psychology of the self, engagement with a wide cultural heritage, and the interplay between orality and writing. Eschewing the usual concerns of chronology and genre, Barnard begins with Eclogue III and concludes with Eclogue I; examines tapestries, urns, paintings, statues, musical instruments, and weapons; and indicates how history intersects with the ideology of empire. Well-chosen photographs of specific artifacts in the poetry enhance further this amazing and engaging text. A vibrant, truly scholarly study that deserves pride of place in any collection (library or personal), this is a book for those interested in Spanish and Renaissance art, literature, and history and those curious about the formation of culture. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Mexico in verse: a history of music, rhyme, and power, ed. by Stephen Neufeld and Michael Click here to enter text. Matthews. Arizona, 2015. 358p index afp ISBN 9780816531325 pbk, $35.00 ☐ Required This book is not quite a history of music. Rather, it offers unique, well-documented research about popular verse, folk songs, and state-sponsored educational and commemorative poetry ☐ Recommended from Mexico. Historians Neufeld (California State Univ., Fullerton) and Matthews (Elon Univ.) offer eight essays (they each contribute one) that explore issues related to women and gender during war, forms of counter-discourse, societal changes, class, national identity, political power and violence, expressions of manliness, nation building, and specific popular lyrical discourses in the years from 1846 to 1985. The contributors—Elena Jackson Albarrán, Stephen Andes, Christopher Conway, William French, Amanda Ledwon, and Aurea Toxqui— examine popular anonymous verses, women’s poetry, popular rhymes from songbooks, civil war and military narrative ballads, apocryphal love letters, stated-sponsored educational poetry for children published in textbooks, mariachi lyrics from movies, and the government use of laureate writers’ poems to honor victims of the 1985 Mexico City earthquake. Each essay begins with an introductory “primary document” followed by a set of “discussion questions” about the primary document. Rich in historical data and thoughts about pursuing alternative interpretations of popular lyrical expressions, this book will be of greatest value to those interested in Mexican cultural studies. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty

109 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Music Faculty Member: Perchard, Tom. After Django: making jazz in postwar France. Michigan, 2015. 297p index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780472072422 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9780472052424 pbk, $39.95 ☐ Required This book covers a wide variety of topics related to French infatuation with American jazz, but it is especially noteworthy for its detailed account of the decades-long debate in France ☐ Recommended between the devotees of traditional jazz and the proponents of bebop. Most fascinating is the author’s narrative of the life and career of Hughes Panassié (1912-74), one of the founders of Le Hot Club de France, who attempted to define and control for French audiences what music constituted jazz. Perchard’s explication of the political and religious underpinnings of Panassié’s aesthetics is an important contribution to jazz studies. Most serious jazz fans will be familiar with the details Perchard (Goldsmiths, Univ. of London, UK) presents in discussing Miles Davis’s improvised score to Louis Malle’s Ascenseur pour l’échafaud (1958); however, the lengthy chapter on the French bebop tenor saxophonist Barney Wilen (1937-96) includes much information that will be unfamiliar to anglophone readers. This well-documented, intelligently argued book is a welcome addition to the continuing dialogue between American jazz and its French reception. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Bañagale, Ryan Raul. Arranging Gershwin: Rhapsody in blue and the creation of an American Click here to enter text. icon. Oxford, 2014. 209p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199978373 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199978380 pbk, $21.95 ☐ Required Nearly 100 years after its premiere, George Gershwin’s Rhapsody in Blue remains an iconic piece of American concert music. Nevertheless, the work is not without its critics, and the ☐ Recommended writings about it are voluminous. The present text is a welcome divergence from most previous work. Bañagale (Colorado College) not only did the research that dispels a good deal of the mythology that has grown up around the Rhapsody but also offers fresh musical insights and delves into heretofore ignored aspects of the work and its history. Of particular note is his understanding of the compositional process: he gives the first arranger, Ferde Grofé, his due for the part he played in bringing the Rhapsody to fruition. From this initial conception, Bañagale traces the work's performance history from early recording and sheet music sales and performance iterations of the work—by Leonard Bernstein, Larry Adler, Duke Ellington—to use of the work in films and the media, including advertising. As with many recent Oxford books, the publisher provides a website that acts as a media supplement with links to YouTube clips and other audio at third-party websites. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All academic readers; professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Berlioz, Hector. Berlioz on music: selected criticism, 1824-1837, ed. by Katherine Kolb; tr. by Click here to enter text. Samuel N. Rosenberg. Oxford, 2015. 300p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199391950 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required This remarkable volume brings together a wide range of Berlioz’s critical writings (most in their entirety) in English translation from the beginning of the composer’s career to ☐ Recommended 1837. Most of these pieces have never appeared in English translation and predate those included in the composer’s collected works. Kolb (emer., Southeastern Louisiana Univ.) presents the pieces in chronological order, which allows the reader to witness the evolution of Berlioz’s critical thinking and compositional style. Music historians will be especially interested in articles dealing with Berlioz’s opposition to the aesthetic stances of legendary French musicologist François-Joseph Fétis, and those interested in the cultural milieu of Paris prior to the Revolution of 1848 will find the editor’s remarks about musical journalism of the period to be most enlightening. In their annotations, the editor and translator provide explanations of basic musical terms and identify references to individuals and events generally familiar only to experts. The book has an accompanying website with materials that could not be included in the volume, including the continuation of multi- installment articles. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates 110 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Philo, Simon. British invasion: the crosscurrents of musical influence. Rowman & Littlefield, Click here to enter text. 2015. 171p bibl index afp ISBN 9780810886261 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9780810886278 ebook, $44.99 ☐ Required Philo (American studies, Univ. of Derby, UK) offers one of the best treatments to date of the "British invasion" of popular American music. Beginning with the 1950s skiffle craze in ☐ Recommended Britain, he takes his study through to about 1970, adding a brief epilogue that looks further. Not surprisingly, the Beatles are at the book's core, with Dylan getting most of the attention on the American side, but many other well-known artists are also discussed. What makes the book exceptional is its strong contextualing in the socioeconomic conditions of the late 1950s and 1960s, particularly youth culture. Philo makes excellent use of Billboard's charts to demonstrate both the range of popular music in the 1960s and how the impact of British artists was most strongly felt in the US in 1964; after that, the number of British hits, relative to domestic offerings, in the charts declined as American artists adjusted to new tastes. As the subtitle points out, the musical influences went both ways across the Atlantic: British artists responded to American music that was invigorated by British groups, and British groups were then influenced by new American artists such as Dylan and Brian Wilson. Readers will appreciate the fine annotated bibliography and "further listening" sections. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above; general readers Faculty Member: The Cambridge companion to hip-hop, ed. by Justin A. Williams. Cambridge, 2015. 349p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9781107037465 cloth, $89.99; ISBN 9781107643864 pbk, $29.99; ISBN 9781316236147 ebook, $24.00 ☐ Required Volumes published in the "Cambridge Companions" series provide readers with consistently superb one-volume, scholarly treatments of given topics. In the book under review, Williams ☐ Recommended (music, Univ. of Bristol, UK) capably applies this standard to the emerging field of hip-hop scholarship. Organized into three sections (“Elements,” “Methods and Concepts,” and “Case Studies”), the 25 essays explore historical, social, political, geographic, religious, and other dimensions of hip-hop culture and modes of expression. The range of subjects covered and the depth of critical attention applied to these topics is impressive, and examinations of how various aspects of hip-hop—such as lyrics, dance, fashion, and political action—intersect with other media and cultural phenomena suggest further inquiry. Contents are well organized, with earlier essays laying the historical and critical foundations on which the case studies appearing later in the book are built. In addition to its breadth, this companion is also excellent for the evident enthusiasm its contributors bring to their efforts. Industry professionals join scholars to expose the interstices between hip-hop and issues such as Christian and Islamic influences, gender and sexuality, and linguistic subversion in rap from other countries. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Feldman, Martha. The castrato: reflections on natures and kinds. California, 2015. 421p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780520279490 cloth, $60.00 ☐ Required Feldman's erudite, complex study of the castrato comes in the form of reflections and musings. Drawing on a wide variety of disciplines (anthropology, philosophy, sociology, and ☐ Recommended medicine, among others), Feldman (music and Romance languages and literatures, Univ. of Chicago) explores the artistic and cultural place of the castrato in 17th- and 18th-century society and the significance of his art to the Western classical vocal tradition. Written in a style nonacademics may well find difficult and turgid, the work is important and its thoroughness cannot be denied. Information about vocal style and pedagogy and about the physiological, technical, and acoustical attributes of the castrato is delivered with detail and care. Refreshing in its avoidance of a certain salacious quality one often finds in popular literature on the castrato, this thoughtful and compelling book re-creates in the reader's imagination the quality of these singers’ voices and their impact on the listener, both now 111 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 irretrievably lost. In the end, the book succeeds in debunking much of the mystery and myth surrounding its fascinating subject. Extensive research is reflected in copious notes; an informative website offers both images and recordings. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Marovich, Robert M. A city called heaven: Chicago and the birth of gospel music. Illinois, Click here to enter text. 2015. 441p bibl indexes afp ISBN 9780252039102 cloth, $95.00; ISBN 9780252080692 pbk, $29.99 ☐ Required Spirituality is a legacy of African Americans, but their perspective on life is ecumenical. In this rich historical survey of gospel music, Marovich (founder and editor in chief of the online The ☐ Recommended Journal of Gospel Music) does not shy away from this reality as he traces those who migrated from the South, particularly to Chicago, with their blues heritage. There they gave birth to a new genre of music, one counteracting the temptations of big-city life. Gospel music, which found its voice with Thomas Dorsey, Mahalia Jackson, et al., was not just a new repertoire; it was a new concept for performance, with a highly personalized emotion. The scholarly literature on this genre has been minimal, though important contributions have been made by Anthony Heilbut (The Gospel Sound, rev. ed., CH, Sep'86; 6th ed., 2002) and Viv Broughton (Black Gospel, CH, Sep'86). (The deaths of Horace Clarence Boyer and James Furman left their planned contributions unfinished.) The present volume does more than compensate for past deficits, surpassing earlier work: the text is excellent, as is the back matter, which includes a splendid bibliography. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Harris, Ellen T. George Frideric Handel: a life with friends. W. W. Norton, 2014. 472p bibl Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9780393088953 cloth, $37.95 ☐ Required This insightful, engaging, beautifully written book explores the intertwining lives of George Frideric Handel (1685–1759)—indisputably one of the greatest composers of the 18th ☐ Recommended century—and his closest friends and colleagues in England. The narrative unfolds in roughly chronological order, and within individual chapters, Harris (emer., MIT) explores specific cultural or contextual themes in depth, in so doing providing rich insight into the lives and experiences of Handel and his circle. As she investigates music in the home, marriage and social status, law and friendship, collecting, religion, and sickness, death, and legacies, the author masterfully weaves together details of the biographies of the composer and his friends drawn from the extensive letters, diaries, personal accounts, legal records, property deeds, and wills of the protagonists. Throughout, Harris discusses Handel’s music, demonstrating the relevance and emotional immediacy of his texts and musical settings to his circle of friends and, by implication, to 18th-century audiences in general. Gracing the text are numerous illustrations, including reproductions of paintings, letters, and wills and multiple portraits of Handel at each stage of his life. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Tarling, Nicholas. Orientalism and the operatic world. Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 342p index Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9781442245433 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9781442245440 ebook, $84.99 ☐ Required This study is based largely on Edward Said’s work on Orientalism. The strength of the study is that Tarling (formerly, Univ. of Auckland, New Zealand) approaches his topic primarily as a ☐ Recommended distinguished scholar of Southeast Asian history, secondarily as an aficionado of Western opera. His deep understanding of Orientalism allows him to express the complexity of globalization and globalization within an already complex art form. The long introduction provides a detailed multidisciplinary summary of the spread of opera within and beyond Europe. Though a bit superficial, the explanation of the evolution of the genre itself is well researched and well documented; though not for the novice, it will be a good refresher for readers who are well versed in opera. Tarling provides no deep musical analysis, instead offering in-depth analysis of operas, grouping them thematically from the origins of the genre to modern contributions, and focusing on the libretti and performance history. The author bases his analysis largely on meticulously researched historical accounts and the scholarly 112 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 works of others, grouping the operas together in new ways and considering them against what Said posits. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Jones, John Bush. Reinventing Dixie: Tin Pan Alley's songs and the creation of the mythic Click here to enter text. South. Louisiana State, 2015. 270p bibl indexes afp ISBN 9780807159446 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9780807159460 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required This thought-provoking work explores a fascinating intersection of public history and popular culture. Jones amassed and analyzed 1,079 songs published about the South between 1898 ☐ Recommended and 1958. These songs, “Dixie tunes” to use his characterization, contributed to the popular culture of the first half of the 20th century. As he writes in the preface, the songs provide a "20th-century version of the ‘moonlight and magnolias’ vision of an idyllic South.” In nine topical chapters, the author examines the songs’ lyrics, analyzes the mythic impressions of the contemporary South they helped create and sustain, and provides relevant cultural and historical context for the songs. Jones indicates in the preface that he targeted the general reading audience. The book has, however, great academic potential. Much like George Brown Tindall’s The Emergence of the New South 1913–1945 (CH, Mar'68), published nearly 50 years ago, this work is chock full of factoids and observations that could stimulate theses and dissertations for a generation to come. Those interested in popular culture or southern history will want this book. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Abreu, Christina D. Rhythms of race: Cuban musicians and the making of Latino New York City Click here to enter text. and Miami, 1940–1960. North Carolina, 2015. 303p bibl index afp ISBN 9781469620848 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required Rhythms of Race examines the ways Cuban musicians in New York and Miami contributed to the formation of Cuban and Latino identity and community. Abreu (history, Georgia Southern ☐ Recommended Univ.) focuses on the 1940s and 1950s, bridging two chronological poles that have typically defined studies of Cuban migration: the turn of the 20th century and the period following the 1959 Cuban Revolution. Abreu emphasizes the everyday ideas and experiences of black and white Cuban musicians in these centers of Latino/a identity, juxtaposing them with the popular representations of Cuban and Latin culture that prevailed in the mid-century US. One of the most fascinating aspects of this textured account is the author’s emphasis on the multiplicity of Cuban musical and cultural authenticities, a framework that enables her to examine the diverging understandings of race and nationality among black and white Cubans while decentering elite white experiences of Cuban migration to the US. Dialoguing with some of the most important scholarship in the field, this significant study helps elucidate the multiple evolving meanings of Cubanidad and Latino/a identity in the US. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Brooks, Christopher A. Roland Hayes: the legacy of an American tenor, by Christopher A. Click here to enter text. Brooks and Robert Sims. Indiana, 2014. 401p bibl index afp ISBN 9780253015365 cloth, $40.00; ISBN 9780253015396 ebook, $39.99 ☐ Required As much about social justice as about music, this book is expressive in terms of narrative voice—with such phrases as “like the lilting, plaintive quality of a viola”—and descriptive in ☐ Recommended terms of geography. The great-grandson of a slave and a rising tenor during the era of Jim Crow, Roland Hayes (1887-1977) was called the “black Caruso” on occasion, even though he never sang in an opera. Brooks (anthropology, Virginia Commonwealth Univ.) and Sims (voice, Northern Illinois Univ.) do a good job of addressing Hayes’s childhood, education, and personality. They explore the breadth of Jim Crow, including the fact that hospitals rarely treated African Americans in the early 1900s. Each of the 14 chapters covers a period in Hayes's life, starting with 1887-1911 and concluding with 1960-77; an epilogue looks at his legacy. Over his lifetime Hayes crossed paths with a variety of influential musicians, and the authors elaborate on these encounters. Well researched, with several primary sources and newspapers cited, the volume includes 48 illustrations of Hayes and other musicians. The 113 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 authors also include Hayes’s repertoire, which ranged from art songs by Schubert, Ernst Bacon, and William Walton to spirituals and songs Hayes composed. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Bostridge, Ian. Schubert's Winter journey: anatomy of an obsession. First U.S. ed. Knopf, Click here to enter text. 2015. 502p bibl ISBN 9780307961631 cloth, $29.00 ☐ Required Here is another welcome addition to the recent literature on Schubert. Bostridge (a distingushed British tenor) is renowned for his Schubert performances, especially those of ☐ Recommended Winterreise, or Winter Journey, the song cycle for solo voice and piano that Schubert composed late in life. Bostridge discusses each of the cycle's 24 songs in detail, and includes his translations of all Wilhelm Müller's German poetic texts. He does not provide theoretical analyses, since many other sources already do that. Instead he puts the songs in cultural context, discussing subjective aspects of them. He explains how he addresses each song as he approaches it for performance. No matter how many times he has performed the cycle, he always seeks more enlightenment. Bostridge's in-depth knowledge of many pertinent matters—such as the culture from which these songs emerged, specific technical challenges for singer and pianist, performance practice issues, and other famous artists’ performances of this iconic cycle—greatly enriches his commentary. This is a book for experts and informed music lovers alike. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Symonds, Dominic. We'll have Manhattan: the early work of Rodgers and Hart. Oxford, 2015. Click here to enter text. 332p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199929481 cloth, $34.95 ☐ Required In his conclusion to this superb study of the Lorenz Hart–Richard Rodgers musical theater partnership (which lasted from 1919 to 1931), Symonds (Univ. of Lincoln, UK) summarizes his ☐ Recommended intent, which was to consider how the two “worked together to develop the way in which music and words unite; how a part of that creativity was guided by the exigencies of the industry; and how their own sense of self both informed and grew from their work.” The author succeeds in all respects and provides devotees of the evolution of musical theater of the 1920s—and of Rodgers and Hart (and frequently librettist Herbert Fields, whose name could have been in the subtitle) in particular—a fulsome balance of history, biography, musicology, and analysis that will help readers understand the two men's contribution to the establishment of an integrated musical form. The numerous examples of songs and musical phrases provide excellent insights into Hart and Rodgers's methods (a rudimentary knowledge of musical composition would help in understanding Symonds’s analyses). This outstanding volume will be a required resource for those interested in musical theater. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty/professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Toft, Robert. With passionate voice: re-creative singing in 16th-century England and Italy. Click here to enter text. Oxford, 2015. 329p bbil index afp ISBN 9780199382033 pbk, $35.00 ☐ Required With Passionate Voice distills the knowledge and sensitivity of an exemplary teacher. Toft (Western Univ., Canada) first identifies a problem: 16th- and 17th-century music notation ☐ Recommended leaves many questions unanswered for modern performers. He goes on to address those questions brilliantly and accessibly, via primary sources and the application of practical artistic sensibility. Logically organized from perspectives of both performer and scholar, the book includes extensive quotes (in the original language and English translation), and the author interprets important treatises on ornamentation, rhetoric, and gesture, including plates with 120 drawings of hand gestures from John Bulwer’s Chirologia. Toft also tracks editions of John Dowland songs from 1597 through 1613. He observes on added punctuation in the later editions and considers its implications for performers articulating the structure and meaning of a poem. Toft’s conclusions are detailed, intuitive, beautiful, and thoroughly supported by evidence. Notes about a companion website mention “recordings that will eventuate"; at this writing, the website consists of PDFs of annotated scores, essentially an extra appendix. Though the subtitle specifies the 16th century, most of the English examples 114 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 and some of the Italian examples are 17th century. An inspiring treasure for performers and scholars, this is a stunning book. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Glass, Philip. Words without music: a memoir. Liveright, 2015. 416p index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780871404381 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Written with humor, this memoir/autobiography offers insights into Glass's music, philosophy, and life choices. Glass recalls his collaborations with prominent artists—Allen ☐ Recommended Ginsberg, Ravi Shankar, Robert Wilson, Doris Lessing, Martin Scorsese, to name just a few. Glass reveals in these pages a life lived to the max--from his childhood in post-WW II Baltimore to his student days (at University of Chicago, Peabody Music Conservatory, Julliard), his first journey to Paris (where he studied under Nadia Boulanger), his life-altering trip to India, his return to New York (where he worked day jobs as furniture mover, cabbie, and unlicensed plumber), and his ultimate success. This is a true epic journey of an artist across four continents. Success did not come easily, but Glass refused to sacrifice his vision of an integrated artist's life, which eventually resulted in important works such as Einstein on the Beach (1976), to cite just one work in a vast oeuvre. Glass lets the reader feel the thrill that results from artistic creation and the power of music as a way of life. Readers will have difficulty putting down this riveting, touching book by a musician turned storyteller. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Wood, Andrew Grant. Agustín Lara: a cultural biography. Oxford, 2014. 295p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780199892457 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required Mexican singer-songwriter Agustín Lara (1897–1970) transcended the usual boundaries of his field to achieve international celebrity. In his native Mexico, he was revered as a national ☐ Recommended treasure, but he was nearly as popular in other parts of Latin American and surprisingly well known in Spain. No doubt Lara's reputation owed something to his bohemian lifestyle, but his authentic cultural significance lies in his 700 original songs, some of which are thought to manifest essential elements of Mexican identity. Little useful material on Lara has appeared (or survived) in English. The first virtue of the present volume, then, is that it fills an obvious void. The second virtue is that it is beautifully done: well assembled and very well researched. Wood argues convincingly, even to non-specialist readers, that Lara was more than an entertainer. This book will be valuable to those interested in Latin American studies as well as music. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Kelen, Christopher. Anthem quality: national songs--a theoretical survey. Intellect, 2014. 204p Click here to enter text. bibl index ISBN 9781841507378 cloth, $64.50 ☐ Required The idea of a book about national anthems is a uniquely intriguing one. The study of these songs encompasses history, politics, music, psychology, and self-image in a way that is likely ☐ Recommended to appeal to all. Even those unmotivated by national pride might find interesting the ways in which other peoples negotiate the various strands of their national experience. In this comprehensive overview of the subject, Kelen (English, Univ. of Macao, China) follows a series of diverse trajectories: the contemporary anthem, common characteristics and genre analysis, the expression of difference and the us/them binary, and the internationalist and postcolonial context. Kelen is clearly knowledgeable about the subject, and his in-depth treatment of individual anthems contributes to the book's appeal. The only thing missing, for this reviewer, is an appendix listing the anthems for the countries of the world, together with their lyricists and composers. This book will be of interest in political science and history as well as music. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; general reader Faculty Member: Anxiety muted: American film music in a suburban age, ed. by Stanley C. Pelkey II and Click here to enter text. Anthony Bushard. Oxford, 2014. 298p index afp ISBN 9780199936151 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199936175 pbk, $35.00 115 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Many forms of popular culture conveyed the anxiety and alienation that lurked beneath the seemingly placid surface of American suburbia in the 1950s and 1960s, according to several ☐ Recommended significant scholarly studies, such as Robert Beuka's SuburbiaNation (CH, Sep'04, 42- 0067) and Bernice Murphy's The Suburban Gothic in American Popular Culture (CH, May'10, 47-4809). But such studies have rarely explored the music that literally underscored the films and television programs of the period. Pelkey (Roberts Wesleyan College) and Bushard (Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln) have gathered 14 essays that superbly demonstrate how musical scores expressed the anxieties surrounding conformity, the family, gender, and suburbanization. The essays were largely written by scholars in musicology, who analyze and interpret music not only from 1950s and 1960s films and television programs—such as Sunset Boulevard, High Noon, Quo Vadis, Leave It to Beaver, and The Twilight Zone—but also from films and programs that look back at the period, such as Mad Men, Far from Heaven, and Cadillac Records. The book will appeal to those interested in film, media studies, history, and popular culture, as well as music, and readers of music will especially appreciate the musical notations found in seven essays. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers. Faculty Member: Grant, Roger Mathew. Beating time & measuring music in the early modern era. Oxford, Click here to enter text. 2014. 309p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199367283 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required With this book, Grant (Wesleyan Univ.) sets groundwork for resolving the longstanding division in music theory between “music perception” and the “history of theory,” and he does ☐ Recommended so in ways music scholars at all levels should note. Hitherto, the subject of rhythm—and the related subjects musical time, meter, beat, and tempo—has been addressed either in terms of experimental psychology or as the subject matter of historical treatises. Seldom has the bridge between the two been made and never with Grant's excellent skill. His capacity for making connections between modern scholarship and historical music treatises is nothing short of remarkable. Though Grant's emphasis is on the historical record, his facility with recent thought in music perception and cognition allows him to pull a very detailed synopsis of the history of rhythmic thought forward in service of present-day theoretical problems. This book will appeal to advanced scholars, principally music theorists, but it will also be readily appreciated by music historians. Its clarity of style recommends it even to clever undergraduates. That said, the book requires a familiarity with musical notion that may rule out lay readers. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Jensen, Eric Frederick. Debussy. Oxford, 2014. 297p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199730056 cloth, Click here to enter text. $35.00 ☐ Required In this first major history of Claude Debussy in more than 20 years, Jensen brings to life France's iconic, influential, and complex son. This comprehensive account incorporates the ☐ Recommended most current scholarship and newly discovered compositions with fresh perspective and critical analysis. The work is organized into biographical and musical sections that are clearly written and comprehensible for musicians of all levels. Jensen’s engaging chapters illuminate Debussy’s complex personality and relationships, including the notoriety and scandal that surrounded him. Of particular note, Jensen provides convincing new insights and supporting evidence with regard to history’s confining label of Debussy as an impressionist or a symbolist. Jensen also explores Debussy’s critical work—he was regarded as one of the finest music critics of his time—revealing the composer’s musical preferences and views on the role and function of music. The book concludes with an updated catalog of Debussy’s complete works. Not since François Lesure’s critical biography on Debussy (1994) and the first annotated edition of his letters (2005) has there been a publication on Debussy such as Jensen’s. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty/professionals Faculty Member: Dislocated memories: Jews, music, and postwar German culture, ed. by Tina Frühauf and Lily Click here to enter text. E. Hirsch. Oxford, 2014. 302p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199367481 cloth, $74.00 116 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required This book documents a post-Holocaust German Jewish musical dynamic range including folk, popular, classical, and modernist; a continuing interest in liturgical, cabaret, displacement ☐ Recommended camp music; and compositions conceived in response to the Holocaust. In her essay, Frühauf treats, in part, Kristallnacht commemorations of 1988 (in both Germanys) and their impact on and within musicology since the pioneering work of Inge Lammel and Joseph Wulf; Hirsch considers the politics of displacement in musical commemoration and as a psychological reconstruction of identity after trauma. Other contributors take up the reception of Arnold Schoenberg’s A Survivor from Warsaw in East Germany and Dutch-born interpreter of Yiddish song and dance Lin Jaldati, to cite just two of the many valuable offerings. All essays reflect on displacement in their examination of how politics shaped music’s connection to Jewishness and dislocation. Including fresh, original, well-written, and substantive research by scholars in music, history, and Jewish studies, this volume contribututes to the attempted reconstruction of a transnational, multilingual, diverse cultured Jewish musical praxis of the German-Jewish encounter. Including an excellent bibliography and index, this is a volume for those interested in the Cold War, cultural history, musicology and music studies, sociology, and German, Yiddish, Holocaust, Jewish, and memory studies. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates; graduate students Faculty Member: Brand, Benjamin. Holy treasure and sacred song: relic cults and their liturgies in medieval Click here to enter text. Tuscany. Oxford, 2014. 296p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199351350 cloth, $55.00 ☐ Required This is an excellent interdisciplinary study of the liturgies, relics, architecture, institutions, theology, economics, and politics that were integral parts of the cults surrounding various ☐ Recommended saints in Medieval Tuscany. Though a few earlier studies have dealt with individual aspects of saints’ cults (specific chants, ex-votos, and so on), this book is the first to present the material in such an integrative fashion. As such, it is an important resource for general history as well as musicological studies. Brand (Univ. of North Texas) has a virtuosic command of primary materials and presents his arguments in an easy-to-follow format. The book begins with a detailed discussion of the establishment of the cults, their impetus in the construction of new cathedrals, and jurisdictional problems due to civic rivalries and the shifting geopolitical landscape. Most fascinating is Brand's discussion of the gradual usurpation by the papacy of the local bishops’ prerogatives in the beatification of saints and administration of their cults. The remainder of the book is given over to analyses of the liturgies associated with specific saints. This is a very well-researched book with numerous musical examples, plates, and architectural renderings. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Gioia, Ted. Love songs: the hidden history. Oxford, 2015. 315p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780199357574 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Taking a somewhat chronological approach to the subject, Gioia has used his extensive knowledge of love songs throughout time and human history to write an unorthodox ☐ Recommended examination of this topic. Rather than following the traditional historical method—focusing on important movements, composers, and places, with each new development as an advancement or progress forward—the author examines the effect of love songs throughout the human experience as a whole. He focuses on the "faceless" population rather than the small number of stars who are well-known and have been written about. What surfaces is the importance of love songs throughout human history in combating censorship; challenging authoritarian and patriarchal institutions; and providing a voice for the disenfranchised and young, in particular women, to establish their sense of personal autonomy and identity. In addition, the innovations that love songs developed over time came from the marginalized populations and fringes of society, not the stars of that day and time. The reader is transported from bird song to ancient Rome, from the troubadours to folk songs, from crooners to contemporary rappers. This is a fascinating approach to the topic. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers 117 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Zagorski-Thomas, Simon. The musicology of record production. Cambridge, 2014. 269p bibl Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9781107075641 cloth, $95.00 ☐ Required In proposing a musicology of record production, Zagorski-Thomas has taken an unusually comprehensive approach. In the past decade he has organized a series of international ☐ Recommended conferences focused on “the art of record production,” cofounded an online journal of the same name, founded the Association for the Study of the Art of Record Production, and developed a curriculum in record production for the London College of Music, with which he is affiliated. As a result, his report on this emergent subdiscipline is a must read for anyone interested in the intellectual dimension of this most ubiquitous musical medium. The book amounts to a wide-ranging reflection on the nature of recorded sound, its capture, and its reception gained from the author’s own research and his many interactions with other scholars of recorded music. Bringing together “production- and reception-based approaches to analysis,” the book frames a four-part “functional typology.” This multipronged perspective—which examines the roles and interactions of listeners, producers, technology, and commerce—sets forth the pillars of a complex network of relationships and processes in a collection of quasi-aphorisms, keeping the focus on the big picture. The book is both a useful introduction to a broad scope of thought and a solid bibliographic resource. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers/faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Ritz, David. Respect: the life of Aretha Franklin. Little, Brown, 2014. 520p filmography index Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9780316196833 cloth, $30.00 ☐ Required Ritz has coauthored many music autobiographies, including Aretha Franklin’s Aretha: From These Roots (1999), and he has now written a complete biography of Franklin, including in it ☐ Recommended many private details missing from the earlier book. Born in Detroit in 1942, the daughter of the legendary minister C. L. Franklin, Aretha Franklin began touring with her father on the gospel circuit when she was in her teens. She began recording for Columbia Records in 1961, but her career did not take off until she signed with Atlantic Records and released her first album in 1967. She soon became the major gospel, blues, and jazz performer she remains today. Drawing from numerous interviews and from published sources, Ritz explores Franklin's complex public and private lives. He also considers historical context, since along with her father Franklin was very involved with the civil rights movement. In that regard, this is a fine companion to Nick Salvatore's Singing in a Strange Land: C. L. Franklin, the Black Church, and the Transformation of America (2005). Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower- and upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, general readers Faculty Member: Wang, Grace. Soundtracks of Asian America: navigating race through musical performance. Click here to enter text. Duke, 2015. 264p bibl index afp ISBN 9780822357698 cloth, $84.95; ISBN 9780822357841 pbk, $23.95 ☐ Required Soundtracks of Asian America is an extremely articulate, insightful investigation of racial imagination as it relates to Asian Americans and Asian diasporas. Wang (American studies, ☐ Recommended Univ. of California, Davis) effectively illustrates the many stereotypes and misconceptions that persist in modern society through the lens of music making, which, as she writes in the introduction, simultaneously “reflects the racial order, [and] helps to create and naturalize it.” Drawing from personal reflections and ethnographic analysis, the author reveals a racial hierarchy within American popular music media that marginalizes Asian Americans. From such challenges, she champions the potential of YouTube and other social media platforms to empower Asian American artists—e.g., David Choi and Jennifer Chung—to find global audiences and reshape the national and transnational narrative regarding their identity as “Asian singers.” The growing presence of Asian popular genres, such as K-Pop and Mandopop, in mainstream global media reinforces the increasing acceptance of “colorblind” music in the 21st century. Wang furthers this effort in the academic sphere, and this reviewer hopes the book will find a broad audience among college-age students, Asian Americans in particular, seeking inspiration and understanding of how to shape their 118 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 individual identities through their own artistic passions. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty.

119 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Natural Sciences: Chemistry/Physics Faculty Member: Borgman, Christine L. Big data, little data, no data: scholarship in the networked world. MIT, Click here to enter text. 2015. 383p bibl index afp ISBN 9780262028561 cloth, $32.00 ☐ Required Among scholars and information professionals, much hand-wringing has resulted from the profoundly troubling question of what to do about data. Information scientist Borgman ☐ Recommended (UCLA) successfully makes the case that data are not discrete objects—as journal articles or monographs, which the scholarly communication system developed to disseminate validated knowledge, are—and thus cannot be treated as such. Instead, data are contextualized within knowledge infrastructures and socially negotiated within (and among) disciplines and research specialties. With this provocative book, the author does the important work of deeply exploring the characteristics and use of data in various branches of scholarship. Researchers and data managers alike will find interesting material in the author's six pertinent case studies of data scholarship in the sciences (treating astronomy and remote-sensing research), social sciences (sociotechnical systems and Internet social-media studies), and the humanities (classical art and archaeology and Buddhist studies). So what should investigators do about their data? Borgman does not offer generic solutions, largely because there is no simple answer as to what data actually are. She calls for continued investment in knowledge infrastructures to support and expand the diversity of data uses (in a truly ecological sense) while preserving valuable research data for a future of sustainable discovery and sharing. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-level undergraduates through researchers/faculty; professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Freemantle, Michael. The chemists' war: 1914-1918. Royal Society of Chemistry, 2015. 342p Click here to enter text. bibl index ISBN 9781849739894 pbk, $32.00 ☐ Required As the world looks back at WW I from the vantage point of 100 years, this book provides a unique perspective by recounting the many contributions made by chemists, both English and ☐ Recommended German, during the Great War, or "The Chemists' War," as it became known. The book, as the author states, is a series of independent chapters for the reader to dip into. Written at a level a general reader can understand, the book holds one's interest with its coverage of a wide range of topics including explosives and propellants; the contributions of women to the war effort; the impact of Nobel Laureates on the war; acetone manufacture; glycerine from whale oil; war gases; and potash. The author is an experienced science writer and the chapters are a pleasure to read. There are many valuable illustrations, full references and bibliography, and a comprehensive index. Summing Up: Recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Gimbel, Steven. Einstein: his space and times. Yale, 2015. 191p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780300196719 cloth, $25.00 ☐ Required Gimbel (philosophy, Gettysburg College) has written a fascinating book on the life and work of Einstein, who was not only the best-known physicist of the 20th century but also a ☐ Recommended humanist and Universalist who transcended race, religion, and nationality. Both Germany and Switzerland claimed him when he won the Nobel Prize, and though he renounced Judaism, Jewish people consider Einstein one of theirs. Published in the "Jewish Lives" series, this book provides a bird’s-eye view of Einstein and relativity, recalling many anecdotes that are part of Einstein lore. Gimbel does a fine job of presenting non-physicist readers with simplified accounts of complex scientific ideas that require some technical background. That said, only physicists are likely to understand Gimbel's exposition of the superposition of the psi function or notice the error in calling the universal gas constant the "Rydberg constant" (p. 39). This aside, the book is a delightful read for scientists and non-scientists alike and for Jews and non-Jews because Einstein was more than a great physicist: he was an enlightened thinker whose life exemplified how bigotry and nationalism can darken human culture and history. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Smith, A. Mark. From sight to light: the passage from ancient to modern optics. Chicago, Click here to enter text. 2015. 457p bibl index afp ISBN 9780226174761 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9780226174938 ebook, 120 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 contact publisher for price ☐ Required In what will surely become a canonical work, Smith (history, Univ. of Missouri-Columbia) surveys the development of optics in the Western world from classical Greece through ☐ Recommended Johannes Kepler (d. 1630). The author's long engagement with the history of optics affords him the broad perspective necessary to narrate an important shift in optics from theorizing about processes of vision and sight to the modern emphasis on the physics of light. He adroitly builds from the reigning survey on optics, David Lindberg's Theories of Vision from al- Kindi to Kepler (CH, Nov.'76), and provides a new interpretation, arguing that Kepler's contributions led to a decisive break between premodern and modern optics. Smith systematically guides readers through all major texts in the history of optics, at times in painstaking detail, making this book a valuable reference work. At the same time, he never lets the big picture recede into the background for too long, consistently and clearly articulating the larger textual traditions and conceptual innovations in his sources and weaving them into a coherent, engaging story and historical argument. Students and faculty alike—in fact, anyone interested in the nature and development of premodern optics—will need to consult this book. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, researchers/faculty, and professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: The Future of the history of chemical information, ed. by Leah R. McEwen and Robert E. Click here to enter text. Buntrock. American Chemical Society, 2015. 279p bibl indexes ISBN 9780841229457 cloth, $150.00 ☐ Required This book, derived from a 2012 American Chemical Society symposium, shows how past practices underwrote the explosive growth in scientific knowledge as it evolved from data ☐ Recommended collection to books that cataloged and classified information, through the use of computers for data extraction, to the current level of technology that returns usability to the research chemist. Chapters cover such topics as the history and significance of the Institute for Scientific Information, patent searching for chemists as well as examiners, and the evolution of reaction databases that employ technological advances to serve the synthetic chemist. Other chapters emphasize the importance of teaching the structure and entry points of chemical information as well as the necessary searching skills and the impact the Internet has had on access to open sources, raw data stores, mobile computing, and the cloud. The book also discusses scholarly collaboration and the effects of social media and networks on research, education, and development. The chapters were written by international faculty, librarians, chemical information experts, consultants, patent and industry specialists, and practicing chemists. Chemistry librarians and others interested in the history of chemical literature will most appreciate this title. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, researchers/faculty, and professionals/practitioners. Faculty Member: Close, Frank. Half-life: the divided life of Bruno Pontecorvo, physicist or spy. Basic Books, Click here to enter text. 2015. 378p bibl index afp ISBN 9780465069989 cloth, $29.99 ☐ Required As a human activity, the practice of science includes politics and power. Creative physicists make discoveries and advance human knowledge, but that knowledge may also lead to ☐ Recommended weapons, war, and secrecy. Bruno Pontecorvo was one such physicist. He worked on the neutrino, among other things, and was part of the Manhattan Project before ideology and other forces drew him from the capitalist West to the communist USSR. Was he a traitor, an idealist, or just a confused loser? Who is to judge? His contributions to physics could have earned him a Nobel Prize, but they were hidden behind the Iron Curtain. Through documents, letters, and interviews, Frank Close (physics, Oxford Univ., UK) brings to light the life and adventures of the brilliant Pontecorvo and his mysterious disappearance from the West decades ago. With erudition and insight, Close re-creates the odyssey of this little- known character in Cold War physics. His narrative is as fascinating as any spy thriller and should be even more enthralling for those familiar with the physics of the time. Perhaps there are present-day Pontecorvos whom the world will come to know a few decades hence. 121 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Patrick, Graham L. An introduction to drug synthesis. Oxford, 2015. 567p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780198708438 cloth, $54.95 ☐ Required A complement to Patrick's An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry (1995), this is a textbook aimed at readers with a background in organic or medicinal chemistry. The synthetic ☐ Recommended schemes are less detailed than many but are designed for strategic aspects of the synthesis of drugs. The paths chosen have great influence on subsequent synthesis of analogues, structure-activity relationships, discovery of subsequent leads, and the eventual commercial processes to produce drugs. Patrick (Univ. of the West of Scotland, UK) organizes the book in three parts: "Concepts," "Applications of Drug Synthesis in the Drug Development Process," and "Design and Synthesis of Selected Antibacterial Agents." After an introduction that treats drug design and biomedical processes, the author provides ten chapters on various syntheses. The last three chapters cover antibiotics, including tetracyclines, macrolides, and quinolones. Each chapter has questions and a bibliography of further reading and references. Online resources are also available through the publisher website. Seven appendixes provide concise schematics of the reactions discussed. A glossary is also included. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Fors, Hjalmar. The limits of matter: chemistry, mining, and Enlightenment. Chicago, 2015. Click here to enter text. 241p bibl index afp ISBN 9780226194998 cloth, $40.00 ☐ Required In the early part of the 18th century, the rise of rational thinking in Europe was marked by a cultural shift that gave voice to the Enlightenment, as the world of the 17th century changed ☐ Recommended from mysticism to mechanics. There were no "chymical miracles," no transmuted lead, no dragons or trolls, no witchcraft or malevolent magic—only the drudgery of experiments done for the nth time, producing reason based on evidence. Base metals were no longer change agents for making gold but, like gold, metallic elements in their own right. Leading the way were Sweden and its Bureau of Mines, an early agent of economic and social change driven by mineral wealth. However, this book is not just about Sweden. Fors (history of science, Univ. of Uppsala, Sweden) offers readers a concise, informed, and scholarly case study in the history of science. In seven crisply written chapters, he describes how these newly inquisitive artisans and engineers pushed the limits of knowledge into unmapped territory. Please be sure to note the elegant dust jacket, subtle and sublime. Kudos to author, publisher, and designer! Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels except general readers Faculty Member: May, Paul. Molecules that amaze us, by Paul May and Simon Cotton. CRC Press, 2015. 721p Click here to enter text. bibl ibdex afp ISBN 9781466589605 pbk, $59.95 ☐ Required Chemistry and books on chemistry are gaining in popularity with the public, compared to physics and biology. This book by May (Univ. of Bristol, UK) and Cotton (Univ. of Birmingham, ☐ Recommended UK) is a good example. Based on the popular Molecule of the Month website at the University of Bristol, it contains updated information and new entries. In 67 chapters, the authors describe more than that many chemicals, arranged in alphabetical order from ATP to water (the most amazing chemical of all). Each chapter is in Q&A format and includes information about natural and synthetic compounds, industrial chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and food ingredients. Groups of compounds are covered as well as compounds related to the title compound by structure, occurrence, or function, so the total number of compounds described is several hundred. The images include chemical structures, diagrams, photos, and even cartoons. Each chapter is annotated with original references plus image credits. Common answers to questions explain the origins and history of molecules and how and why plants make these chemicals. Myths and controversies are also addressed. Many of the chemicals are well known, but several more obscure chemicals are treated as well. Even experienced chemists will find much new information here. Recommended for all readers, high school age and up. Summing Up: Recommended. All readership levels 122 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Schaefer, Bernd. Natural products in the chemical industry. Springer, 2015. 831p index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9783642544606 cloth, $129.00 ☐ Required Schaefer (Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany) has written an outstanding text for anyone with a chemistry background who enjoys learning about and understanding the ☐ Recommended connection between the historical and present-day pharmaceutical, fine, and specialty chemical industries. As is made clear throughout, many of today’s industrially synthesized chemicals had their origins in natural products. In addition to providing information on the structures, isolation, and syntheses of the many natural products, the text also provides the historical, political, and societal context and impact of the compounds. The coverage of natural products is organized into seven categories (colorants, flavors and fragrances, amino acids, pharmaceuticals, hormones, vitamins, and agrochemicals), with the hormone section actually being just an extension of the pharmaceuticals section. The importance of natural products in the treatment of human ailments is evident; almost half of the book is devoted to pharmaceuticals, including hormones. Because of the sometimes eclectic nature of the coverage, some sections seem a little scattered and hard to read. The text will not serve well as a textbook or definitive reference book but is instead more of an enjoyable read. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, researchers/faculty, and professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Freire Junior, Olival. The quantum dissidents: rebuilding the foundations of quantum Click here to enter text. mechanics (1950–1990). Springer, 2015. 356p bibl index afp ISBN 9783662446614 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9783662446621 ebook, $69.99 ☐ Required Freire (Federal Univ. of Bahia, Brazil) tells the stories of the few physicists who dared challenge the underpinnings of quantum mechanics (QM). Einstein was among the first ☐ Recommended challengers, with the idea that a more fundamental theory must underlie QM. Little active research was undertaken into the foundations of QM, however, until after WW II, when David Bohm and Hugh Everett published well-developed theories. Their ideas were not taken very seriously until J. S. Bell posited a theory in 1966 that included the suggestion of possible experimental tests to prove it. Once Alain Aspect published his experimental results, research into the foundations of QM became respectable. Such research has now confirmed the phenomenon of quantum entanglement and has led to such important applications as quantum information. This story is set in the context of the social, political, and cultural changes of the times and tells the personal stories of many of the physicists involved. Freire suggests that the movement against the Vietnam War radicalized many physicists and may have contributed to the questioning of authority in QM as well as in politics. Extensive footnotes and references make this a valuable resource for further study. The book's readability could have been improved had problems with word usage been corrected. Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students through professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Trefil, James. The Routledge guidebook to Einstein's Relativity. Routledge, 2015. 145p index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780415723466 pbk, $32.95 ☐ Required Trefil (James Mason Univ.) has written the latest addition to "The Routledge Guides to the Great Books." The series was designed to assist lay readers in tackling classic books, albeit ☐ Recommended ones considered fairly challenging in their original form. Trefil has chosen to interpret and simplify Einstein's Relativity, published in 1920 but now in the public domain. Readers new to the concepts of relativity may find some sections of Einstein's original a bit daunting and Trefil's more detailed explanations useful. One particularly helpful addition is Trefil's inclusion of the derivation of the Lorentz equations, rather than simply stating them as Einstein did. Later, however, Trefil emulates Einstein's methodology and merely presents the addition of velocities equation without explanation. Missing from Trefil's work is any discussion of Einstein's chapter 23, rotating reference frames, a topic many find confusing and that calls for further clarification. To those considering learning about relativity, this reviewer would recommend trying the original Einstein, unaided. If readers need more explanation, this Routledge guidebook can provide it. The guidebook can also stand alone as 123 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 an introduction to relativity. Summing Up: Recommended. General readers, lower-division undergraduates, and two-year technical program students

124 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Nursing Faculty Member: Global perspectives on cancer: incidence, care, and experience: v.1: Issues in high-, medium-, Click here to enter text. and low-resource communities; v.2: Care and progress in care across nations, ed. by Kenneth D. Miller and Miklos Simon. Praeger, 2015. bibl index afp ISBN 9781440828577 cloth, $131.00 ☐ Required This two-volume handbook provides an overview of cancer around the world and an in-depth examination of the global disparities in its treatment. Volume 1 focuses on issues such as ☐ Recommended cultural attitudes, treatment, cancer survivorship, and cancer nursing from a welcome international perspective. Volume two is presented more like an encyclopedia with entries organized in two parts by different types of cancer, and by cancer incidence in specific countries and regions. Both volumes include chapters with extensive reference lists, easy-to- understand tables and charts, and a selection of images. The work also provides indexes with extensive see also references. The editors are medical oncologists with experience working abroad, and chapters are primarily written by physicians at institutions worldwide, while some medical students, residents, and other health professionals are also credited. The set, written at the undergraduate level, serves as an introduction to cancer epidemiology, and it will be a useful resource for students in a wide variety of academic disciplines or those undertaking training to pursue careers in oncology health care. Summing Up: Recommended. Undergraduates and two-year technical program students Faculty Member: Sutherland, Gillian. In search of the new woman: middle-class women and work in Britain, Click here to enter text. 1870–1914. Cambridge, 2015. 187p bibl index ISBN 9781107092792 cloth, $90.00 ☐ Required Education historian Sutherland (Cambridge; Faith, Duty, and the Power of Mind: The Cloughs and Their Circle, 1820–1960, 2006) begins her examination of emerging female political ☐ Recommended activity in Britain by assessing the degree to which the newly coined media term "New Woman" reflected a reality of female life. This constructed image of social-boundary- breaking females had little to do with reality, as very, very few women (mostly Oxbridge graduates with either independent or family wealth) could be cast in the mold. The image did presage, however, later social and political female emancipation, but the period reviewed by Sutherland was best known for the increasing visibility of women in British society as teachers, clerks, typists, nurses, and social workers—the initial vanguard of emerging middle- class women at work. The book is well written and cogently argued, employing considerable, even admirable, research. It fits—indeed, leads—in a field that has grown dramatically in historical study, especially because it repeatedly points clearly to areas of study needed to better understand women and women's work in historical context. An important contribution that should be in all libraries. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Leavey, JoAnn Elizabeth. Living recovery: youth speak out on 'owning' mental illness. Wilfrid Click here to enter text. Laurier, 2015. 191p bibl index ISBN 9781554589173 pbk, $24.99; ISBN 978155489197 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Born out of qualitative research, Living Recovery provides an unusual opportunity for health care providers, policy makers, and service systems to gain in-depth understanding of what it ☐ Recommended feels like to be young and struggle with mental illness. Leavey, a nurse and psychologist, interviewed 53 young people (aged 16 to 27) from the US, Canada, and Australia and uses their stories and perspectives to illustrate the ELAR recovery model of emergence, loss, adaptation, and recovery. The three major themes that emerge—stigma, labeling, and multiple losses—become the underpinnings for the framework of this revelatory book, which should help service providers better interpret what the lived experience of mental illness is like for young people and, thereby, more successfully facilitate their recovery. The various stages of living with mental illness through recovery are portrayed, and implications for practice and directions for future research and policy development are suggested. This publication will be a valuable resource for those providing, or preparing to provide, mental health services to young people diagnosed with mental illness. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals/practitioners 125 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Nelson, Jennifer. More than medicine: a history of the feminist women's health movement. Click here to enter text. New York University, 2015. 265p index afp ISBN 9780814762776 cloth, $89.00; ISBN 9780814770665 pbk, $26.00 ☐ Required Nelson (women's and gender studies, Univ. of Redlands) has written a demanding but important book. She researched her topic well and provides a valuable history of women’s ☐ Recommended health care movements of the 20th century. Developing the themes of her Women of Color and the Reproductive Rights Movement (2003), the author provides detailed stories of selected neighborhood health centers across the US and connects women’s health with the civil rights and feminist movements. Nelson addresses the dichotomy between mainstream medicine and grassroots health care and makes a clear case for the powerful influence of race, class, and gender on health and illness. The book is not well served by its title and cover picture. The title implies a broader scope than Nelson offers, and the cover picture—a black- and-white photo of the back of a white female head adorned with an ambiguous cap (perhaps a nursing cap?)—led this reviewer to expect a discussion of the progressive movement of advanced practice nurses who have offered health care beyond the traditional hierarchical medical model. In fact, nurses are largely absent (they did not make it into the extensive index) and, when present, are generally portrayed as part of organized medicine. This disappointment aside, this is a fine resource. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Piot, Peter. AIDS: between science and politics, tr. by Laurence Garey. Columbia, 2015. 198p Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780231166263 cloth, $29.95; ISBN 9780231538770 ebook, $28.99 ☐ Required AIDS is an infectious disease caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The movement of the disease and subsequent attempts to control its spread have been ☐ Recommended influenced as much by the social and political responses of societies and their governments as by scientific endeavors. The author, an internationally respected scientist and writer, has summarized the challenges, many of which stemmed from ignorance of the disease, not only on the part of physicians and other scientists but also governments dealing with the pandemic. The disease in humans almost certainly began in central or western Africa, spreading through that continent and ultimately throughout most of the world. Piot describes the underlying factors that contributed to that spread, particularly the refusal of governments in that region to recognize the threat and the roles ignorance, repression, and, in particular, prostitution played. By the mid-1980s, a significant international response to the growing epidemic had begun, led in significant part by the US—itself hardly immune to the early prejudice toward those affected. Piot’s story is a highly readable, albeit abridged, account with emphasis on the politics and economic impact. An extensive bibliography is provided. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers, undergraduates, and graduate students Faculty Member: Offit, Paul A. Bad faith: when religious belief undermines modern medicine. Basic Books, Click here to enter text. 2015. 253p bibl index ISBN 9780465082964 cloth, $27.99 ☐ Required Offit (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia and Univ. of Pennsylvania School of Medicine) is a master of persuasive writing, particularly for a general readership. As a pediatrician, a public ☐ Recommended health educator, and an advocate of universal vaccination, he is sensitive to health needs of children and the potentially widespread dangers that can result from their exemption from standard modern prevention and medical treatment strategies. Here he gives broad attention to "religion-inspired medical neglect" or "religiously motivated medical neglect." Such neglect comes not from parental indifference but rather from reliance on ineffective alternative approaches to healing and health that depend primarily or exclusively on religious practitioners instead of medical clinicians. Offit's most severe critique, which provides the overall narrative frame for the book, is directed at Christian Science, but he also singles out assorted faith healers and "cults," treating them in a series of harrowing case- study-type cautionary tales. Offit's previous books, The Cutter Incident (CH, Jan'06, 43-2842), Vaccinated (CH, Dec'07, 45-2067), and Autism's False Prophets (CH, Mar'09, 46-3885), identify 126 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 public health concerns more narrowly and effectively. His more recent books, Do You Believe in Magic? (CH, Feb'14, 51-3285) and the present title, cast a looser, broader net. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers Faculty Member: Bodily subjects: essays on gender and health, 1800–2000, ed. by Tracy Penny Light, Barbara Click here to enter text. Brookes, and Wendy Mitchinson. McGill-Queen's, 2015. 395p bibl index afp ISBN 9780773544147 cloth, $100.00; ISBN 9780773544154 pbk, $34.95 ☐ Required This edited volume offers a series of insightful essays examining health issues in several Western countries (the US, Canada, England, Germany, Australia, and New Zealand). Using a ☐ Recommended combination of historical, sociological, gendered, and medical lenses, the authors explore how changing definitions and measurements of health and illness have been applied to human bodies by medical professionals, public health initiatives, and government authorities. The book is organized into three sections—“Embodied Citizenship,” “Defining and Contesting Illness,” and “Authority and Ideals”—and covers a diverse assortment of health issues. Addressing a broad but significant time period from 1800 to 2000, this volume offers significant historical context for understanding developments in the medical profession and public health programs. This text has much to offer across disciplines but can be challenging because of its rigorous, interdisciplinary approach. Supplementary readings are recommended for readers new to medical or health-focused sciences or humanities. Advanced students and scholars in sociology, anthropology, history, or gender studies may find this specialized book useful for its medical, institutional, or discursive perspectives. Historians interested in the time period and topics covered will find it valuable. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-level undergraduates, graduate students, researchers/faculty, and professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Rowe, Michael. Citizenship and mental health. Oxford, 2015. 247p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780199355389 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required Medical sociologist Michael Rowe (Yale School of Medicine) uses multicolored threads— values and ethics, concepts and theories, stories and lessons, citizenship and mental health— ☐ Recommended to weave an intriguing tapestry. He presents the citizenship model as an adaptable framework for those working within the mental health system. The author begins the narrative with homeless outreach and concludes with genuine citizenship, as distinguished from community placement and abandonment. Rowe challenges readers to look at the realities of the community integration process through the lens of those who have lived it. The book is based on sound theory and empirical evidence. Qualitative data provide background for the presentation of theory, and the author provides ample references throughout to link readers to related statistical methods and analytical procedures that support his conclusions. A valuable resource for all mental health care providers, especially those practicing or preparing to practice in community settings. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Dying in the twenty-first century: towards a new ethical framework for the art of dying well, Click here to enter text. ed. by Lydia S. Dugdale. MIT, 2015. 205p index afp ISBN 9780262029124 cloth, $29.00 ☐ Required Much recent work in both theological and philosophical bioethics focuses on whether contemporary society can reclaim an "art of dying." The notion that dying was an "art" ☐ Recommended is based on the medieval Christian tradition of holistic preparation for death known as the ars moriendi (art of dying), popularized in Christian devotional literature around the time of the bubonic plague. Simply put, the "art of dying" in that tradition focused on the spiritual preparation for death within the context of a community. In this collection Dugdale (Yale School of Medicine) focuses on the challenges and possibilities of reclaiming an art of "dying well" in contemporary medicine. That focus requires essays that approach the topic from such disciplines as theology, philosophy, and medicine, all of which need to have a voice in the conversation. Despite the disparate voices, this collection is coherent and cohesive. Those who work in the health professions and scholars of bioethics will want to read these excellent essays, which address cutting-edge issues around care. Summing Up: 127 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Highly recommended. Graduate students, professionals Faculty Member: Handbook of adolescent drug use prevention: research, intervention strategies, and practice, Click here to enter text. ed. by Lawrence M. Scheier. American Psychological Association, 2015. 575p bibl index ISBN 9781433818998 cloth, $149.95 ☐ Required This edited volume seems to be exactly as advertised—a handbook addressing drug use prevention among adolescents. The text consists of an introduction and 30 chapters ☐ Recommended organized into nine parts. The partitions are historical trends in prevention, risk and protective factors, conduct disorders, school-based programs, family-based approaches, environmental and policy perspectives, media campaigns, modeling behavior change and program effects, and dissemination of best practices. Scheier and his colleagues demonstrate how far substance abuse prevention approaches have moved from the “Just Say No” and Drug Abuse Resistance Education (DARE) exhortations popular 25 years ago to the interdisciplinary, evidence-based practices of today. However, as Scheier notes, there is still much that needs to be done in developing and applying successful prevention models. The Handbook of Adolescent Drug Use Prevention should be a required part of any graduate program on alcohol and drug use and could be incorporated into programs in social work, sociology, psychology, counseling, health, medicine, and other disciplines as well. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Graduate students, researchers/faculty, and professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Health humanities, by Paul Crawford et al. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015. 194p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9781137282590 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781137282606 pbk, $29.99 ☐ Required Health Humanities is a reflective, disciplined inquiry that involves the representation, interpretation, and analysis of the range of human experience in illness and well-being. In ☐ Recommended this seminal work, the five authors (four from the UK, one from the US) call for a more critical approach to humanities engagement in the domains of health, health care, and well- being. Humanities in this context is broadly construed to refer to history, literature, philosophy, ethics, religious studies, sociology, anthropology, and the visual and performing arts. Distinguishing health humanities from “medical humanities”—the term often used for applying humanities, arts, and social sciences to health care, especially in the training of health professionals—the authors of this volume seek a more critical and ambitious goal. Together, the essays read like a manifesto of the profound work a critical humanities approach can and must offer for a healthier world. An invaluable resource for a developing field. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; students in two-year programs; professionals Faculty Member: Barnes, Henrietta Robin. Hijacked brains: the experience and science of chronic addiction. Click here to enter text. Dartmouth College, 2015. 210p bibl index afp ISBN 978161168-674-6 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9781611686753 pbk, $30.00; ISBN 978161168676-0 ebook, $27.99 ☐ Required Barnes's purpose in writing this book was to encourage readers to recognize society’s ambivalence toward addicted drug abusers and to champion compassionate treatment for ☐ Recommended victims. Throughout the text, Barnes (Harvard Medical School) draws comparisons between drug use problems and such recognized health issues as diabetes, mental health, and cancer. Unlike sufferers from these other diseases, however, drug abusers may be viewed as willing accomplices in their disability who eschew treatment and recovery. Fortunately, such perspectives apply to only a small minority of the population; most are ambivalent or disown the negative characterizations. The text consists of an introduction and six chapters that treat, among other subjects, the beginning phase of drug use, the science behind addiction, the stigma addicts face, risks, resilience, and recovery. The book concludes with a long epilogue of 159 pages. The author illustrates concepts using examples drawn from her discussions and experiences with her clients. This book could profitably be used in a wide variety of settings (undergraduate and graduate) and majors (health, social sciences, social services, and medicine) to promote understanding of drug abuse and its impact on individuals. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels 128 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Masterson, Karen M. The malaria project: the U.S. government's secret mission to find a Click here to enter text. miracle cure. New American Library, 2014. 406p index ISBN 9780451467324 cloth, $26.95 ☐ Required Masterson, a science writer and an investigative reporter, has produced an important and extremely well-researched and well-written book, unfortunately being exploitatively ☐ Recommended marketed as “the US government's secret mission to find a miracle cure.” Obviously, paranoia sells. One cannot seriously equate the government's Malaria Project with the Manhattan Project. The book is an intertwined study of public health and military attempts to find a cure for malaria and shows how the disease affected the course of WW I and WW II. The military did a very good job of concealing the devastating effects of malaria on US war efforts in WW II; only recently has the truth emerged. Lowell T. Coggeshall, M.D. (1901– 1987) was an important figure in all aspects of the military and civilian struggle against malaria. He was a great researcher and public health administrator whose career provides the armature for much of the book. The author highlights many interesting anecdotes and historic happenstances. Perhaps most important and ironic is the fact that, toward the end of WW II, when the US finally developed a drug that could cure malaria, it was based on a drug captured from Nazi Germany! Disregard the title, but read this book. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Kaufman, Sharon R. Ordinary medicine: extraordinary treatments, longer lives, and where to Click here to enter text. draw the line. Duke, 2015. 314p bibl index afp ISBN 9780822359029 cloth, $94.95 ☐ Required This volume by Kaufman (Univ. of California, San Francisco) is a must read for all practitioners and people experiencing the end of life (EOL). The National Institute of Aging funded the ☐ Recommended book, and the author takes a unique approach to the subject by describing how anthropology contributes to medicine in understanding health, illness, and healing. She gives excellent accounts of what causes the multiple problems people experience when they—or someone in their families—have a catastrophic illness, explaining how ethical, cultural, and political forces drive health care delivery in the US. Because predictions indicate 20 percent of the population will turn 65 years old by 2050, dealing with individuals at EOL is a significant issue. Kaufman does a good job discussing the four outside issues that impact medicine today: the biomedical research industry, which pours out expensive new treatments; the determination of what treatments will be ordered according to what insurance or Medicare will reimburse for; evidence supporting a treatment’s use, causing it to become standard care for all; and the ethical imperative that if something is standard, everyone should receive it. Kaufman also provides several scenarios and an extensive bibliography. This book should be required reading for every health care provider. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals/practitioners Faculty Member: Merrill, Gary F. Our aging bodies. Rutgers, 2015. 301p index afp ISBN 9780813571560 cloth, Click here to enter text. $80.00; ISBN 9780813571553 pbk, $24.95; ISBN 9780813571577 ebook, $24.95 ☐ Required Merrill (Rutgers Univ.) has written a descriptive book about aging and its effects on organ systems of the human body. His expertise in cell biology, neuroscience, and teaching result in ☐ Recommended a book that will pique the interest of those seeking to know about the human aging process. He covers the basics of physiology and the ways it changes with aging. Individual chapters treat the aging of the body's various systems—nervous, endocrine, immune, reproductive, urinary, gastrointestinal, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, and respiratory. The content is intriguing but also substantial, and Merrill laces the book with stories, some from his own youth, that break up the science. He offers possible treatments for a few conditions (e.g., benign prostatic hyperplasia), though that is not the book's focus and includes masterful notes of wisdom one can use to check a health care provider's knowledge. Though the book is accessible, it may demand multiple readings. This reviewer's only quibble is the lack of a concluding chapter. But even without that, the book is a valuable addition to the literature on human aging. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Stossel, Thomas P. Pharmaphobia: how the conflict of interest myth undermines American Click here to enter text. medical innovation. Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 333p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442244627 129 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 cloth, $38.00; ISBN 9781442244634 ebook, $37.99 ☐ Required Since 2005 Stossel (physician and researcher at Harvard Medical School, author of over 290 publications and two textbooks, and founder of two biotechnology start-up companies) has ☐ Recommended been actively opposing a conflict-of-interest movement centered on the working relationships among the medical products industry, universities, physicians, researchers, and the FDA. The movement considers any exchange of money or gratuities in any amount for any aspect of medical practice—even education—as suspicious. Stossel examines in detail the negative effects of this movement on medical innovation and, consequently, public health. The book is divided into four sections, each building on the previous one. The extent of Stossel's personal involvement is covered in the first section. The second section deals with the history of the movement, regulations, and the working relationships among the groups involved. In the third section, he explains why he considers the conflict-of-interest movement ill-founded. The fourth section focuses on the cost exacted in medical innovation and education. The pros and cons of each argument are carefully evaluated. The work is well written, comprehensive, and convincing, and the author's logical progression is easy to follow. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Leon, Joshua K. The rise of global health: the evolution of effective collective action. SUNY Click here to enter text. Press, 2015. 221p bibl index afp ISBN 9781438455174 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781438455181 ebook, $90.00 ☐ Required Leon (political science and international studies, Iona College) addresses the complex issue of the interface of global health initiatives and economic development, especially in low- ☐ Recommended resource countries. Applying “regime complex” theory to global health, the author analyzes both positive and negative aspects of how major, wealthy, bilateral donors (the US, Sweden, Japan, Canada); multilateral agencies (WHO, the World Bank, the United Nations Development Programme); and non-governmental organizations (the Gates Foundation and public-private partnerships) have influenced global health by decentralizing governance at the same time that the number of players in the global health arena has expanded. Leon provides evidence that despite the lack of officially coordinated collective action designed to meet priority health needs and the increased specialization of each "actor" in global health, the new regime complex can be viewed positively. Challenges remain, including the ethical conflict created by an emphasis on cost efficiency that often undermines health as a human right. Including chapter notes and an appendix on "aid priorities," this excellent analysis of key actors in global health and how their activities affect the transnational governance of public health will be invaluable to policy makers and those interested in global health. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Graduate students, researchers, faculty, professionals Faculty Member: Hirshbein, Laura D. Smoking privileges: psychiatry, the mentally ill, and the tobacco industry Click here to enter text. in America. Rutgers, 2015. 212p index afp ISBN 9780813563978 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780813563961 pbk, $31.00 ☐ Required The high rate of cigarette smoking among people with serious mental illness is well known. A medical historian and psychiatrist, Hirshbein (Univ. of Michigan) examines the ☐ Recommended impact of the tobacco industry’s marketing strategies on this population; the push on the part of public health for stricter tobacco control policies to reduce negative health consequences of cigarette smoking; the pharmaceutical industry’s push to use its medications for smoking cessation; the adoption of tobacco use as a diagnosable mental disorder; and the mental health field’s interventions vis-à-vis further stigmatization, reduction of autonomy and power, and increased control over people with serious mental illness who also smoke. Though not negating the harmful effects of cigarette smoking, Hirshbein displays sensitivity to the role and meaning cigarette smoking may play in the lives of people with serious mental illness and encourages readers to view cigarette smoking, regulation, and intervention in a broad context. She emphasizes the need to incorporate the perspectives of people with serious mental illness before imposing public health policy and treatment onto this population, to examine the motivations of the tobacco and pharmaceutical industries, and to consider 130 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 possible unintended consequences. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates; graduate students; professionals Faculty Member: Heilig, Markus. The thirteenth step: addiction in the age of brain science. Columbia, 2015. Click here to enter text. 303p index afp ISBN 9780231172363 cloth, $29.95; ISBN 9780231539029 ebook, $28.99 ☐ Required Written in an almost breezy, conversational style, this new work by Heilig (director, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; fellow, American College of ☐ Recommended Neuropsychopharmacology) aims to apply more medical science to addictions treatment. Taken as a whole, the book nicely sums up the author’s experiences over more than two decades working as a clinician/scientist in the addictions treatment and research fields in both Sweden and the US. If any one conclusion stands out after reading this encyclopedic and thought-provoking work, it is that harm-reduction therapies, emphasizing controlled social drinking as a possible pathway toward sobriety, are likely to fail against the powerful forces militating toward addiction relapse, which arise from genetic, experiential, and habit-inducing sources. Abstinence-only treatments, in combination with supervised drug use (usually with naltrexone, acamprosate, or Antabuse) can lead those who may be more relapse-prone to remain drug free. What makes this book especially compelling is the author’s ability to smoothly transition between dealing with addictions at the human clinical level and at the more abstract level of scientific research. Heilig admirably tries to extract the most meaningful takeaway points from sometimes-dense scientific findings. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Veatch, Robert M. Transplantation ethics, by Robert M. Veatch and Lainie F. Ross. 2nd ed. Click here to enter text. Georgetown University, 2015. 451p index afp ISBN 9781626161689 cloth, $69.95; ISBN 9781626161672 pbk, $39.95; ISBN 9781626161696 ebook, $39.95 ☐ Required Fifteen years after its initial publication (CH, Oct'01, 39-0974), Veatch's seminal Transplantation Ethics—now in its 2nd edition—is still the most comprehensive work on the ☐ Recommended theory and practice related to the moral questions surrounding organ transplantation. The volume is organized into three multi-chapter sections, each dedicated to the three inseparably connected dimensions of transplantation ethics: "Defining Death," "Procuring Organs," and "Allocating Organs." In each section, Veatch (medical ethics, Georgetown Univ.) describes the central problem in all its complexity and later develops the doctrinal and practical responses given by the philosophical and religious traditions within different cultures and national legislations. In every case, the text is clear, exhaustive, and concise. This edition includes interesting updates and new chapters that deal with some recent trends and cases—from the role of mass media to the formula for kidney allocation, from the case of Steve Jobs to face and uterus transplantation. These updates are welcome, although with or without the renewed material, Veatch's work is a timeless masterpiece that every student, scholar, opinion leader, or policy maker with interest and responsibility in the field must read thoroughly and keep handy. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: MacPhail, Theresa. The viral network: a pathography of the H1N1 influenza pandemic. Click here to enter text. Cornell, 2014. 232p bibl afp ISBN 9780801452406 cloth, 89.95; ISBN 9780801479830 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required The response by epidemiologists to the influenza pandemic of 2009 was unprecedented in the history of public health. Responders were able to sequence and analyze the evolution of ☐ Recommended the virus in record time, largely because of technological advances developed from other recent epidemics. MacPhail (medical anthropologist and faculty member, New York Univ.) tracks the virus's historical roots to its first appearance in the US and Mexico. Despite the fact that the RNA of the virus had been sequenced, public health officials could only hazard an educated guess as to its origin, virulence, and transmissibility. It was clear that they were only making predictions because the 2009 pandemic did not come close to the level of destruction of previous ones. What the pandemic demonstrated were the strengths and weaknesses in global health care. Although cities such as Hong Kong made great strides in 131 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 viral containment, gaps in worldwide medical infrastructure were evident elsewhere. The organization of the book into seven chapters, each beginning with a description of an influenza gene segment, makes for an easy read. The epilogue begins with the eighth and final segment. Highly recommended for epidemiology enthusiasts. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Price, Catherine. Vitamania: our obsessive quest for nutritional perfection. Penguin, 2015. Click here to enter text. 318p index ISBN 9781594205040 cloth, $27.95 ☐ Required In this thought-provoking, well-researched, revealing critique, award-winning journalist Price makes the case that past and current nutritional guidelines are based on the arrogant, largely ☐ Recommended incorrect assumption that people completely understand their nutritional requirements. The proliferation of highly processed and engineered products prevalent in the marketplace today is partly due to the expectation of enhanced health and well-being from the isolated, purified nutrients that those products contain. The discovery of accessory factors, or “vitamines,” as essential to human and animal health evolved from the understanding 100 or so years ago that human-made, purified diets were not sufficient to support life. Consumers currently spend billions of dollars annually on isolated dietary supplements, including vitamins, minerals, botanicals, herbs, glandulars, and so on; many are synthetically formulated in overseas vats that are unregulated for safety or efficacy by the underfunded and legally restrained FDA. Constant exposure to health claims, advertisements, and advice concerning these unregulated pills, capsules, liquids, bars, and the like has led people to assume abilities for these substances separate from the foods that originally contained them. This book convinces readers that the best nutritional advice remains to eat a diverse diet of naturally nutrient-dense whole foods. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers

132 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Organizational Management Faculty Member: Spinuzzi, Clay. All edge: inside the new workplace networks. Chicago, 2015. 220p bibl index Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9780226236964 cloth, $40.00 ☐ Required Spinuzzi (rhetoric and writing, Univ. of Texas at Austin) has written a highly intelligent and interesting account of his research into “all edge” work groups. The author places the term in ☐ Recommended its proper context in chapter 1: “Put a phone in everyone’s pocket, a mobile computer in everyone’s bag, and you have the potential for an organization to become all edge: able to rapidly link across organizational boundaries, combine into temporary work groups, swarm a project with a team of specialists, and disperse at the end of the project, often to re-form in a different configuration, with some different members, for the next project.” In the chapters that follow, Spinuzzi looks at all-edge adhocracies (borrowing a term from Alvin Toffler’s Future Shock), nonemployer firms, organizational networks, coworking, hierarchies, markets and clans, disintegration and integration, and the future of all-edge adhocracies. An appendix describes the author's qualitative methodology using interviews, personal observations, and the gathering of various artifacts to collect data, as well as his approaches to coding and analyzing the data. An extensive bibliography is included as well as a useful index. Overall, this is a well-written, boundary-crossing book, accessible to a wide readership. Summing Up: Recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Platt, Stephen. Criminal capital: how the finance industry facilitates crime. Palgrave Click here to enter text. Macmillan, 2015. 227p index afp ISBN 9781137337290 cloth, $30.00 ☐ Required The titular criminal capital refers to the provision of financial services to criminal enterprises. A respected practitioner of financial crime prevention, Platt (Georgetown Univ.) ☐ Recommended depicts this willingness of bankers to service the criminal community as part of a broader willingness to engage in risky behavior. The buccaneering subculture within the financial sector contributed to the 2008 financial crisis as well as to the recent proliferation of illicit ventures with drug lords, human traffickers, and tax evaders. Most of the book, however, is devoted to criminal ventures, including additional chapters on piracy, terrorism, and sanctions evasion. Each chapter provides an overview of a crime, evidence of financial sector involvement, and a closing scenario of a financial scheme unfolding. Unfortunately, these chapters are formulaic and somewhat superficial, despite the author’s extensive experience with financial intrigues. To reform the global financial system, Platt believes, banking needs to become a profession with more regard for its social responsibilities. It needs to develop managerial systems that reveal the negative implications of risky behavior, he argues. Moreover, the legal system should ensure that bankers behaving badly suffer the proper consequences of their actions. The author does not, however, believe that reform is forthcoming: the next catastrophe awaits. Summing Up: Recommended. With reservations. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Moldoveanu, Mihnea C. The design of insight: how to solve any business problem, by Mihnea Click here to enter text. C. Moldoveanu and Olivier Leclerc. Stanford Briefs, 2015. 146p afp ISBN 9780804794091 pbk, $12.99 ☐ Required Moldoveanu (business economics, Univ. of Toronto) and Leclerc (senior partner, McKinsey & Company) introduce business students and faculty to a personal problem-solving platform, an ☐ Recommended integrative approach toward thinking about complex problem solving as well as innovative ways of generating solutions. As the authors carefully explain, to address day-to-day challenges and create meaningful change, integrative thinking managers use intuition, reason, and imagination along with a holistic view of strategy, tactics, action, review, and evaluation to solve problems. These integrative thinking managers build complex models that include numerous critical variables: customers, competitors, capabilities, cost structures, employees, industry evolution, and regulatory environment. These models supposedly capture the complicated relationships among the critical variables in most business problems. Considering all aspects of a problem, integrative thinking managers strive to 133 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 resolve tensions and turn challenges into opportunities. The authors intended this brief, 146- page text as an introduction to the integrative thinking approach to problem solving, a complex decision-making construct that demonstrates the extent to which theorists strive to integrate decision-making theory with cognitive concepts. The authors' approach may work well in theory, but unfortunately, most managers are not willing to devote the time and effort demanded by such a complex approach to solving problems. Summing Up: Recommended. With reservations. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, and faculty Faculty Member: Wang, R. "Ray". Disrupting digital business: create an authentic experience in the peer-to- Click here to enter text. peer economy. Harvard Business Review Press, 2015. 191p index afp ISBN 9781422142011 cloth, $28.00; ISBN 9780625270535 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required This important, technical book by a guru in the field is a fine contribution to the understanding of the transformation of organizations into digital enterprises. Arguing that ☐ Recommended the digital transformation will result in faster, more accurate, and more efficient decisions— and higher profits—the author provides expert analysis of why leaders of organizations must create a digital culture—or fail. Through his analysis, Wang explains how to lead, grow, and compete in this revolutionary age. Examples are provided throughout the book, along with case studies of a wide assortment of companies. Throughout, the author emphasizes the importance of delegation of authority, trust, and teamwork to create breakthrough products and compete successfully. Going digital also means changing the way organizations operate: selection and incentive systems must be scrutinized as well as organizations' structures and budgets. Wang indicates that the organizations most likely to succeed are the ones with market leaders (and followers) who move fast, not the cautious adopters who move slowly or the reactors who resist change. This book should be read by CEOs, managers, professors, and graduate students of business, computer science, mathematics, and engineering. Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students, faculty, and practitioners Faculty Member: Pedersen, Lasse Heje. Efficiently inefficient: how smart money invests and market prices are Click here to enter text. determined. Princeton, 2015. 348p bibl index afp ISBN 9780691166193 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required In this book, Pedersen (Copenhagen Business School and New York Univ. Stern School of Business; principal, AQR Capital Management) combines an academic background with ☐ Recommended hands-on experience in wealth management. His title is gleaned from his observations as a trader and analyses as an economist finding that financial market imperfections permit profitable investment strategies, which are limited in their success by active trading among market participants. Pedersen argues that investment techniques generate a return for managers because of delays (inefficiencies) in market price adjustments. He further asserts that the most sophisticated techniques in seeking those opportunities are found in hedge fund management, and he organizes them into three main categories: criteria for selecting individual securities; considerations when allocating a portfolio into major asset classes; and exploiting opportunities for arbitrage, pricing, and selling almost simultaneously the same or similar securities. In addition to his own insights into financial market investing, the author includes interviews with recognized masters of various investment strategies, including, among others, George Soros, Myron Scholes, and John A. Paulson. The book is designed to serve as a reference for financial market practitioners and as a text for students interested in financial markets. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners; general readers Faculty Member: Orser, Barbara. Feminine capital: unlocking the power of women entrepreneurs, by Barbara Click here to enter text. Orser and Catherine Elliott. Stanford Business Books, 2015. 228p index afp ISBN 9780804783798 pbk, $27.95 ☐ Required Today, there are more than 200 million women business owners around the world—a surprising statistic for those who think that entrepreneurship is a male ☐ Recommended domain. Nevertheless, women from tiny villages to major cities are proving that they have the right stuff to start and grow business enterprises. Coauthors Orser (vice dean of career development, Univ. of Ottawa) and Elliott (management, Univ. of Ottawa) utilize four 134 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 decades of research to examine the key ingredients that are necessary for women business owners to successfully compete in the marketplace. They also look at the hurdles women have to overcome to change people's perceptions and obtain the resources they need. The authors note that networking and building a collective of supporters is critical. So is finding an "entrepreneurial identity" that allows a woman to succeed on her own terms rather than those placed on her. Ultimately, to obtain the commitment and financial capital to build businesses, women need to unlock capital of another sort—their feminine capital. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Katz, Harry C. Labor relations in a globalizing world, by Harry C. Katz, Thomas A. Kochan, and Click here to enter text. Alexander J. S. Colvin. ILR Press, 2015. 348p index afp ISBN 9780801453816 cloth, $149.95; ISBN 9780801479892 pbk, $49.95 ☐ Required This excellent comparative relations text written by three masters of the Wisconsin "institutional" tradition analyzes employment through the perspective of industrial ☐ Recommended relations. The authors, Katz (Cornell Univ.), Kochan (MIT), and Colvin (Cornell Univ.), apply John R. Commons's insight that the expansion of markets disturbs existing labor relations institutions and requires labor to extend its initiatives and take wages out of competition. Tracing how labor, management, and governments acting as individuals or as groups have shaped the employment relationship, the authors have assembled a valuable collection of evidence and cases from around the world, all topical and of global significance. The authors employ the familiar Kochan/Katz/McKersie three-tier model of labor relations to assess the underlying reality of international supply chains. Readers will benefit from the insights the authors have derived from their own interventions as consultants and activists. Recommended for serious upper-division students and graduate students in labor relations, human resource management, sociology, and economics. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Jarzabkowski, Paula. Making a market for acts of God: the practice of risk trading in the global Click here to enter text. reinsurance industry, by Paul Jarzabkowski, Rebecca Bednarek, and Paul Spee. Oxford, 2015. 231p bibl index ISBN 9780199664764 cloth, $50.00 ☐ Required This detailed study covers the reinsurance underwriters who manage the risk of natural disasters that result in extreme claims. The events, being “unpredictable ... unknown ☐ Recommended unknowns,” merit the not strictly legal designation “acts of God.” Besides insuring damage caused by hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, and brush fires, the reinsurance market recently expanded to human-made disasters: terrorist attacks, asbestos claims, piracy, oil spills, and credit default. The authors aim to evaluate “how the market is generated within the everyday practice of underwriters evaluating and trading risk,” and they accordingly conducted an ethnographic study of the reinsurance market. The authors begin the book with an overview of the reinsurance market. The chapters that follow cover managing collective risk, transforming disasters into deals, managing the absence of models, supporting competition in a consensus market, moving from a market for acts of God to one for commodities, and proposing a practice theory of the market. The authors evaluate the potential danger to the reinsurance market—and to capital markets generally—due to rapidly escalating change and shifts, and they end by furnishing remedies in the conclusion. The book contains a methodology appendix, a glossary, detailed references, and extensive tables and figures. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Heath, Joseph. Morality, competition, and the firm: the market failures approach to business Click here to enter text. ethics. Oxford, 2014. 412p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199990481 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required This volume collects a series of papers and essays on the subject of corporate social responsibility written by Heath (public policy, Univ. of Toronto) over a period of years. The ☐ Recommended author's approach is a sensible focus on market failure, which comes closer to the mark in explaining violations of explicit and implicit contracts in civil society than any other diagnostic 135 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 so far. Individual chapters focus on stakeholders, contracts, agency theory, and variants on ethics. Heath provides a lengthy and excellent introduction that, together with the first chapter on market failure, arguably contains the core of the book. Undergraduate and graduate students in business and society courses might be well served by focusing on these two sections of the book; later chapters balance the text by delving further into details for those desiring much greater depth or conducting research on the subject. There is also an outstanding bibliography. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and graduate students Faculty Member: Fleming, Peter. The mythology of work: how capitalism persists despite itself. Pluto, 2015. Click here to enter text. 215p bibl index ISBN 9780745334868 pbk, $30.00 ☐ Required In this book, Fleming (Cass Business School, City Univ. London), noted critic of free-market capitalism, dismantles the understanding of work. In capitalism’s class structure, workers ☐ Recommended become their jobs and build their sense of self-worth around their willingness to abandon self-preservation and become gainfully employed. Rather than performing socially useful things, workers perform painful and meaningless actions to keep busy and make money. Workers experience job-related illnesses and use their private time to answer work- related e-mails. Although technical innovations automate routine manual labor and cognitive work, management still persuades workers to perform painful and meaningless tasks. Fleming challenges workers to confront those capitalistic forces wanting to profit from acting collectively and encourages them to configure a constructive post-work world. In a life after work, building a sense of self-worth forms the epicenter of existence; paying everyone a living wage for a three-day workweek abolishes the effort and reward paradigm; and multitiered collectives' managing banks, utilities, railways, and health care providers underscores civic responsibility and public service. In essence, Fleming challenges readers to configure alternatives to work that propagate rather than annihilate humanity. Readers might also consider David M. Kotz's The Rise and Fall of Neoliberal Capitalism (CH, Jul'15, 52- 5992). Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty Faculty Member: Hinssen, Peter. The network always wins: how to influence customers, stay relevant, and Click here to enter text. transform your organization to move faster than the market. McGraw-Hill Education, 2015. 203p bibl index ISBN 9780071848718 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required Hinssen, a thought leader in digital transformation of organizations, shares how volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous networks of information need to be understood to ☐ Recommended transform organizations. Wireless networks of information move faster than the regular marketplace, so organizations must be superfluid to quickly influence those networks in order to be relevant for customers. The author explains these general concepts by providing examples of failure from Polaroid, Gerber, and Netscape as well as examples of some successes, including Google, Amazon, PayPal, Facebook, Barclays, Netflix, and General Electric. Such organizations may need to reinvent themselves by creating start-ups internal to or separate from the organizations. Organizations may be too static, whereas business models in the age of digital networking may be more appropriate for today’s networks. The book contains three sections of case studies, all of which are easy to read. A couple of related books are Saul Berman’s Not for Free: Revenue Strategies for a New World (CH, Jun'11, 48-5780) and Marco Iansiti and Roy Levien’s The Keystone Advantage: What the New Dynamics of Business Ecosystems Mean for Strategy, Innovation, and Sustainability (CH, May'05, 42-5360). Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Cooren, François. Organizational discourse: communication and constitution. Polity, 2015. Click here to enter text. 192p bibl index afp ISBN 9780745654225 pbk, $22.95 ☐ Required Within this volume from the “Key Themes in Organizational Communication” series, Cooren (Univ. of Montreal) posits that organizational communication is more than a simple exchange ☐ Recommended of words, is never neutral, and is worthy of careful attention. Systematic discourse analysis 136 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 permits discovery of the creative/perpetuating/negating powers of communication (holistically defined), which create and organize the organization as well as work and life within it. Cooren defines key concepts in organizational communication studies and presents six different standpoints on discourse analysis and how each might be carried out—alone or in combination—to yield different understandings of one interaction. More to the point, key aspects of organizations are systematically analyzed by all six angles on discourse analysis to illustrate how each one illuminates a particular dimension of that same interaction, specifically the active role of discourse in constructing organizational reality. The final chapter summarizes the text and is followed by endnotes, a rich (15-plus pages) reference section, and a workable index. The writing is scholarly and may seem complicated and abstract to some, but for willing and interested readers, comprehension is effectively facilitated by examples rooted in common experience. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through practitioners

137 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Philosophy Faculty Member: Sevier, Christopher Scott. Aquinas on beauty. Lexington Books, 2015. 227p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780739184240 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780739184257 ebook, $84.99 ☐ Required This study offers an account of Saint Thomas Aquinas’s conception of beauty, the transcendental property associated with objects that, Thomas wrote, "please when ☐ Recommended seen.” Though he did not neglect the subjective side in aesthetic perception, Thomas insisted that beauty was never merely in the eye of the beholder. Sevier (College of Southern Nevada) begins with an examination of the psychological factors involved in aesthetic experience, which entails an appreciation of the complex interplay between desire and pleasure within the human subject. In the central chapter, the author analyzes the objective features in the beautiful object—those essential “constituents” (proportion, integrity, and clarity) that make particular beings so appealing to perceivers. In addition to tracing the source of these distinctions to the philosophical work of Plato and Pseudo-Dionysius, Sevier addresses the issue of whether Thomas considered beauty a separate transcendental property in relation to being, truth, and goodness. The author suggests that the answer to this textual question, whatever it is, does not affect Thomas’s final judgment that “everything that exists is de facto also beautiful.” Like its subject matter, this work is a model of proportion, integrity, and clarity. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Gelley, Alexander. Benjamin's passages: dreaming, awakening. Fordham, 2015. 210p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780823262564 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780823262571 pbk, $28.00 ☐ Required Walter Benjamin’s star has only grown brighter and more intense in recent years. Though no single work can hope to capture the full range and depth of his panoramic gaze, Benjamin’s ☐ Recommended Passages is an exegetical masterwork, emphasizing conceptual constants and swerves over the too-short arc of Benjamin’s writing life. Gelley (comparative literature, Univ. of California, Irvine) draws on Benjamin’s most important works and on letters, autobiography, and the best of the secondary literature. Gelley's concise style and amplifications aid immensely with sampling Benjamin’s assortment of philosophic mind-benders. Where Benjamin is gnomic and hermetic, Gelley does not assert a clarity not immediately present. He draws linkages among the panoply of Benjamin’s decisive concepts: aura, weak Messianism, image, name- language. Gelley steers readers' attention to Benjamin’s fascination with the dregs, detritus, and outmoded, paradoxically disclosing revolutionary potential in the lived nihilism put into motion by the commodity cycle. Also key is Geller's special emphasis on Benjamin's singular notion of citation—literary but lived; the experiencing of being at once both in and out of one’s own palimpsestic present uncovers political potential and hope in the play of retrieval and project. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Nichols, Shaun. Bound: essays on free will and responsibility. Oxford, 2015. 188p bibl index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780199291847 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required Few philosophy books are as diversely valuable to the discipline as this engaging volume on free will. Taking classic positions in the free will debate (e.g., hard determinism, ☐ Recommended compatibilism, libertarianism) and central concepts from that debate (retribution, causal explanation), Nichols (Univ. of Arizona) presents arguments and key concepts about those views against the background of cognitive science, the literature on which is burgeoning. The result is an exceptionally powerful reexamination of the origins of philosophical intuitions about determinism and free will, with direct attention to experimental data available from psychology. Those with a modicum of familiarity with the general contours of the free will debate will be able to use this book to advance their understanding of that subject. In addition, scholars at the highest levels will be seriously interested in Nichols's techniques, which rely on experimental philosophy to analyze the psychological motivations for the inferences and positions in the classic free will debate. The prose is lucid, the book is well 138 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 organized, and the science and philosophy are seamlessly integrated. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Hurka, Thomas. British ethical theorists from Sidgwick to Ewing. Oxford, 2015. 310p bibl index Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780199233625 cloth, $49.95 ☐ Required Hurka (Univ. of Toronto) examines a set of late-19th- to mid-20th-century philosophers who shared the view that moral truths are known intuitively and cannot be reduced to natural ☐ Recommended truths. Some of the philosophers—Henry Sidgwick, H. A. Pritchard, G. E. Moore, W. D. Ross— are well known; others are less familiar. The interesting, readable introduction covers the personal lives, education, and mutual relations of the philosophers. Chapters focus on particular topics, for example, "intuitionism" and "consequentialism vs. deontology," and survey the philosophers' perspectives on the topics. Hurka’s primary aim is to draw attention to the views of these philosophers and to demonstrate that, despite their differences, an argument can be made that they shared a common perspective. His secondary goal is to evaluate their views, although the nature and range of ideas covered—including metaethics, moral epistemology, and the nature of moral and nonmoral goods—preclude in-depth discussion and conclusive arguments. Hurka’s study is a valuable contribution to the literature and will surely succeed in stimulating more discussion of this period of moral philosophy. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Adamson, Peter. Classical philosophy: a history of philosophy without any gaps, volume 1. Click here to enter text. Oxford, 2014. 346p bibl index ISBN 9780199674534 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required This is the first in what presumably will be a series of books based on Adamson’s podcast, History of Philosophy without Any Gaps (http://historyofphilosophy.net). In the podcast, ☐ Recommended which is currently well into the Middle Ages, Adamson (Ludwig-Maximilians-Univ., Munich) audaciously attempts to present the entirety of philosophy. Admirably, this means that neglected philosophers in the Western philosophical tradition, as well as philosophers in the Islamic world, receive much more consideration than usual. Students have access to analyses of the key Pre-Socratics, the Sophists, and the Hippocratic corpus. Plato and Aristotle remain the main event, but Adamson’s completist approach serves him well in these chapters too, for the book offers discussions of Platonic dialogues and Aristotelian texts that other introductions might miss. For example, in chapter 16, the author discusses Plato’s Charmides and Euthydemus, placing these neglected dialogues within the context of Plato’s project. In the Aristotle section, chapters are devoted to the key concepts in Aristotle’s corpus. This book was written in the same lively style as the podcast and should appeal to both general readers and scholars of ancient philosophy. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-level undergraduates and above; general readers Faculty Member: Schuman, Michael. Confucius: and the world he created. Basic Books, 2015. 285p bibl index Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9780465025510 cloth, $28.99 ☐ Required Part 1 of this book, “Confucius Becomes Confucius,” includes chapters on Confucius as man, sage, king, and oppressor. Part 2, “Confucius at Home but Not at Ease,” presents him as ☐ Recommended father, teacher, and chauvinist. And in part 3, "The Comeback of Confucius," Confucius returns as businessman, politician, and communist. The section titles, and the content of the chapters, reflect the judicious, balanced views of the author. Combining serious, thoughtful scholarship with a lively style, Schuman (a Beijing-based journalist) is respectful of Confucius but never uncritical (Schuman refers to his subject as a “fuddy-duddy”). The result is a depiction of multiple Confuciuses created by the world. Schuman leaves room for disagreement and even for additional Confuciuses (e.g., Confucius the historian). This stimulating book can help frame and inform both public and academic discourse on where China has been, where it is now, and where it may go. Concluding with a brief epilogue titled "Seeking the Real Confucius," this timely, perceptive examination of Confucius should be short-listed by everyone who is interested in China. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers 139 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Fesmire, Steven. Dewey. Routledge, 2015. 278p bibl index ISBN 9780415782746 cloth, Click here to enter text. $157.00; ISBN 9780415782753 pbk, $39.95 ☐ Required Written with clarity and attention to detail, this biography by Fesmire (Green Mountain College) is a welcome introduction to the thought of the American philosopher John ☐ Recommended Dewey. Evenhanded and charitable throughout, this introduction avoids the easy dismissal and well-intentioned adulation that often plagued assessments of Dewey’s work throughout the 20th century. Beginning with an overview of Dewey’s life against the backdrop of its historical context, Fesmire goes on to analyze Dewey’s thought as it emerges through the various branches of philosophy, beginning with a chapter on his reconstructive metaphysics and moving from there to chapters on epistemology, ethics, social and political philosophy, educational philosophy, aesthetics and philosophy of technology, and philosophy of religion. Fesmire helpfully ends with a suggestive discussion of Dewey’s influence and legacy. This book is superb in showing the interconnectedness of Dewey’s philosophy, with each chapter building on the ideas developed in previous ones. Additionally, Fesmire provides a glossary, which will be helpful to first-time readers unfamiliar with the way Dewey employs certain key concepts. In summary, this introduction is a rich and thought-provoking walk through the philosophy of Dewey, which will surely benefit both students and scholars alike. Summing Up: Essential. All readers Faculty Member: Oliver, Kelly. Earth and world: philosophy after the Apollo missions. Columbia, 2015. 298p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780231170864 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780231170871 pbk, $30.00; ISBN 9780231539067 ebook, $29.99 ☐ Required Famously, Martin Heidegger claimed that a work of art presents the “strife” between “world” and “earth.” This complicated yet imaginatively provocative account of the relation between ☐ Recommended the world (the horizon of meaning in which one’s conceptions, values, hopes, and beliefs occur) and earth (that "equipmental" context within/against/because of which meaning is possible) has interested scholars working in the tradition of hermeneutic phenomenology but has rarely been a focal point for rethinking moral existence and global identity more broadly. Oliver (Vanderbilt Univ.) offers an account that refigures value and meaning in light of the earth-world relationship. Using the Apollo missions as her springboard, she considers the far-reaching implications of the first images of Earth from space. She explores how these images have reoriented human thought and existence while repositioning humans' relationship with their planet, themselves, and one another. Drawing variously on film and popular culture, Oliver devotes individual chapters to Immanuel Kant, Hannah Arendt, Heidegger, and Jacques Derrida and argues that they all offer important resources that allow for the construction of a viable “earth ethic.” Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper- division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Garfield, Jay L. Engaging Buddhism: why it matters to philosophy. Oxford, 2015. 376p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780190204334 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780190204341 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required This book has been much needed, even if many have not realized the need. Writing from a position of deep engagement with Buddhism and philosophy, Garfield (philosophy, Yale, ☐ Recommended Smith, and elsewhere) does an excellent job explicating central Buddhist concepts and relating them to Western contemporary and historical philosophical concepts and problems. He is particularly concerned with convincing readers that Buddhist traditions include philosophy and that Buddhist philosophy, though engaging many of the same issues as Western philosophy, has important and distinct methods. In the first third of the book, Garfield lays out Buddhist metaphysics, focusing on the concepts of interdependence, impermanence, emptiness, and the self; in the rest of the book, he covers consciousness, phenomenology, epistemology, logic, philosophy of language, and ethics. Clearly, the book is rich in terms of breadth. Some may wish for deeper engagement in places, but overall Garfield does an excellent job of balancing rigor, breadth, and depth while bringing together two very different traditions. And he is careful to engage a variety of Buddhist perspectives. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above; 140 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Agada, Ada. Existence and consolation: reinventing ontology, gnosis, and values in African Click here to enter text. philosophy. Paragon House, 2015. 368p bibl index afp ISBN 9781557789143 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Agada's ambitious, clearly written book is one of the most original and potentially important works of African philosophy to appear in many years. Agada (Univ. of Nigeria, ☐ Recommended Nsukka) presents a compelling argument for a comprehensive existential philosophy that is at once communal, theistic, and deterministic. In the opening chapters, he outlines what he calls “consolation philosophy,” locating its foundations in essentially African rather than Western responses to the human condition. He bases this on a dialectic of “mood” and strives to send roots deep into the uniqueness of African experience. Agada continues with a section titled “The Doctrine of God and Nature,” in which he offers a broad overview of metaphysics and epistemology; he then—in a section titled “The Doctrine of Human Existence”—discusses community and morality. In a final section, he contextualizes the results within the framework of world philosophy. Deserving widespread attention, Agada’s work stands as a significant contribution to the development of African philosophy. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Brandom, Robert B. From empiricism to expressivism: Brandom reads Sellars. Harvard, 2015. Click here to enter text. 289p index afp ISBN 9780674187283 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required One of the leading US philosophers, Brandom (Univ. of Pittsburgh) develops his systematic views about language, knowledge, and the mind through a fascinating conversation with the ☐ Recommended work of Wilfrid Sellars (1912–1989), who influenced English-language philosophy as much as any 20th-century thinker. In Brandom’s hands, the criticisms of empiricism Sellars developed are transformed into a set of powerfully coherent views. Empiricism and its prioritization of descriptive vocabulary obscures the normativity inherent to characterizing epistemic and semantic relations to the world and to the intentionality of mental states. Kant inspired Sellars to counter that modality; normativity and meaning permit any descriptive account of the world, so they are irreplaceable. Brandom’s scrupulous, illuminating discussion of Sellars’s search for a pragmatic and naturalistic alternative to empiricism should forever establish Sellars’s lasting importance to analytic philosophy. This inspired interpretation of Sellars gradually transitions, chapter by chapter, into Brandom’s thorough development of his own theory of pragmatic expressivism. As a masterwork of late analytic philosophy, this book must be studied as closely as Sellars by those interested in philosophy and linguistics. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Weiskopf, Daniel A. An introduction to the philosophy of psychology, by Daniel A. Weiskopf Click here to enter text. and Fred Adams. Cambridge, 2015. 316p bibl index ISBN 9780521519298 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9780521740203 pbk, $29.99 ☐ Required The study of the mind and mental states—whether taken up from the viewpoint of philosophy, psychology, cognitive science, neuroscience, or another discipline—must ☐ Recommended ultimately be interdisciplinary in nature. Whether one approaches key questions top down or bottom up, informed discussions draw on the expertise of a wide range of specializations. Weiskopf (Georgia State Univ.) and Adams (Univ. of Delaware), both philosophers, demonstrate this investigative strategy in this accessible volume. Some chapters are theoretical in nature; others focus on empirical work in the sciences. The authors note that "one of [their] goals in sticking closely to the science is to give philosophers some sense for how arguments among various theoretical positions are actually decided in psychology.” Some of the more empirically rich chapters include informative discussions of the nature of perception, attention, consciousness, thought, and language. In the preface, the authors describe the book as an “evenhanded, but opinionated, guide”; that is, when the evidence warrants a particular conclusion, the authors claim it. Some of the conclusions they draw are no doubt provocative but, in the end, discussions among practitioners of the disciplines devoted to study of the mind will be richer because the participants read this book. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; 141 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 professionals and practitioners. Faculty Member: Pagani, Karen. Man or citizen: anger, forgiveness, and authenticity in Rousseau. Pennsylvania Click here to enter text. State, 2015. 242p bibl index afp ISBN 9780271065908 cloth, $69.95 ☐ Required Pagani (French and Italian, Univ. of Texas, Austin) has written a book that anyone interested in Rousseau should read. Exploring a Rousseauian politics of affect with regard to the ☐ Recommended varieties of anger, forgiveness, and authenticity, the author argues that for Rousseau, anger is a civic virtue—not only a right but a duty. Considering the formation of political subjectivity, Pagani explains how a just society must ensure the ability for a public to collectively experience anger. Anger, according to Pagani’s understanding of Rousseau’s corpus, is a necessary affect for democratic practice. In explaining his claim, Pagani does a remarkable job of exploring how Rousseau’s autobiographical works problematize and reconfigure his philosophical works. This book is a productive contribution to the short list of works on Rousseau and the political affect of anger. Those working on Rousseau, politics of affect, and/or the history of emotions will greatly benefit from Pagani’s work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Kishik, David. The Manhattan project: a theory of a city. Stanford, 2015. 273p indexes afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780804786034 cloth, $35.00; ISBN 9780804794367 ebook, $35.00 ☐ Required Kishik (philosophy, Emerson College) has written an imaginative, thoughtful, and engaging account of the intellectual afterlife, in the US, of German philosopher Walter Benjamin (1892- ☐ Recommended 1940). Like John Schad's The Late Walter Benjamin (CH, Apr'13, 50-4305), The Manhattan Project mixes fiction and critical theory to imagine a formidable "what if"—namely, what if Walter Benjamin had been able to survive his flight from the Nazis and make it to a suitable site where his thinking and reflection could continue? By making use of the city setting, Kishik draws attention to just how important topography is to the critical work of describing history, in this case, modernity as exemplified by a world-historical city, New York. Kishik's project reflects nicely how the interplay of intellectual biography, social history, and philosophical reflection seeks its natural foundation in the ground of their setting, and, for modernity, New York was the city. This book will have significant appeal to those interested in critical geography, urban history, and 20th-century philosophy and cultural history more generally. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Boonin, David. The non-identity problem and the ethics of future people. Oxford, 2015. 293p Click here to enter text. bibl index ISBN 9780199682935 cloth, $74.00 ☐ Required This fine-grained analysis of the "non-identity problem" focuses on a single, five-premised argument. This argument highlights the counterintuitive nature of the problem: five plausible ☐ Recommended premises are offered in support of a prima facie implausible conclusion. The non-identity problem first surfaced in its modern form in Derek Parfit's Reasons and Persons (CH, Nov'84); more recently, it played a prominent role in David Benatar's Better Never to Have Been: The Harm of Coming into Existence (2006). At its root, the problem raises both theoretical and practical concerns regarding human obligations to future individuals such as possible, particular children. In the end, Boonin (Univ. of Colorado) effectively dissolves the problem with his novel approach: examine the premises one by one, confirm their plausibility, and demonstrate the ultimate plausibility of the seemingly implausible conclusion. Throughout this careful examination, Boonin employs thoughtful case studies and thought experiments that serve to engage the reader in the analysis. The result is a book that is likely to put this philosophical quandary to rest. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Krell, David Farrell. Phantoms of the other: four generations of Derrida's Geschlecht. SUNY Click here to enter text. Press, 2015. 357p index afp ISBN 9781438454498 cloth, $100.00; ISBN 9781438454511 ebook, $100.00 ☐ Required In this rigorous and unprecedented contribution to the study of Heidegger and Derrida, Krell (formerly, DePaul Univ.) redraws the map of 20th-century continental philosophy through 142 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Recommended meticulous analyses of Derrida's three published essays on the topic of Geschlecht (sexuality, generation, gender) in Heidegger as well as Derrida's Of Spirit, his unpublished Geschlecht lecture, and his notes to his 1984–85 seminar, "The Phantom of the Other." Derrida's four Geschlecht pieces and his seminar notes culminate in his reading of Heidegger's essay, "Language in the Poem" (1953), where the poetry of Georg Trakl and the relation of poetry and philosophy become the field on which the dynamic of Geschlecht is most fully played out. Krell not only offers clarifications of the most difficult topics in Heidegger and Derrida but also provides new translations of all the Trakl poems discussed by the two thinkers as well as Trakl's poems relating to his sister—a topic undeveloped by Heidegger and Derrida but rightly seen by Krell as fundamental to the issues raised in Derrida's Geschlecht project. The relation of the phantoms that lie beyond being to sexuality and language is central to this remarkable book. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-level undergraduates through researchers/faculty. Faculty Member: Agosta, Lou. A rumor of empathy: rewriting empathy in the context of philosophy. Palgrave Click here to enter text. Macmillan, 2014. 134p index afp ISBN 9781137492586 cloth, $67.50; ISBN 9781137465351 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Agosta (a practicing psychotherapist) discovers empathy in previous discussions of aesthetics and moral sensibilities, even when the authors—Immanuel Kant, David Hume, Theodor Lipps, ☐ Recommended Max Scheler, Edmund Husserl, Sigmund Freud—were not aware that they were describing empathy. This hermeneutic exegesis of the concept provides for the necessary blurring of the line between philosophy and psychoanalysis, wherein the phenomenon itself takes center stage and is allowed to evolve. Agosta uses this process remarkably well, stepping back at just the right moment. Empathy as a process, not as a single concept, is more often than not adeptly grasped in those moments where it is "used" rather than overtly "mentioned": one finds the "rumor" of it in Hume and Kant even as they used words such as sympathy and taste. Indeed, Lipps’s use of empathy for aesthetic taste is cause for "scandal" for Agosta. The briefly mentioned suggestion (Lipps, Husserl) that empathy can posit a solution to the problem of other minds while leaving one trapped in solipsism could be easily explored in later works. In the end, as Agosta beautifully states, "in empathy, one is simply in the presence of another human being." Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Searle, John R. Seeing things as they are: a theory of perception. Oxford, 2015. 240p indexes Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9780199385157 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Tackling the longstanding philosophical problem of perception with his characteristic no- nonsense approach, Searle (Univ. of California, Berkeley) offers a direct realist account of how ☐ Recommended one perceives objects and states of affairs. His aim is to overcome what he sees as a “disastrous” tradition dating back to the 17th century, one that claims that individuals can directly perceive only their own subjective experiences. Searle's foil is what he calls “the bad argument,” by which he means a disparate collection of arguments (including the infamous "argument from illusion") that attempt to establish the need for perceptual intermediaries such as sense data. In Searle's view, the fallacy of the bad argument arises from the conflation of two different senses of “aware of.” Throughout the discussion, Searle calls on the theory of consciousness he presented in The Rediscovery of Mind (1992) and on much of the apparatus about intentionality he first developed in his influential Intentionality: An Essay in the Philosophy of Mind (CH, Dec'83). Two helpful appendixes summarize these theories for the benefit of readers to whom they may be unfamiliar. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Cassam, Quassim. Self-knowledge for humans. Oxford, 2015. 240p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780199657575 cloth, $50.00 143 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Are humans as reasonable and transparent to themselves as philosophers usually expect? Cassam (Univ. of Warwick, UK) has his doubts. People may not always be conscious ☐ Recommended of what they are thinking, and they only occasionally think about what they are conscious of. Self-knowledge is achievable and valuable but not for the reasons that much of mainstream philosophy has given. Against the tide of reports that humans are irrationally hasty in their judgments, Cassam lowers the bar for rationality to a sensible level and explains the natural cognitive limits and strengths of humans. Against the philosophical tradition favoring an individual's immediate knowledge of inner experiences, Cassam argues that self- reflective attention to awareness involves selection and interpretation. His inferential theory of beliefs about states of mind, feelings, emotions, and values shows how self-knowledge arises from evidence without answering to rationalistic standards. The author also opens up intriguing views about the breadth of human self-ignorance and the relevance of self- knowledge for authenticity and character. Cassam draws on many psychological researchers throughout, among them Daniel Kahneman. Valuable for those interested in epistemology, philosophy of mind, and philosophical psychology. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals. Faculty Member: Unger, Roberto Mangabeira. The singular universe and the reality of time: an essay in natural Click here to enter text. philosophy, by Roberto Mangabeira Unger and Lee Smolin. Cambridge, 2015. 543p index ISBN 9781107074064 cloth, $29.99 ☐ Required Philosopher Unger (Harvard Law School) and physicist Smolin (Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics, Canada) join forces to argue that there is only one universe at a time, ☐ Recommended that time is real, and that the laws of nature change with the passage of time. All three theses are debatable within philosophy and physics, but Unger and Smolin are particularly keen to show how their ideas challenge current orthodoxy in physics and provide a direction for a new paradigm. In part 1, Unger covers philosophical topics in sections such as "The Inclusive Reality of Time" and "The Mutability of the Laws of Nature." In part 2, Smolin focuses on cosmology in sections that include "Principles for a Cosmological Theory" and "Approaches to Solving the Meta-Law Dilemma." The authors close with a note on the fine points of disagreement between their views. This solid piece of work is a pleasure to read. The closest comparison is Smolin’s The Life of the Cosmos (1997). Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers/faculty. Faculty Member: Social equality: on what it means to be equals, ed. by Carina Fourie, Fabian Schuppert, and Click here to enter text. Ivo Wallimann-Helmer. Oxford, 2015. 242p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199331109 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required This superb collection of original essays looks at equality not primarily as a problem of distribution of something that should be equalized—e.g., primary goods (a la John Rawls), ☐ Recommended capabilities (Amartya Sen), rights (Ronald Dworkin)—but as something more elusive and yet profound: the equalizing of social relations. One need only think of examples of unequal social relations: patriarchy, master/slave, officer/soldier, teacher/student, and so on. The first question addressed is conceptual: What constitutes social equality? What distinctive values underlie it? Several contributors emphasize dignity and esteem as lying at the heart of social equality. The second question: What is special about social equality? Can it not be folded into distributive equality? The third, and broadest, question: What are the various relationships among social equality, justice, and politics? Each question is addressed with admirable clarity and rigor. The ten contributors make a positive and distinctive contribution by trying to understand and justify (or show the limits of) social equality. One pleasure of this collection is that it includes essays by Anglo-American and European philosophers. An important addition to the literature on moral and political equality. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Thompson, Evan. Waking, dreaming, being: self and consciousness in neuroscience, Click here to enter text. meditation, and philosophy. Columbia, 2014. 453p bibl index afp ISBN 9780231137096 cloth, $32.95; ISBN 9780231538312 ebook, $31.99 144 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required This remarkable book addresses deep philosophical questions from a unique perspective. Thompson (Univ. of British Columbia, Vancouver) is well known for his work in ☐ Recommended the nascent field of neurophenomenology, which seeks to broaden the scientific understanding of consciousness by admitting evidence based on subjective experience. His approach is further distinguished by its links to Eastern traditions of thought and meditative practices, of which he has a deep, comprehensive knowledge. Despite its conceptual sophistication and the range of empirical studies on which the author draws, the book is not primarily aimed at a scientific or an academic audience. Avoiding jargon and introducing terms from the arcane traditions of neuroscience and Buddhist philosophy with admirable clarity, Thompson explores the nature of consciousness, perception, dream experience, the self, and death. He convincingly shows how ancient Buddhist ideas are a source of new ways to understand the connection between consciousness and scientific understanding of the brain. He gently suggests that Western conceptions might benefit from input from these two traditions. Always judicious, Thompson avoids both the snare of credulous mysticism and the trap of reductive scientism. Enlivened by Thompson's illuminating reminiscences and personal anecdotes, this book will have a broad audience. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers.

145 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Political Science Faculty Member: African Americans in U.S. foreign policy: from the era of Frederick Douglass to the age of Click here to enter text. Obama, ed. by Linda Heywood, Allison Blakely, Charles Stith, and Joshua C. Yesnowitz. Illinois, 2015. 241p index afp ISBN 9780252038877 cloth, $95.00; ISBN 9780252080418 pbk, $28.00 ☐ Required What role have African Americans played in American foreign policy? Has the complicated nature of race in the US affected individual African American foreign policy elites? These ☐ Recommended questions are addressed in an edited volume that explores the extraordinary careers of Ralph Bunche, Carl Rowan, and Susan Rice, among others. The work of the National Baptist Convention and its missionary work for African nations is explored as are the visits of African American athletes and jazz musicians as part of State Department programs on cultural democracy in Europe and Russia. These chapters illuminate the difficulty of African Americans' balancing the fight for full inclusion in the American polity with the complicated agenda of US foreign policy. This thought-provoking work reveals the continuing complexity of African American foreign policy elites in shaping and executing American foreign policy. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Undergraduates, all levels; graduate and research collections. Faculty Member: Signer, Michael. Becoming Madison: the extraordinary origins of the least likely founding Click here to enter text. father. PublicAffairs, 2015. 371p index afp ISBN 9781610392952 cloth, $27.99 ☐ Required In this engaging new study, Singer wrestles with the early life and career of James Madison and attempts to explain why Madison remains unheralded among the founding ☐ Recommended generation. No monument has been built to Madison, no building of note carries his name, and his home is not visited in the same manner as those of Jefferson and Washington. Yet Madison’s name is associated with being the “father of the Constitution,” no small achievement, so this anonymity seems bizarrely misplaced. According to Singer, however, Madison’s humble status in American memory is not a function of his failures but rather a product of his successes, his style of doing things, and personal character. Under the tutelage of his father and the Presbyterian cleric John Witherspoon, Madison actively inserted himself into public affairs, employing his own method as a political strategy. This method focused on principles such as attacking ideas but not men, embracing impatience, mastering one’s opponent, and governing the passions. Singer then provides several vignettes where the Madisonian method is observed in action and seen as successful against his political adversaries. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Lane, Melissa. The birth of politics: eight Greek and Roman political ideas and why they Click here to enter text. matter. Princeton, 2015. 381p index afp ISBN 9780691166476 cloth, $26.95 ☐ Required Lane (Princeton Univ.) presents the Greco-Roman origins of eight elemental political ideas, including familiar ones such as virtue, democracy, and justice, and some less familiar or ☐ Recommended compound ideas such as cosmopolitanism and sovereignty. The author combines a philosophical perspective with history, economics, and anthropology to bring out the complex and ambiguous nature of political ideas and politics itself. In each chapter, she explores one theme in one setting. Though this allows the narrative to focus narrowly, it artificially restricts the scope of some analysis. For instance, in the chapter on democracy, Lane examines Athenian democratic traditions and does not consider Roman refinements or even other Greek democracies. Some readers may be misled into thinking that only Athens was democratic. Undoubtedly, advanced students of classical political thought will see what Lane is doing and will appreciate her emphasis on original expressions of important concepts to help them understand contemporary political problems with new insight. But the book seems geared to readers without specialized knowledge, and these are the very ones who may be misled. Nevertheless, the book is an easy read and as interesting as the topics it covers. Summing Up: Essential. All readership levels. Faculty Member: Lynch, Daniel C. China's futures: PRC elites debate economics, politics, and foreign policy. Click here to enter text. Stanford, 2015. 328p bibl index afp ISBN 9780804792578 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780804794190 146 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 pbk, $27.95; ISBN 9780804794374 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required “It’s tough to make predictions, especially about the future.” Yogi Berra’s aphorism may be affixed in the minds of many readers of this engaging, important book. Lynch (Univ. of ☐ Recommended Southern California) makes clear the pitfalls of forecast. Yet many Western scholars during the “China rises” era are deeply invested in an array of predictions about China’s coming-to- be. The value of China’s Futures lies in its author’s investigation of what China’s elites themselves have written and said about their nation’s future. What Lynch has documented “is a kaleidoscopically plural society,” even within the strictures of the Leninist state. It is fully reflected in the wide range of scholarly, in-country perspectives on the nation’s future. The author does find a bifurcation of views among the economists, most of whom predict dire consequences if China does not move much further in the direction of liberalization and the market, and the “hubristic” nationalists of the international relations community, who predict a continual rise of China’s cultural and strategic centrality in world affairs. Both currents of opinion influence contemporary policy making, though the regime’s public pronouncements are distinctly optimistic. Lynch’s sources—notably the neibu articles to which he gained access and interviews conducted with Chinese scholars—underlie the considerable value of this work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Teachout, Zephyr. Corruption in America: from Benjamin Franklin's snuff box to Citizens Click here to enter text. United. Harvard, 2014. 376p bibl index afp ISBN 9780674050402 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required In decisions such as Buckley v. Valeo (1976) and Citizens United v. The Federal Elections Commission (2010), the Supreme Court agreed with First Amendment claims that equate ☐ Recommended lobbying and campaign spending with political speech and in so doing sharply circumscribed Congress’s power to defend itself against corruption or advance notions of the common good informed by the spirit of democratic equality. Teachout (law, Fordham Univ.) explores case law and controversies before the 1970s and finds that many generations of jurists and politicians had a much broader conception of political corruption and a richer sense of civic duty and viewed any sort of gift-giving from private citizens to public officials as ethically dubious and undermining of democratic legitimacy. Though there was quite a bit of public corruption in the old days, there was also a respect for public virtue for which modern jurisprudence has little patience. The Supreme Court’s dramatic turn away from an older tradition leaves Congress unable to regulate lobbying and campaign spending wisely, should it chose to do so. With public confidence in government low and Washington politics driven by the agendas of corporations and the wealthy, Teachout’s argument is timely, compelling, and important. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Lee, Terence. Defect or defend: military responses to popular protests in authoritarian Asia. Click here to enter text. Johns Hopkins, 2015. 252p index afp ISBN 9781421415161 cloth, $59.95; ISBN 9781421415178 ebook, $59.95 ☐ Required Lee (National University of Singapore) examines a critical issue: the role of a nation’s armed forces during popular challenges to authoritarian rule. When protest movements develop in ☐ Recommended a nation-state, its armed forces may ultimately decide whether the authoritarian regime survives or whether people power can topple the dictatorship. The military of a nation has two choices: it can defend the regime and use force against the popular movement, or it can defect from the regime and support the people out in the streets. Lee asks the key question: under what conditions do armed forces defect or defend? Using four case studies (Philippines in 1986, Indonesia in 1998, China in 1989, and Burma in 2007), Lee develops an important thesis. When the authoritarian regime is based on personalistic rule, armed forces become dissatisfied with protecting an individual and are likely to side with the popular movement. When the authoritarian regime is based in an institution or rules though a party, armed forces will see their role as defending the institution and are more likely to follow orders to violently quash challenges to the regime. Lee’s book is a model for case study research. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels 147 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Hochschild, Jennifer L. Do facts matter?: information and misinformation in American politics, Click here to enter text. by Jennifer L. Hochschild and Katherine Levine Einstein. Oklahoma, 2015. 224p bibl index afp ISBN 9780806146867 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Hochschild (Harvard Univ.) and Einstein (Boston Univ.) expand upon voting behavior literature with their dichotomy of active and passive states of information and ☐ Recommended misinformation in the US electorate. They support their theory through examples, including racial equity in policy making, the Monica Lewinsky scandal, global warming, the Affordable Care Act, and the presence of WMD in Iraq. The work builds upon the Receive-Accept- Sample model of John Zaller and the low-information theory of Monika McDermott. For Hochschild and Einstein, the political will of active and misinformed citizens can lead to deleterious domestic and foreign policy. Informed, politically engaged citizens should consider educating the misinformed as part of their civic duties; political actors benefiting from a misinformed populace should be shamed or sanctioned. The writing is clear and concise with extensive citations, providing readers with a linear and deep understanding of this concern of voting behavior. The topics broached are broad but do leave some gaps in American policy (trade/commerce and LGBT politics are two key exclusions). Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers; upper-division undergraduates and above. Faculty Member: Schauer, Frederick. The force of law. Harvard, 2015. 239p index afp ISBN 9780674368217 Click here to enter text. cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required What is law, and why should individuals obey it? These questions of legal philosophy date back to Plato and Aristotle. One classic answer offered by Jeremy Bentham and John Austin ☐ Recommended was that law was coercion and obedience to it was premised on threats of sanction. Yet H. L. A. Hart and much contemporary jurisprudence have removed coercion from central discussions of the law. Schauer (Univ. of Virginia) restores coercion to a central role in legal analysis. Drawing upon language, moral, sociological, and economic theory, Schauer explores what makes legal norms unique and why and under what conditions individuals truly obey the law. He asserts that although coercion may not be the only reason people obey the law, often getting individuals to act in ways they would not normally act requires some type of force. This force need not necessarily be negative coercion as normally conceived but can involve an array of sanctions to condition behavior in specific ways. Finally, the author seeks to explain the law’s coercive aspects from those of protection societies or thugs, contending that there are ways to differentiate. Excellent for collections on legal theory, philosophy, and jurisprudence. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above. Faculty Member: Schiller, Reuel. Forging rivals: race, class, law, and the collapse of postwar liberalism. Click here to enter text. Cambridge, 2015. 343p index ISBN 9781107628335 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9781107628335 pbk, $29.99; ISBN 9781316308332 ebook, $24.00 ☐ Required Forging Rivals tells the story of how and why the New Deal liberal regime declined in the latter half of the 20th century from a novel perspective: American law. Schiller (Hastings ☐ Recommended College of Law, Univ. of California) argues that fundamental and ultimately irreconcilable contradictions between labor and civil rights laws after WW II led to a "fatal weakening of liberalism." He supports this claim by focusing on several significant legal and political conflicts in the San Francisco Bay Area between the 1940s and 1960s. Schiller’s law-centered approach to explaining liberalism's downfall seems less convincing than theories that emphasize racism, political thought, or the Vietnam War. Nonetheless, he presents an important and little-told facet of the failed durability of the liberal order, one that is supported by an impressive amount of historical research. The specific conflicts he analyzes are not only illuminating but dramatic and compelling as well. Written in clear (if sometimes overly breezy) prose, the book is accessible to undergraduates, graduate students, and scholars alike. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Undergraduate, graduate, and research collections 148 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Roberts, Neil. Freedom as marronage. Chicago, 2015. 254p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780226127460 cloth, $87.00; ISBN 9780226201047 pbk, $29.00; ISBN 9780226201184 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Freedom is a keyword in modern political thought and culture. Yet, as Roberts convincingly shows, modern political thinkers tend to analyze the concept using the freedoms of the ☐ Recommended powerful and the privileged to inform their conceptual frames. His wager, which pays off spectacularly, is that readers can gain fresh insights by starting with the history of resistance to slavery. He calls this new conception of freedom “freedom as marronage.” Roberts's book is not merely an ideology critique that shows how dominant conceptions of freedom exclude the experiences of subordinate others. Rather, it is a detailed and nuanced exploration of the kinds of flight from slavery, their nature, and their limits. The result is a unique contribution to contemporary political thought: the idea of freedom as an ever-shifting process occurring in the liminal space of the slave escape. Though it makes reference to historical episodes that are not fully explained, Freedom as Marronage is clearly written and expertly researched. It is essential reading for those interested in the history of slavery, the concept of freedom, and critical theory. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections. Faculty Member: Wittes, Benjamin. The future of violence: robots and germs, hackers and drones--confronting Click here to enter text. a new age of threat, by Benjamin Wittes and Gabriella Blum. Basic Books, 2015. 324p index ISBN 9780465089741 cloth, $29.99; ISBN 9780465056705 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Confronting a new age of threat in which modern technologies enable individuals to wield the destructive power formerly reserved for nation-states, Wittes (Brookings Institution) and ☐ Recommended Blum (Harvard Law School) detail the evolving threats of robots, germs, hackers, and drones to establish the threat capabilities of this new era. Then they evaluate the wide variety of means that governments have to counter these threats. They draw from political philosophy as well as practical politics to support their remedies for these technological threats. Writing for a general audience and hoping to prompt legislative changes, the authors provide a chilling case of these emerging threats, but they also provide a compelling case for how governments can meet them successfully. Highly recommended—this book belongs in all serious public libraries and in all academic libraries. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Thomas, M. A. Govern like us: U.S. expectations of poor countries. Columbia, 2015. 254p Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780231171205 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9780231539111 ebook, $44.99 ☐ Required Thomas (formerly, SAIS, Johns Hopkins Univ.), an aid practitioner and scholar, has authored a book that ties in with Francis Fukuyama’s two-volume study of political order. Fukuyama ☐ Recommended hired her at SAIS and read her manuscript. Thomas prefers “governance” to Fukuyama’s “administration” and concentrates on contemporary Africa. Colonial malgovernance— sparse, underfunded, and coercive—left independent African lands with contrived borders and patronage, clientelism, and corruption as the only ways to govern even minimally. Poorly governed because they are poor, they can provide little education, healthcare, infrastructure, and law. Instead, officials deliver services through bribes, what she calls the “monetization of governance.” Many plans to fix this have been tried, but nothing has worked. Western, especially US, moralistic “cultural naiveté” gives the West unrealistic expectations that liberal democratic values are universal and attainable. She implicitly refutes neoconservatives and foreign-aid optimists for their overseas crusades. Some might read Thomas as despairing of foreign aid, but she proposes curbing idealism in favor of individualized strategies that live with corruption but strive to gradually improve governance. Loaded with grim examples and grounded in fieldwork and scholarly literature, the book is appropriate for students of development. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and professional collections Faculty Member: McKenna, Elizabeth. Groundbreakers: how Obama's 2.2 million volunteers transformed Click here to enter text. campaigning in America, by Elizabeth McKenna and Hahrie Han. Oxford, 2015. 248p bibl index 149 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 afp ISBN 9780199394593 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199394609 pbk, $19.95 ☐ Required McKenna (Ph.D. candidate, sociology, Univ. of California, Berkeley) and Han (Wellesley College) tell the story of the 2.2 million volunteers who were part of the 2008 and 2012 ☐ Recommended campaigns to elect President Barack Obama. They use participant observation (McKenna), analysis of campaign documents, and over 4,500 minutes of interviews with OFA (Obama For America and Organizing For America) staff and volunteers to detail how the Obama campaign developed and implemented a strategy that relied on volunteers utilizing the principles of community organizing to deliver victory in 2008 and 2012. Rather than focusing on the advances of "big data" and analytics, as many other chroniclers of the Obama campaigns have done, McKenna and Han argue that the real advances of the Obama campaigns are related to the "respect, empower, include" motto that they employed with volunteers and the innovative "snowflake" model they produced for their highly effective neighborhood teams. All students of campaigns should read this book. It shortchanges the connections between big data/analytics and effective voter outreach and fails to note the similarities between the Obama model and approaches used in late-19th- and early-20th-century American politics. But these are minor quibbles. Overall this is a fine piece of work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections Faculty Member: Cafaro, Philip. How many is too many?: the progressive argument for reducing immigration Click here to enter text. into the United States. Chicago, 2015. 305p bibl index afp ISBN 9780226190655 cloth, $27.50; ISBN 9780226197623 ebook, $18.00 ☐ Required Immigration remains a vital domestic issue in the US and appears poised to play a prominent role in the 2016 presidential elections. With concerns about population control reaching the ☐ Recommended forefront of national debate, Cafaro (Colorado State Univ.) bucks traditional ideological trends and strongly urges fellow progressives to note that mass immigration no longer aligns with progressive ideals. Chapters are dedicated to critical examinations of the unseen impact mass immigration has on labor inequality, working conditions, national economic maturity, and society’s relationship with nature. After presenting strong arguments as to why mass immigration must cease in the US if the country wishes to be truly progressive, Cafaro presents a detailed seven-point plan on how to best accomplish this goal. Included are suggestions for ending birthright citizenship, tying immigration allowances to the national unemployment rate, cutting immigration rates back to standards from 1965, and mandating a national employee verification program. Equally important to the policy proposals put forth are the efforts to dispel many of the anticipated challenges to the proposals, treated in the following chapter. A great addition to collections on American political issues and public policy. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Todorov, Tzvetan. The inner enemies of democracy, tr. by Andrew Brown. Polity, 2014. 201p Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9780745685748 cloth, $25.00 ☐ Required As evidenced by the title, Todorov argues that the primary threat to democracy is not an external, anti-democratic force such as Chinese or Russian authoritarianism or Islamic ☐ Recommended fundamentalism but rather trends and characteristics found within contemporary democratic practice. Linking the contradiction of liberal democracy to Messianism and Pelagianism (the idea that human perfection is possible in this world), Todorov argues that Western liberal democracy produces results that are ultimately antagonistic to democracy and individual liberty. Neoconservatism, liberal interventionism, laissez-faire capitalism, and populism are results of emphasizing one aspect of democracy at the expense of the others and threaten to undo democracy from within. For Todorov, the strength and weakness of democracy is that it does not claim to be infallible. Todorov points out that the appeal of democracy extends beyond its birthplace and finds optimism in this observation. The book is polemical, ambitious, provocative, and perhaps at points overstates its case. Its call for a democratic renewal, centered in Europe, is rather abstract. Nevertheless, the book is highly readable and engaging. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels 150 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Mutz, Diana C. In-your-face politics: the consequences of uncivil media. Princeton, 2015. 263p Click here to enter text. bibl index afp ISBN 9780691165110 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Mutz (Univ. of Pennsylvania) offers an engagingly readable, data-rich work on mediated politics of a particular kind. Her focus is upon television, long known to be most Americans' ☐ Recommended primary source of political information and here documented as the medium most capable of arousing positive and/or negative feelings about political phenomena. The words in your face come with a double meaning in the context of political messaging via television. TV carries the illusion that political actors are spatially much closer to viewers than they really are. And jousting among political adversaries on television can reach levels of incivility that violate norms of everyday discourse in interpersonal relationships. Drawing upon experiments and other methods she used, Mutz explains the impact of in-your-face elements upon viewer cognition and affect. Although in your face is readily available from liberal as well as conservative television, its most typical consumer is a conservative white man. In your face does make some contribution to democracy in attracting an audience and by informing viewers, especially about views of the opposition. But there are very high costs in the form of polarization and loss of trust. In-Your-Face Politics is strongly recommended for college and university libraries. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above. Faculty Member: Hunter, Shireen T. Iran divided: the historical roots of Iranian debates on identity, culture, and Click here to enter text. governance in the twenty-first century. Rowman & Littlefield, 2014. 296p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442233188 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9781442233195 pbk, $38.00; ISBN 9781442233201 ebook, $37.99 ☐ Required This is the best book yet published regarding the history and politics of Iran since 1979, which marked the rise of the Islamic Republic of Iran. Hunter (Georgetown Univ.) brings equal focus ☐ Recommended and balance to her discussion of four significant periods: the ascendency of leftist forces from 1970 to 1997 under Hashem Rafsanjani; the Left’s revenge under Mohammad Khatami, 1997- 2001; continuing polarization under Khatami, 2001-05; the rightest revenge under Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, 2005-13. There is also a concluding chapter on the election of Hassan Rouhani in June 2013. Hunter examines the important dichotomies of Iran’s politics during these periods: between pre-and post-Islamic society, Arab and Iranian culture, Arabic and Persian languages, Iranianism and Arabism, Iranian-Turkic (Azeri) and Kurdish culture, Shi’ism and Sunnism, monarchy and republicanism, and Islamism and secular democratic constitutionalism. The author thinks that the growing connection between ideology and discourse has hardened the ability of Iran’s political elite to make the concessions necessary for a governing consensus. She thinks such consensus necessary if Iran is to meet the institutional, economic, and geopolitical challenges it faces, especially regarding relations with the US and Europe and with the Sunni Arab states of the Middle East. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections Faculty Member: Barreto, Matt. Latino America: how America's most dynamic population is poised to Click here to enter text. transform the politics of the nation, by Matt Barreto and Gary M. Segura with Elizabeth Bergman et al. PublicAffairs, 2015. 286p bibl index afp ISBN 9781610395014 cloth, $26.99 ☐ Required Pulling together demographic data, survey data, and in-depth interviews, Barreto (Univ. of Washington) and Segura (Stanford Univ.) weave a complex, detailed picture of the ☐ Recommended multifaceted nature of Latino public opinion and political behavior. The authors explore the competing issues of the diversity of the Latino community and the growing sense of Latino identity that bridges those differences. They dispel myths about the underlying conservatism of Latinos, showing them instead to be liberal pragmatists. Of particular interest to those looking forward to 2016, they trace the growing political power of Latinos from California in the 1990s to the presidential elections of 2008 and 2012, including warnings about the need by Republicans in particular to pay heed to the lessons learned in California about the pitfalls of xenophobia and anti-immigrant rhetoric. They also explore non-participation of Latinos and survey-based insights into what might increase the voice of Latinos at the polls. Finally, 151 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 they explore Latino issue positions, including (of course) immigration but also environmental politics and the Affordable Care Act (Obamacare). A strong introduction to the topic, yet detailed enough for use in graduate-level classes, Latino America is a great base for empirically based conversations about current and future American politics. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers, undergraduate students, and graduate students Faculty Member: Edwards, Laura F. A legal history of the Civil War and Reconstruction: a nation of rights. Click here to enter text. Cambridge, 2015. 212p bibl index ISBN 9781107008793 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9781107401341 pbk, $29.99; ISBN 9781316235935 ebook, $24.00 ☐ Required This is an important addition to the literature on American social and legal history. Edwards (history, Duke Univ.) shows how the Civil War forever changed the conception of the ☐ Recommended Constitution, federalism, and individual rights. In an eminently readable account, she traces the evolution of legal thought and practice in the North brought about by the Civil War. Wartime mobilization concentrated immense power in the national government and raised expectations about what a strong national government could do. This power and these expectations did not wither away after the war. The Confederacy was based on legal contradictions; established to protect states’ rights, it created a strong government that was more centralized than the Union under Lincoln. Ostensibly fought to “preserve the Union,” the Civil War and its aftermath established a regime of rights that empowered African Americans and then was extended to a host of other groups even as it left African Americans in the lurch. What the war brought about, Reconstruction institutionalized, so the Civil War can rightfully be called the country’s most important constitutional amendment. This well- researched, well-written book is accessible and useful for scholars ranging from ambitious high school students to established senior scholars. It is superb. Summing Up: Essential. All readership levels Faculty Member: Klein, Menachem. Lives in common: Arabs and Jews in Jerusalem, Jaffa and Hebron, tr. by Click here to enter text. Haim Watzman. Oxford, 2014. 336p bibl index ISBN 9780199396269 cloth, $30.00 ☐ Required This is one of the best books on the topic of relations between Palestinians (Arabs) and Jewish Israelis. Klein (Bar-Ilan Univ., Israel) attempts to depict the “lives in common” of Jews ☐ Recommended and Palestinians in the cities of Jerusalem, Jaffa (Yaffa), and Hebron from around 1880 to the present. Klein divides the “lives in common” of Jews and Palestinians into four periods: 1880–1917, 1917–1948, 1948–1967, 1967–present. These dates demarcate four of the most historically significant periods of Jewish and Palestinian coexistence. Klein emphasizes that during the first period, relations between the two peoples were decent, deteriorated during the second period, and worsened further in the third. During the fourth period, after Israel conquered the West Bank (1967), relations became even more contentious as Israel occupied the West Bank and commenced its annexation policies. The author contends that if Palestinians will accept their subordinate position to Jews and the Jewish state, the two peoples can still have “lives in common.” This seems questionable given that the latest (June) Pew poll “found that 45 percent of Israelis and 60 percent of Palestinians in the West Bank believe that Israel and a Palestinian state cannot coexist peacefully.” Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Putnam, Robert D. Our kids: the American dream in crisis. Simon & Schuster, 2015. 386p Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9781476769899 cloth, $28.00 ☐ Required Putnam (Harvard Univ.) is the author of Bowling Alone (CH, Dec'00, 38-2454). In his latest book, he examines class structure and inequality. Using classmates from his own high school ☐ Recommended class of 1959, Putnam examines the "opportunity gap," upward mobility, and the American dream of working hard to gain income and social status. He finds that for many poor and uneducated Americans, this is likely a myth. He also finds that though race is a significant factor in life outcomes, class-based characteristics have more bearing on outcomes for children. His recommendations echo those of other scholars: improving quality and access to public education and providing a living wage as long-term strategies. Unlike other more academic writers, he weaves storytelling with scholarly research and policy implications. 152 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels Faculty Member: Sniderman, Paul M. Paradoxes of liberal democracy: Islam, Western Europe, and the Danish Click here to enter text. cartoon crisis, by Paul M. Sniderman et al. Princeton, 2014. 186p bibl index afp ISBN 9780691161105 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required This fascinating book addresses a fundamental problem of immense importance for current social and political life in a functioning Western democracy. Starting from the cartoon crisis ☐ Recommended that highlighted the clash of democratic values and Muslim fundamentalism, the authors employ a rich combination of qualitative and survey research methods to examine the responses of Danes that puzzled observers. Danish citizens supported the civil liberties of Muslim immigrants at a time when xenophobia was on a rise in Europe. The book richly describes the historical context of the evolution of democratic values in Denmark, covers the key ideological factors behind anti-immigration politics, and provides ample evidence of how Danes address the paradox of inclusionary tolerance toward their immigrant neighbors. That is, toleration in and of itself is not a sufficient answer to complex problems immigrants present in their adopted countries. Including them as full members of a common community is the minimal standard for achieving harmony and stability. This study, rich in empirical evidence on the Danish example, provides insight into how other Western democracies could learn to better relations with immigrant minorities in their countries. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Smith, Robert C. Polarization and the presidency: from FDR to Barack Obama, by Robert C. Click here to enter text. Smith and Richard A. Seltzer. L. Rienner, 2015. 321p bibl index afp ISBN 9781626372283 cloth, $68.50 ☐ Required One malady affecting politics in the contemporary United States is the hyper-polarization of parties and politicians. Smith (San Francisco State Univ.) and Seltzer (Howard Univ.) note that ☐ Recommended most of the research on polarization focuses on Congress. The authors turn their attention to the presidency, arguing that “presidents and presidential candidates in their ideologies, rhetoric, and policies have played a far greater role in polarizing US politics than the literature suggests.” They support this counterintuitive view with systematic and convincing research that proves their point. FDR established the modern regime of a regulatory welfare system. Subsequent presidents and congresses reacted to that regime. In the 1960s, race began to redefine partisan loyalties, as efforts to promote racial equality became “central to our understanding of the development of partisan and ideological polarization." Reagan presented a conservative alternative to the FDR regime, in which the fight against racial equality found a home. This led to greater polarization as the parties moved further apart and politics became more divided. This excellent and judicious book helps explain why US politics has become dysfunctional. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections Faculty Member: Moore, Margaret. A political theory of territory. Oxford, 2015. 263p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780190222246 cloth, $74.00 ☐ Required The state is the institution that exercises sovereignty over a specific territory, and this fact is fundamental to international politics, law, and political theory. However, as Moore (Queen's ☐ Recommended Univ., Canada) observes, “the territorial dimension of sovereignty is rarely questioned, or theorized.” In spite of the huge increase in attention to issues of global justice in the past couple of decades, there has been very little analysis of the normative structure and grounds of “territorial rights,” and how they are related to other issues in international political theory. The ambition of this work is to provide a theory of territory that sets out the conditions under which rights over a particular territory can be legitimate, what kinds of agents can claim such rights, and to specify how particular groups can have valid claims to particular territories. The theory is tested by showing how it avoids the shortcomings of other accounts and by applying it to such crucial issues as secession, control over natural resources, immigration, and national defense. The work is well grounded in the literature, its argument is powerful, and it is clear and highly accessible. An important contribution to the 153 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 field. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Kitrosser, Heidi. Reclaiming accountability: transparency, executive power, and the U.S. Click here to enter text. Constitution. Chicago, 2015. 283p index afp ISBN 9780226191638 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9780226191775 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required This book should be considered a must read by anyone interested in presidential power, secrecy, and law. Kitrosser (Univ. of Minnesota Law School) frames her discussion and ☐ Recommended analysis of the presidency within what she calls a “substantive accountability framework,” which is given life through the mechanisms of macro-transparency, accountability tools, and extraordinary prerogative. She provides a rich and thoughtful review of the conceptual origins of presidential power advocacy and the rationale for employing a substantive accountability framework. The bulk of her work describes and analyzes how presidential supremacy manifests itself in external and internal matters. Although Kitrosser does not explicitly address Steven Calabresi and Christopher Yoo’s The Unitary Executive (CH, Jan'09, 46-2937) or Eric Posner and Adrian Vermeule’s The Executive Unbound (CH, Dec'11, 49-2361), she does well to tackle the presidential supremacy arguments that those books contain. Her conclusions on moving forward (e.g., engaging in public outreach, bridging partisan and ideological divides, using accountability tools, and creating new or modifying existing accountability tools) provide readers with interesting and thought-provoking ways to counter the aggressive and imperious forms of presidential supremacy in action. Summing Up: Essential. General readers, upper-division undergraduate students, and above. Faculty Member: Foret, François. Religion and politics in the European Union: the secular canopy. Cambridge, Click here to enter text. 2015. 323p bibl index ISBN 9781107082717 cloth, $95.00; ISBN 9781316121849 ebook, $76.00 ☐ Required Foret (Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium) examines virtually everything relating to religion in contemporary European politics. He shows how religion continues to play a role ☐ Recommended on a continent regarded as increasingly de-Christianized and secularized. Religious views are represented in political parties, especially Christian Democratic ones, and in voluntary organizations, which try to influence both national and European public policy, most notably policy concerning education, welfare, personal status, birth control, sexual preferences, and the media. But Christian members of the European Parliament maintain a low normative profile and have limited impact on EU decision making. Religion plays a minor role in the selection of rulers, on the national and European levels. Once an important element of European identity, Christianity, in particular Roman Catholicism, was an important factor in the initial postwar efforts at European integration, but it has gradually yielded to laïcité and to “Judeo-Christian” and multicultural Europe. Religious passions have become “mild,” and Christian attitudes toward religious minorities have become more tolerant, especially in response to the growth of the Muslim community. A thoroughly documented study, much of it based on survey research and interviews with members of the European Parliament. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, research, and professional collections. Faculty Member: Flanagan, Richard M. Robert Wagner and the rise of New York City's plebiscitary mayoralty: Click here to enter text. the tamer of the Tammany tiger. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015. 135p bibl index ISBN 9781137406217 cloth, $67.50 ☐ Required Robert Wagner is a transitional figure in New York politics. He was a Democrat whose split with the New York City Democratic Party organization, lead by Carmine De Sapio, ☐ Recommended transformed city politics. Wagner increased civil service protections, deprived clubhouse politicians of patronage, pushed through a charter reform that increased the formal powers of the mayor, and ultimately defeated De Sapio’s candidate, Arthur Levitin, in the 1961 Democratic mayoral primary. Wagner established what Flanagan calls a “plebiscitary mayoralty,” a governing system where power is concentrated in a strong mayor who leads a professional civil service and depends on the electoral support of voters who are rewarded with public policies rather than city jobs. While these new arrangements were accompanied 154 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 by a reduction in the petty corruption that had been associated with the previous system of clubhouse politics, this new system included a reduction in the powers of the Board of Estimate and city council, which made it harder to check mayoral excesses. Flanagan’s analysis of the strategic maneuvering in implementing these changes and their ultimate consequences is particularly well done. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers and undergraduate students Faculty Member: Hammer, Dean. Roman political thought: from Cicero to Augustine. Cambridge, 2014. 555p Click here to enter text. bibl indexes ISBN 9780521195249 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781139989121 ebook, $72.00 ☐ Required Hammer (Franklin and Marshall College) aims at a comprehensive account of Roman political thought with the intention of rescuing it from its unjust neglect by students of political ☐ Recommended philosophy. Cicero, Lucretius, Sallust, Virgil, Livy, Seneca, Tacitus, Marcus Aurelius, and Augustine all receive dedicated chapters. Overall, the book is excellent, and Hammer displays an admirable command of the secondary literature. The chapters on Lucretius and Virgil are especially noteworthy (of particular value is the analysis of Lucretius in relation to Epicurus), but the entire work is characterized by a thorough engagement with primary and secondary sources. Hammer has done students of Roman thought and literature (not just students of Roman political thought) a fine service in this book, but more than that, he ably rescues Roman political thought from the obscurity it has unjustly suffered. Hammer’s book is valuable not just for scholars of Roman thought generally but also for those with an interest in the individual authors named above. This book makes a substantial contribution to the literature and will be valuable for advanced undergraduates, graduate students, and professionals. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections Faculty Member: Burnett, Guy F. The safeguard of liberty and property: the Supreme Court, Kelo v. New Click here to enter text. London, and the takings clause. Lexington Books, 2014. 167p bibl index afp ISBN 9780739197837 cloth, $80.00; ISBN 9780739197844 ebook, $79.99 ☐ Required This highly accessible volume about the US Supreme Court’s 2005 eminent domain decision in Kelo v. New London is not the first, nor will it be the last, book-length analysis of this ☐ Recommended controversial case. Burnett (Hampden-Sydney College) covers ground that will be familiar to many students of Kelo. Nevertheless, he has succeeded in producing an academic treatment whose objectivity and focus on constitutional law and politics (as distinct from the public policy ramifications of the decision) set the book apart from others on the subject. In clear and well-organized prose, Burnett leads readers through the legal complexities of the case, addressing the origins of the lawsuit, the various stages of the Supreme Court litigation, and the multi-faceted “backlash” to the decision. The Safeguard of Liberty and Property will be a valuable and well-received addition to reading lists of undergraduates interested in the Supreme Court, judicial decision making, and constitutional law. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers and undergraduate students Faculty Member: Saudi Arabia in transition: insights on social, political, economic and religious change, ed. by Click here to enter text. Bernard Haykel, Thomas Hegghammer, and Stéphane Lacroix. Cambridge, 2015. 351p index ISBN 9781107006294 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780521185097 pbk, $32.99; ISBN 9781316190524 ebook, $26.00 ☐ Required In this edited volume, leading academic experts on Saudi Arabia provide unique insights into the country’s socioeconomic transformation and challenges ahead. Saudi Arabia is one of the ☐ Recommended oldest and most pro-Western client states in the Middle East and the entire Muslim world. Notwithstanding the existence of deep political, economic, and military ties between Saudi Arabia and the West, the country still remains an enigma to many people in the West. Part of the reason for this is the country’s highly personal and opaque political system. In recent years, the apparent tranquility of the Saudi system has been shaken by emerging domestic, regional, and international challenges. So far, the Saudi regime has successfully navigated the troubled waters and has weathered the challenges of the so-called Arab Spring, which shook the foundation of many Arab dictatorships in the past few 155 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 years. The façade of stability, marked by the country’s massive oil wealth and military buildup, has given Saudi Arabia an outward appearance of assertiveness and regional hegemony. The topics covered include a wide spectrum of sociocultural, political, and economic issues. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections Faculty Member: Zyla, Benjamin. Sharing the burden?: NATO and its second-tier powers. Toronto, 2015. 328p Click here to enter text. bibl index afp ISBN 9781442647503 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9781442615595 pbk, $37.95 ☐ Required Zyla (Univ. of Ottawa, Canada) has produced an outstanding study of Canada’s role in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) from the Cold War’s end through the 1990s. Zyla ☐ Recommended frames much of the book around the concept of NATO’s “second tier powers” and how these members help this military alliance, though his focus is directed almost exclusively on Canadian foreign policy toward NATO. The author makes a strong case that traditional measures of burden-sharing do not capture how NATO’s smaller members have contributed to the alliance’s mission. Using a number of different measures, Zyla finds that Canada has more than pulled its weight in the alliance, and did so due to an ethic of “external responsibility” to help others. Using interview data and primary documents from NATO and various Canadian foreign ministries, Zyla provides new empirical and theoretical insights on Canada’s relationship with NATO. The author’s summary of NATO’s evolution during this time period is also especially well done. Highly recommended for undergraduates, graduate students, and NATO researchers. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Thomas, Edward. South Sudan: a slow liberation. Zed Books, 2015. 321p bibl index ISBN Click here to enter text. 9781783604043 pbk, $27.95 ☐ Required This excellent book lives up to its early rave reviews. Thomas has spent nearly a decade in South Sudan, Sudan, and Egypt as a teacher, a researcher, and an NGO and UN official. He ☐ Recommended blends a very thorough knowledge of the literature of all aspects of South Sudan with several hundred personal interviews to produce an insightful, readable, and comprehensive account of the complex factors behind the country’s agonizing and violent evolution. His research was supported by a consortium led by the London School of Economics and Political Science, and he looks at the country’s fitful liberation through an in-depth analysis of the people living in the large northern border state of Jonglei, long considered a hinterland and a source of violence. Thomas uses works and accounts by South Sudanese as his primary focus, with works by outsiders as supplements—a reverse of the usual pattern. Aided by the use of many quantitative (including demographic) sources and helped by an extensive, very thorough bibliography, the book provides excellent insights into past and ongoing conflicts in this new country. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readership levels. Faculty Member: Bargu, Banu. Starve and immolate: the politics of human weapons. Columbia, 2014. 480p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9780231163408 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required In this remarkable book, Bargu (The New School) frames a political ethnography of hunger strikes in Turkish prisons with debates around Foucault’s critique of biopolitical power. She ☐ Recommended makes a forceful case for the continued utility of Foucault’s work and for the utility of ethnography for theory. Bargu argues that death fasts represent a weaponization of life under conditions of asymmetries of power. The case of Turkey demonstrates a vital tension in Foucault’s work, the simultaneous coexistence of sovereign power in the form of the authoritarian state coupled with the biopolitical power of a neoliberal political and economic regime. Beyond demands for recognition or rights, hunger strikers reject the saturation of their bodies by power and attempt to forge new political subjectivities and communities that reject the state’s sovereign power over life and the biopolitical drive to manage life. Bargu explores the struggle between the state and strikers through the competing lenses of the state and the strikers, suggesting that necropoliticized resistance represents a form of political agency within specific contexts. Elegantly written and argued, this text is a compelling empirical and theoretical contribution. Summing Up: Highly recommended. 156 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections Faculty Member: Pacelle, Richard L., Jr. The Supreme Court in a separation of powers system: the nation's Click here to enter text. balance wheel. Routledge, 2015. 312p bibl indexes ISBN 9780415894296 cloth, $135.00; ISBN 9780415894302 pbk, $49.95; ISBN 9780203806784 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Pacelle (Univ. of Tennessee) presents the contexts, opportunities, and constraints that shape modern Supreme Court decisions. With a state-of-the-field discussion in each chapter, ☐ Recommended Pacelle aims to synthesize three dominant research approaches: judicial ideology (attitudinal variable), policy positions of the other two national branches and public mood (strategic variable), and case facts and precedent (legal variable). Pacelle includes a rich array of institutional literature beyond public law and judicial behavior and encourages readers to take different “routes” through the book, depending upon the readers' methodological comfort and interest. The data set includes nearly 5,000 cases since the Brown v. Board of Education decision. The substantive chapters explore inter-branch relations, public opinion, and dynamics within the federal court system. However, the opening and closing chapters could more clearly differentiate between two strains of modern judicial activism and explain their ideological and constitutional roots. Liberal activism targets state-based restrictions of civil rights and liberties; conservative activism targets national expansions of regulatory power over individuals, states, and corporations. Pacelle’s analysis remains convincing because both orientations have strained, but not broken, the Supreme Court’s legitimacy. This comprehensive treatment flows with a direct, even cheeky, writing style. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections Faculty Member: Syria from reform to revolt: v.1: Political economy and international relations, ed. by Click here to enter text. Raymond Hinnebusch and Tina Zintl. Syracuse, 2015. 348p bibl index afp ISBN 9780815633778 cloth, $49.95; ISBN 9780815653028 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required This is the best edited or single-authored book yet to appear regarding the history of Syria and the al-Asad regime from 2000 to the outbreak of civil war in March 2011. Further ☐ Recommended volumes are projected. There are contributions from 14 of the most internationally recognized scholars of Syria. The volume is divided into three parts: "Reproducing Power and Legitimacy," "Reconstructing the Regime’s Social Base," and "Coping with Regional and International Challenges." All three parts are held admirably together by editors Hinnebusch and Zintl. The contributors divide the three parts into two time periods; 2000 to 2005 and 2005 to March 2011. From 2000 to 2005 the new President, Bashar al-Asad, used the legitimacy built by his father Hafiz al-Asad to keep the Bathist Party focused on its corporatist "socialist contract" with its rural, lower-class, unionist, and co-opted middle class and bureaucratic constituency. But Bashar changed after 2004 to a neoliberal policy favoring bankers, investors, Internet entrepreneurs, foreign capitalists, and reforming technocrats. This shift resulted in “re-empowering authoritarianism.” This occurred while the Syrian masses were becoming poor, less educated, and less healthy, and in March 2011 the civil war started. For another opinion see Radwan Ziadeh, Power and Policy in Syria (CH, Sep'11, 49-0533). Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Rumney, Philip N. S. Torturing terrorists: exploring the limits of law, human rights, and Click here to enter text. academic freedom. Routledge, 2015. 213p index ISBN 9780415671620 cloth, $155.00; ISBN 9780415671637 pbk, $53.95 ☐ Required Rumney (Bristol Law School, UK) has provided a timely, detailed account of the use of torture during interrogations and whether it should be legalized. His argument against legalization ☐ Recommended comes from recognition of human rights as well as ethical arguments. Rumney critically analyses the data on both sides of the argument, providing a truly balanced perspective. He breaks down the ticking time bomb argument to its component parts and details how the scenario does not actually support the legalization of torture. In addition, he looks at the effectiveness of torture in obtaining valid and useful information and finds that torture is not 157 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 effective—an argument supported by CIA documents. Though he touches on the slippery- slope argument, his main thesis is that legalization of torture would be harmful to society and respect for human rights. In a closing chapter, Rumney argues for more discussion of this controversial topic and encourages the public to engage in a true and honest discussion without infringing on anyone’s free speech. Politicians, as well as the public, whether they support legalization of torture or not, should read this concise and scholarly tome on an increasingly debated issue. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Kettl, Donald F. The transformation of governance: public administration for the twenty-first Click here to enter text. century. Updated ed. Johns Hopkins, 2015. 219p index afp ISBN 9781421416359 pbk, $24.95; ISBN 9781421416366 ebook, $24.95 ☐ Required Kettl (public policy, Univ. of Maryland, College Park) describes changes in the administration of government in a new final chapter of a book first published in 2002 (CH, Jun'03, 40- ☐ Recommended 6035). He adds an 11th principle to the 10 outlined in the first edition: governance in the US and most other nations is a challenge of “boundary crossing.” The interpenetration of government into all sectors of society requires new strategies for accountability and performance as the network of tools expands and popular trust appears to decline. He outlines five transformative strategies: transform public law to ensure accountability across the boundaries, enable public agencies to be instruments of “leveraged action,” equip public servants to understand their missions and use methods to span the partnerships that cross governmental and private-sector lines, use information technology to bridge those boundaries, and apply performance management tools to make better targeted decisions. This applies equally well to global governance, as information, resources, and contacts expand to leave no nation untouched. This remains useful to students of public administration, although the author would have done well to incorporate material from the new chapter into the entire volume. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Undergraduates at all levels, graduate students, and research collections Faculty Member: Gallego, Aina. Unequal political participation worldwide. CIS/Cambridge, 2015. 235p bibl Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9781107023536 cloth, $95.00; ISBN 9781316190692 ebook, $76.00 ☐ Required In this important, clearly written book, Gallego (Barcelona Institute of International Studies) shows that the linkage between education and electoral participation across 36 democracies ☐ Recommended varies enormously. She explains this variation in terms of differing contexts and consequent costs of voting, ultimately the costs of getting political information and reaching a voting decision. The higher these costs are, the lower voter turnout is among the less educated. Gallego then shows how causal factors produce higher cognitive costs of voting, specifically certain ballot structures (e.g., high number of votes per voter and open ballots), electoral fragmentation and the need for coalitions, and market-oriented rather than public service–oriented media systems. Conversely, trade union mobilization has little effect on turnout variation, and income inequality has indefinite effects. Finally, Gallego assesses the policy consequences of unequal political participation. The book is particularly impressive in several ways: the first is a careful distinction between homogeneous and heterogeneous effects, that is, factors that affect all potential voters equally versus differentially; the second strength is the inclusion of three survey experiments testing the effects of ballot structures and the extent of electoral and governmental fragmentation on the probability to vote. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, research, and professional collections Faculty Member: Bowie, Jennifer Barnes. The view from the bench and chambers, by Jennifer Barnes Bowie, Click here to enter text. Donald R. Songer, and John Szmer. Virginia, 2014. 284p bibl index afp ISBN 9780813935997 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9780813936000 ebook, $45.00 ☐ Required The bulk of scholarly research on American courts focuses on the US Supreme Court, despite the fact that it has heard fewer than 100 cases per term in recent decades. This means that ☐ Recommended the vast majority of appeals in the federal system are disposed of by one of the US courts of 158 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 appeals. Though these courts are not on the radar of most Americans, they are vitally important institutions, setting law and policy in their respective circuits. Bowie (Univ. of Richmond), Songer (Univ. of South Carolina), and Szmer (Univ. of North Carolina, Charlotte), all well respected scholars, make a significant contribution to the understanding of these courts. Based on interviews with circuit court judges and their law clerks, as well as an impressive array of statistical data, this book covers a wide range of activities, including voting behavior, opinion writing, and deciding to publish an opinion. Moreover, the attention to court procedures is especially insightful. This book is a must read for those interested in decision making on the courts of appeals. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above. Faculty Member: Tkacz, Nathaniel. Wikipedia and the politics of openness. Chicago, 2015. 214p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780226192277 cloth, $75.00; ISBN 9780226192307 pbk, $25.00; ISBN 9780226192444 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Tkacz (Univ. of Warwick, UK) unpacks the social, political, and philosophical nature of Wikipedia and its stance as “open” in terms of collaboration, participation, and ad- ☐ Recommended hocracy. By using the notions of the “frame” and statement formation in discourse analysis, the author analyzes specific case studies that have helped shape Wikipedia to expose and problematize the “closed” versus “open” practices at play by Wikipedia participants at many levels. Further, the act of “forking” is explored as a method for effecting changes in organizations like Wikipedia, along with leaders' mobilizing an ally as a “mouthpiece” versus a “spokesperson.” Ultimately, Tkacz calls for a more nuanced political landscape for understanding these particular frames, which are not positioned as “open” or “closed” in terms of their policies and practices. This book could be used across many disciplines, such as communications, media studies, philosophy, linguistics, sociology, and cultural studies. Because of the broad focus and approach of this work, any supporting readings would depend on the discipline. For instance, James Gee’s What Video Games Have to Teach Us about Learning and Literacy (CH, Feb'04, 41-3564) might be used with a media studies or literacy focused course. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections

159 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Psychology Faculty Member: McAdams, Dan P. The art and science of personality development. Guilford, 2015. 368p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9781462519958 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9781462519972 ebook, $45.00 ☐ Required McAdams (psychology and human development, Northwestern) narrates a fascinating story of personality development and change across the life-span. This reviewer calls it a story ☐ Recommended because McAdams expertly intertwines academic research with personal examples and stories to tell the tale of how personality is “lived.” In other words, he shows that personality can really be understood only by looking at it in a developmental context. Viewing personality as best understood developmentally is new and refreshing. Chapter 4—"The Actor Grows Up: How Traits Develop into Adulthood"—will be especially enlightening for any who have not thought about personality evolving and changing in a developmental manner. By merging personality research and a developmental perspective, McAdams invites readers on a journey of understanding who people come to know themselves to be at all phases of life—and he includes the end-of-life stories that bring closure and meaning to the rest of life. This book will be particularly useful for professionals/practitioners working with individuals struggling with issues of identity and/or personality. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers. Faculty Member: Attachment theory and research: new directions and emerging themes, ed. by Jeffry A. Click here to enter text. Simpson and W. Steven Rholes. Guilford, 2015. 452p bibl index afp ISBN 9781462512171 cloth, $65.00 ☐ Required Over the past decade, the core attachment principles have extended to a wide variety of topics beyond developmental and social psychology. In this important volume, Simpson ☐ Recommended (Univ. of Minnesota) and Rholes (Texas A&M) address the extensions of attachment theory into new domains. In the first five essays, the authors consider classic themes of attachment theory, e.g., the impact of early attachment relationships on subsequent romantic attachments, the interplay of attachment and dependence, and the impact of stress on the development and expression of attachment. The remaining ten chapters focus on the extension of attachment theory to such issues as how the sexual and attachment systems interface within romantic relationships, the interface of attachment and parenting, how attachment may serve to regulate health, the implications of attachment theory in aged-care contexts, and how attachment may serve as a basis for new forms of psychotherapy. The contributors do a great job of providing not just summaries of past research but also “roadmaps” for future researchers as they strive to understand why people think, feel, and behave as they do. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Kyaga, Simon. Creativity and mental illness: the mad genius in question. Palgrave Macmillan, Click here to enter text. 2014. 209p bibl index afp ISBN 9781137345806 cloth, $90.00 ☐ Required Kyaga (psychiatry, Karolinska Institute, Sweden) examines the long- hypothesized relationship between creativity and mental illness. Exploring a broad range of disciplines—including ☐ Recommended philosophy, psychology, biology, and developmental studies—this volume is the most comprehensive effort to date to address the legitimacy of what some—e.g., Judith Schlesinger—have referred to as a “cultural artifact.” Schlesinger’s main argument is that the supposed linkage between mental illness and creativity has been so often cited that it is a common “truism” within the culture without having a basis in scientific analysis. Kyaga makes a concerted effort to conduct that scientific analysis. Does Kyaga succeed in proving this connection? This reviewer leaves it to other readers to decide for themselves. Kyaga certainly does present a great deal of research, from a variety of disciplines, to clarify what “evidence” would be needed to draw more valid conclusions. The summary of current knowledge and the concluding chapter are especially well done and informative. This is a valuable historical view of one of the most intriguing hypotheses in psychology. Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students, professionals, general readers 160 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Morris, David J. The evil hours: a biography of post-traumatic stress disorder. Houghton Click here to enter text. Mifflin Harcourt, 2015. 338p bibl index ISBN 9780544086616 cloth, $27.00 ☐ Required A widely known but rarely spoken idea about war is central to this volume: the sustained terror of imminent death permanently damages people. Morris is a former Marine and war ☐ Recommended correspondent, and his narrative, which illustrates how war lives on in the minds of soldiers, is woven between combat and civilian life and through past traumatic events as they fuse with the present. This mirrors the broken sense of time, highlighted as a key component in post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). As Morris describes his experience of being blown up in Iraq, he integrates universal themes of psychological trauma found in early and current scientific, medical, military, political, and religious writings and ideas from philosophy, literature, and poetry. He includes a review and critique of current approaches to treatment and describes controversies among mental health practitioners, particularly those within the VA system, regarding psychotherapies, pharmacotherapies, and alternative approaches to treatment. Correctly identifying Judith Herman’s Trauma and Recovery (1992) as the seminal text in the study of traumatic stress, Morris suggests that individuals suffering with or heavily impacted by PTSD can hope for meaningful post-traumatic growth. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers Faculty Member: Kenny, Dianna T. God, Freud and religion: the origins of faith, fear and fundamentalism. Click here to enter text. Routledge, 2015. 223p bibl index ISBN 9781138791329 cloth, $190.00; ISBN 9781138791336 pbk, $49.95 ☐ Required This brief but information-packed book looks at religious extremism in relation to Freud’s psychoanalytic theory. Kenny (Univ. of Sydney, Australia) draws on a wealth of disciplines— ☐ Recommended e.g., neuroscience, philosophy, and sociology as well as cognitive and social psychology—to examine the psychological processes evident in fundamentalist thinking. Early in the text, she addresses contemporary atheism (the work of Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, and Daniel Dennett) and then goes on to examine a number of philosophers (including Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Wittgenstein, and Heidegger), all the while using Freud’s theories as a framework. Kenny’s observations are balanced and based on solid research. Bringing Freud’s theories to contemporary events, the author explores in detail the psychological phenomenon of projection. Drawing on Eric Fromm and the Dalai Lama, she concludes by showing psychoanalysis as a key factor in protecting against religious fanaticism, with the needed changes coming from within individual psyches. This is an excellent addition to the literature on the psychology of religion. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Zerubavel, Eviatar. Hidden in plain sight: the social structure of irrelevance. Oxford, 2015. Click here to enter text. 199p bibl indexes afp ISBN 9780199366606 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199366613 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Zerubavel's aim is to offer a perspective he claims is missing in the research on attention— social attention. Zerubavel (sociology, Rutgers) synthesizes a great deal of work on attention ☐ Recommended and connects the work to numerous examples from everyday life. The book is more likely to appeal to those looking for a quick, insightful discussion of how social science and cognitive science might connect on the topic of attention, but it is unlikely to satisfy those looking for a complete account of social attention. That it does not supply. What it does provide by way of an account—he calls it “collective attention” and a “shared sense of relevance”—seems roughly equivalent to joint attention, the substantial research on which is neither mentioned nor cited. This form of attention risks being reducible to the attention of cognitive science, as it is simply the sum of individuals attending. If so reducible, the study of social attention seems unlikely to provide insight on attention itself, rather than its objects. Overall, this is a well-written and thought-provoking book likely to entertain and inspire curious lay readers. Summing Up: Recommended. With reservations. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Pilard, Nathalie. Jung on intuition: on the centrality and variety of forms of intuition in Jung Click here to enter text. and post-Jungians. Karnac Books, 2015. 301p bibl index ISBN 9781782201304 pbk, $46.95 161 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Pilard (independent scholar) presents a scholarly, detailed examination of Carl Jung’s use of the concept of “imagination” in its various forms and complexity. Jung employed more than ☐ Recommended two dozen terms relating to intuition, and this presents a challenge for anyone studying him. Drawing on the work of psychologists, philosophers, and theologians, Pilard compares and contrasts terminology throughout Jung’s works. Her critical eye brings into focus mistranslations, multiple meanings, and the contexts in which Jung used words. Delving into the etymology of these multiple terms will be a valuable exercise for any serious Jungian or post-Jungian scholar. This volume will be an excellent addition to the Jungian literature, where it serves as a companion to work by Paul Bishop, Sonu Shamdasani, and others. Includes extensive notes and references. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper- division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: The Moral brain: a multidisciplinary perspective, ed. by Jean Decety and Thalia Wheatley. Click here to enter text. MIT, 2015. 327p bibl indexes afp ISBN 9780262028714 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required Decety (psychology and psychiatry, Univ. of Chicago) and Wheatley (psychological and brain sciences, Dartmouth) have gathered 17 essays that examine the nature, origins, and ☐ Recommended development of moral cognition from the perspectives of philosophy, neuroscience, anthropology, and developmental, evolutionary, social, and abnormal psychology. A final section (two essays) considers implications for justice and law. Topics include precursors of morality in nonhuman animals, group cooperation, contractual thinking, the relation of emotion to reasoning, devoted actors, cooperation, the sense of fairness, group punishment, the functional architecture of the moral brain, the role of neurological modulators, and the underpinnings of psychopathy. The chapters were written by specialists in various disciplines—this is not an anthology of “classic articles” from specialized journals—and each contributor attempts to frame the particular problem and the perspective in a fashion suited to a broad readership. Though there is plenty here to interest specialists, the book will be particularly useful as a multidisciplinary resource on moral psychology or as an introduction to moral cognition for first-time readers or for researchers wishing to learn more from those in other disciplines. Summing Up: Recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Staub, Ervin. The roots of goodness and resistance to evil: inclusive caring, moral courage, Click here to enter text. altruism born of suffering, active bystandership, and heroism. Oxford, 2015. 389p bibl indexes afp ISBN 9780195382037 cloth, $59.95 ☐ Required What factors, whether personal, situational, or experiential, lead some to take action by aiding or rescuing others from harm? A Holocaust survivor, Staub (emer., Univ. of ☐ Recommended Massachusetts, Amherst; founder of the doctoral program in the psychology of peace and violence) spent his scholarly career exploring why some people act with humility and humanity and others stand by and do nothing in the face of suffering or, worse, perpetrate it. Staub conducted extensive theoretical and empirical work on the nature of good and evil, and his findings have advanced social, clinical, and developmental psychology and the psychology of peace and social justice. This fine book, made up of 28 chapters (2 are coauthored and 2 others are authored by others), is a victory lap of sorts for a distinguished career, but the book is also forward looking because it includes not only the author’s major and recent articles but also newly written material dealing with ways to prevent violence and promote peace. Those interested in learning a programmatic approach to addressing matters of moral courage and compassion will be drawn to this book, as will those who want to apply psychological insights to advancing reconciliation and creating caring societies. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers.

162 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Recreation Faculty Member: Contemporary advances in sport psychology: a review, ed. by Stephen D. Mellalieu and Click here to enter text. Sheldon Hanton. Routledge, 2015. 280p bibl index ISBN 9780415744379 cloth, $145.00 ☐ Required Contemporary Advances in Sport Psychology provides a comprehensive, detailed review of current hot topics in the sport psychology literature. The contributors delve into the ☐ Recommended advances made in recent years and expand on future avenues for research. In collaboration with several leading researchers in the field, Mellalieu and Hanton explore topics ranging from personality to self-determination to coping in sport, providing a snapshot of issues related to methodologies, theoretical developments, gender, and culture. The contributors also detail practical applications for contemporary practitioners and provide information regarding the remaining gaps in the literature. Given the variety of concepts it investigates, this volume will complement both textbooks (e.g., Richard Cox's Sport Psychology: Concepts and Applications, 7th ed., 2012) and reference tools such as Encyclopedia of Sport and Exercise Psychology, ed. by Robert Eklund and Gershon Tenenbaum (CH, Jul'14, 51- 5923). Because concepts in this book are deeply rooted in quantitative and qualitative research findings, the volume will appeal most to current and future researchers in the field who are advanced in the study of sport psychology. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper- division undergraduates through faculty and researchers; professionals Faculty Member: Policy and governance in sport: issues, organizations, and practical application, ed. by Jason Click here to enter text. W. Lee and Robin Hardin. Carolina Academic, 2015. 229p bibl index afp ISBN 9781594605345 pbk, $30.00 ☐ Required Lee (Univ. of North Florida) and Hardin (Univ. of Tennessee) assembled an impressive group of contributors for this collection. Taking a case-specific approach to the study of ☐ Recommended governance, the contributors utilize the NCAA, Title IX, North American professional sports, the Olympics, and motor sports settings to illustrate the complex nature of governing elite and mass-participation sport. Though the title of the collection may not suggest as much, the book is oriented toward administrative and policy-making practices in the US. There are a few chapters on international sport, but those tend to look outward from a US perspective. This is not to suggest this orientation detracts from the book’s quality, but rather that at times the contributors assume a certain commercial and national hegemony that readers might not find in policy and governance studies originating outside the US geopolitical context. A great primer on the challenges and opportunities US sport administrators face with respect to the delivery of sport goods and services, this accessible collection is relevant for anyone studying, or new to, the field. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates; graduate students; professionals Faculty Member: Seese, Dennis J. Rebirth of professional soccer in America: the strange days of the United Click here to enter text. Soccer Association. Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 299p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442238947 pbk, $45.00; ISBN 9781442238954 ebook, $44.99 ☐ Required Soccer has had a foothold in the US since the late 19th century. By the mid-1960s, the United Soccer Association (USA) and the National Professional Soccer League (NPSL) were battling ☐ Recommended for control of American soccer. Their bitter legal struggles and merger, as Major League Soccer (MLS), is Seese's subject. The popularity of the 1966 FIFA World Cup and the growing financial influence of television sport played a part. Seese discusses all this and elaborates on associations predating USA and NPSL, the many franchises that rose and fell, and key figures (owners, coaches, players). In chapters replete with statistics, game reports, facts, anecdotes, and interviews, the author looks at underlying problems: the ignorance of millionaire businessmen (many owners of other sport franchises) in soccer matters; failed marketing efforts; lack of sympathy for existing (ethnic) groups and clubs; crude attempts to "Americanize" the game; the subversive language, in the Cold War era, of an antagonistic press given to stereotyping, cliché, racism, xenophobia, and religious bigotry; substandard playing fields and officials; and poor attempts at fan identification. Despite the success of the 163 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 1967 merger and the increased popularity of soccer, some racial, social, and class problems still exist, especially the perception that soccer is being marketed as a sport for white, middle- class suburbia. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Denning, Andrew. Skiing into modernity: a cultural and environmental history. California, Click here to enter text. 2015. 236p bibl index afp ISBN 9780520284272 cloth, $65.00; ISBN 9780520284289 pbk, $29.95; ISBN 9780520959897 ebook, $29.95 ☐ Required In this cultural and environmental history of skiing, Denning (postdoctoral fellow, Univ. of British Columbia) explains how the sport expanded from Scandinavian Nordic style events to ☐ Recommended Alpine downhill racing. Davis demonstrates how winter pastimes evolved in accord with modern humans' changing relationship to nature, intersecting with leisure, tourism, environmental destruction, and economic development. Denning argues that Alpine skiing modernized the sport of skiing, aligning modernity with spectators’ lust for speed, excitement, and mass cultural spectacles and the rationalist dictate of modern sports. The sport modernized Alpine Europe by stimulating economic development, offering athletes a mastery of time and space, and transforming perceptions of a formerly dangerous winter wasteland in a backward part of Europe into a skiing wonderland. Alpine modernism democratized downhill skiing by lowering costs of transportation and equipment while providing a strong sense of cultural distinctiveness, balancing modernization and tradition, and enabling spectators and participants to reconnect with nature. Written for specialists, and based on Denning's dissertation, this intellectual study should be read with John Fry’s The Story of Modern Skiing (CH, May'07, 44-5110). Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Sport history in the digital era, ed. by Gary Osmond and Murray G. Phillips. Illinois, 2015. 279p Click here to enter text. bibl index afp ISBN 9780252038938 cloth, $60.00 ☐ Required Osmond and Phillips (both, Univ. of Queensland, Australia; North American Society for Sport History) have compiled an excellent volume. In section 1, “Digital History and the Archive,” ☐ Recommended Wayne Wilson discusses the role of libraries in developing web-based sport history resources, and British historians Martin Johnes and Bob Nicholson discuss their own experiences using digital resources. In the next section, “Digital History as Archive,” Geoffery Kohe employs the New Zealand Olympic Committee’s website to consider connections among historiography, sport organizations, and the web; Mark Cronin describes his efforts at using Irish social media as a research tool; Tara Magdalinski discusses teaching with Web 2.0; Mathew Klugman examines the use of fan sites; Rebecca Olive considers blogs; and Holly Thorpe examines the Internet and memories of heroes. The last section, “Digital History in Sport,” includes an essay by Synthia Sydnor on the nature of sport and Fiona McLachlan and Douglas Booth’s look at Internet use. The editors provide an excellent introduction and conclusion. The volume includes notes as well as a bibliography. Those who are interested in sport history will appreciate this resource on using the Internet in their work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Chaline, Eric. The temple of perfection: a history of the gym. Reaktion Books, 2015. 272p bibl Click here to enter text. index ISBN 9781780234496 cloth, $30.00 ☐ Required The concept of the gymnasium as a place where competitors (for the most part men) over the age of 18 trained for competitions started with the ancient Greeks. In modern form, the gym ☐ Recommended might be a fitness center, martial arts studio, boxing gym, or multi-sport complex. The US alone has some 40,000 such facilities (not counting those at colleges and universities). Covering more than 3,000 years of history, this expansive work uses the gymnasium as a starting point in examining human efforts to perfect the body. Framing a consideration of the gym within the nation-state, Chaline argues that the choice to work out, though perceived by individuals as independent, may in fact be more intimately and purposely tied to a state's interest in the fitness of its citizens. The author considers Greek notions of physical training (tied as they were to aesthetic ideals and intellectual traditions), national military interests as manifest in cultural practices around physical training, 164 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 conceptions of strong men and ambivalence about strong women, and fitness crazes as enacted in general populations. He offers a grounded perspective on today’s representations of the physical—from world-class soccer players to contestants on American Ninja Warriors. Summing Up: Recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers

165 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Religious Studies Faculty Member: Penton, M. James. Apocalypse delayed: the story of Jehovah's Witnesses. 3rd ed. Toronto, Click here to enter text. 2015. 547p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442647930 cloth, $95.00; ISBN 9781442616059 pbk, $39.95; ISBN 9781442669611 ebook, $39.95 ☐ Required Since its first appearance (CH, Jan'86), Apocalypse Delayed has been the definitive book on Jehovah’s Witnesses. Penton, raised a Witness though no longer a believer, gives both a ☐ Recommended historical overview and a thorough sociological analysis of a religion that has received surprisingly scant scholarly attention. It is unnecessary to review a book that has become a classic, but a few notes on this third edition are necessary. In addition to covering the several disappointments over the Second Coming, Penton offers engrossing detail about the origins of the movement. This edition (billed as "thoroughly revised") includes new information on founder Charles Taze Russell and other early leaders along with important developments within the sect since the second edition was published (1997). Because Witnesses take seriously their charge to live apart from the world, gaining access to their lifestyle is difficult, and Penton’s insights are particularly helpful. He covers Witnesses' desire to remain out of the limelight socially and politically while still being very public about their faith on street corners and the like. This book, in this edition or a previous one, is an imperative read not just as a foundational work about Jehovah’s Witnesses but also as a case study of a modern religious movement. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Approaches to Greek myth, ed. by Lowell Edmunds. 2nd ed. Johns Hopkins, 2014. 470p bibl Click here to enter text. index afp ISBN 9781421414188 cloth, $69.95; ISBN 9781421414195 pbk, $29.95; ISBN 9781421414201 ebook, $29.95 ☐ Required The quality and success of the first edition of this work finds a new iteration in the thoroughly new second edition. The book offers comprehensively revised versions of ☐ Recommended chapters covering myth and ritual; myths in images; Indo-European structures in Greek myth; folklore, comparative method, and Greek myth; and narration and semantics. Two new chapters present the essays "Greek and Near Eastern Mythologies" and "Greek Myth and Psychoanalysis," and a third provides a history of the reception of Greek myths. The general introduction by Edmunds (emer., Rutgers Univ.) is a model of clarity and substance that provides an overview of the status of the study of Greek myths and their interpretation in contemporary scholarship; his introductions to each essay more specifically highlight the issues the authors address. The bibliographies are extensive and inviting. Overall, the new edition will be very useful for both scholars and seminars on ancient Greek mythology. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Gyatso, Janet. Being human in a Buddhist world: an intellectual history of medicine in early Click here to enter text. modern Tibet. Columbia, 2015. 519p bibl index afp ISBN 9780231164962 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9780231538329 ebook, $44.99 ☐ Required “This book studies how knowledge changes. What enables epistemic shift, and what constrains it? How do historians recognize such a shift?” With these words, Gyatso (Buddhist ☐ Recommended studies, Harvard) opens Being Human in a Buddhist World, which is now the benchmark for English-language scholarship of Tibetan medicine and culture. Gyatso is renowned for bringing Tibetan Buddhist literature into conversations with broader topics in the humanities. In Apparitions of the Self (CH, Jul'98, 35-6170), she broke ground by exploring Tibetan autobiography through the lens of Western literary theory. In the present volume, Gyatso analyzes 7th–17th century Tibetan textual and visual sources to tease out a history of probative medicine within the context of a putatively orthodox Buddhist society. Though the exploration of esoteric yogic physiology will be slow going for nonspecialists, Being Human speaks to all readers interested in the broader negotiation of religion and science. Several chapters can serve as readings in other disciplines: e.g., Gyatso’s close analysis of Tibetan 166 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 medical illustrations (chapter 1) will be an excellent addition to visual cultures syllabi, and her treatment of women and gender in Tibetan medical works (chapter 6) will enrich gender studies courses. This is a fascinating intellectual history by a mature scholar at the top of her game. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: O'Collins, Gerald. Catholicism: the story of Catholic Christianity, by Gerald O'Collins and Mario Click here to enter text. Farrugia. 2nd ed. Oxford, 2015. 430p bibl index afp ISBN 9780198728184 pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required O’Collins and Farrugia (both, Gregorian Univ., Rome, Italy) return with a second edition of Catholicism (first ed., 2003), bringing much-needed updates to an already classic text. This ☐ Recommended second edition covers all the major events of the last decade, including the death of Pope John Paul II, the resignation of Pope Benedict XVI, and the election of Pope Francis. Statistics have been updated and bibliographies have been added at the end of each chapter. What has not changed is the concise, thorough, and instructive nature of this book. It remains the text for understanding Catholicism. The authors cover two millennia of Catholic history, tradition, understandings, and doctrine, and also provide important information on the Church’s structure and mission. This accessible book is designed for both Catholics and non- Catholics. Education remains the top priority. By sharing the rich history of Catholicism, the authors hope that all groups will better understand the Church’s current actions and positions. Catholicism should be the number one resource on Catholicism for all readers, and this second edition is a must-have. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Kärkkäinen, Veli-Matti. Creation and humanity. Eerdmans, 2015. 554p bibl indexes afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780802868558 pbk, $40.00 ☐ Required This third volume (of a projected five) in Kärkkäinen's "A Constructive Christian Theology for the Pluralist World" series is as superbly thoughtful and articulate as the previous two ☐ Recommended volumes—Christ and Reconciliation (CH, Dec'13, 51-2031) and Trinity and Revelation (2014). In the first section, Kärkkäinen (Fuller Theological Seminary) focuses on developing a Christian theology of creation. Writing from a solid evangelical base, the author insists theology must engage in dialogue with the natural sciences. In the other major section, "Humanity," he effectively puts traditional anthropology, evolution, and contemporary scientific knowledge in dialogue. As he did in the previous volumes, the author draws on an impressive range of scholars—scientists and theologians—to weave a lucid treatment of his subject. The bibliography is a gold mine, and there are two indexes—authors and subjects. The extensive footnotes allow readers to follow the stream of scholars influencing Kärkkäinen’s path. This volume will help readers understand themselves and the world from a fresh perspective. The next volume in the series will take up the spirit. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through graduate students Faculty Member: Dōgen and Sōtō Zen, ed. by Steven Heine. Oxford, 2015. 319p index afp ISBN 9780199324866 Click here to enter text. pbk, $29.95 ☐ Required Heine (Florida International Univ.) is one of the most important Dōgen scholars active today. This collection of essays by top Buddhist and Zen scholars is a standalone companion ☐ Recommended to Heine’s edited volume Dōgen: Textual and Historical Studies (2012). The earlier volume focuses on Dōgen's texts and historical context in relation to the Chinese Ch'an tradition and Dōgen’s place in Japan. This new volume engages Dōgen’s life and teachings and goes wider in scope by addressing, for example, Dōgen’s views on women and gender, his composition of poetry and relationship to Chinese poetry, and various aspects of the Sōtō Zen lineage in Japan, particularly issues of continuance and reform following Dōgen. There are textual analyses of other Zen authors, such as Keizan and his Denkōroku, among much else. As Heine points out, the volume continues to build on recent trends in Buddhist/Zen studies, namely, increased attention to Dōgen and Sōtō Zen, correcting the long (over)emphasis on Rinzai Zen resulting from D. T. Suzuki's prolific writings and addressing a broader engagement of issues concerning Sōtō Zen’s history and practice up to the present. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals 167 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Oswald, Roy M. The emotional intelligence of Jesus: relational smarts for religious leaders, by Click here to enter text. Roy M. Oswald and Arland Jacobson. Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 190p afp ISBN 9781566997799 cloth, $45.00; ISBN 9781566997805 pbk, $20.00; ISBN 9781566997812 ebook, $19.99 ☐ Required The many studies of Jesus range from the scholarly to the devotional, from the iconoclastic to the worshipful, and from the social to the psychological to the philosophical. Oswald and ☐ Recommended Jacobson move into interesting new territory by combining rigorous historical-critical scholarship with advances in scientific studies of the human brain and nervous system. Without committing themselves to the historicity of the sources for Jesus one way or the other and viewing him instead as a character in literary documents, the authors conclude that the main traits Jesus displayed in his words and actions were self-awareness, empathy, assertiveness, and optimism—that is, he presents as a resilient figure capable of loving enemies and dispensing forgiveness. Studies of emotional intelligence point to the significance and interconnections between mental/thinking and emotional/feeling factors in cognitive processes that enable people to think and act with awareness of their own and others’ emotions and thus to function healthily and constructively in relationships, organizations, and institutions. By combining inquiry into a historical figure with contemporary scientific investigations, Oswald and Jacobson present a Jesus who is as interesting as Aristotle’s “great-souled person” (Socrates?). Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: I found God in me: a womanist biblical hermeneutics reader, ed. by Mitzi J. Smith. Cascade Click here to enter text. Books, 2015. 312p ISBN 9781625647450 pbk, $36.00 ☐ Required Womanist scholars have made important contributions to biblical hermeneutics that place social justice theories of care and the experience of women of color at the fore of ☐ Recommended interpretation, but these works have been vastly overlooked in favor of white male (and white feminist) norms that dominate the field of biblical studies. In this book, editor Smith (Ashland Theological Seminary, Detroit) offers an addition to a growing corpus that begins to correct this disparity, filling what she calls "a pedagogical, political, and spiritual void and/or function." Bringing together established and new voices, this work is the first womanist biblical hermeneutics reader. The reader is structured in two parts of nearly equal length that provide a useful, extensive grounding in womanism itself and the application of these ethics of care to biblical interpretation and Christian practice, confronting issues of oppression, including racism, classism, sexism, and others throughout. Smith includes eight classic essays, a new essay on womanist interpretive theory, and three reprinted and six new womanist hermeneutical studies. This volume will be valuable to scholars and teachers interested in biblical hermeneutics and womanist theology, and it stands as an important contribution, concretely applying womanist theory to spiritual, political, and communal practice. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Stoll, Mark R. Inherit the holy mountain: religion and the rise of American environmentalism. Click here to enter text. Oxford, 2015. 406p bibl index afp ISBN 9780190230869 cloth, $39.95 ☐ Required Those interested in, unaware of, or skeptical about the relevance of religions in the historical development of nature conservation and environmentalism in the US will find this ☐ Recommended extraordinary book a must read. Stoll (history and environmental studies, Texas Tech) considers the religious roots of the environmental movement. He provides a panoramic survey, bringing to the discussion a wealth of detailed information, insights, and revelations about this generally neglected subject. His primary thesis is that childhood religious experience can be an important influence in adulthood—even when participation in a religious organization has lapsed—and that religion's teachings about conservation and environmentalism have generated significant advances in the movement. Without discounting other factors, the author looks at the influence of a succession of denominational 168 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 cultures, from Calvinists to Presbyterians to (in more recent decades) African American Baptists, Catholics, and Jews. He concludes with a consideration of what the lessons of the past portend for the future of these interrelated phenomena. Each chapter is illustrated with apt examples of visions of nature by landscape painters and photographers. The 58-page bibliography provides a most valuable resource for further exploration. This book will be of interest in numerous disciplines, including art history, conservation and environmental studies, and religion. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Dawson, Jane. John Knox. Yale, 2015. 373p bibl index afp (includes free online access) ISBN Click here to enter text. 9780300114737 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required In this detailed biography, Dawson (Reformation history, School of Divinity, Univ. of Edinburgh, Scotland), frequently quoting Knox’s own words, explains the reasons for Knox’s ☐ Recommended multiple experiences of exile and describes supportive relationships of friends, debates with foes, and his eventual religious triumph in Scotland. She confirms Knox’s exceptional preaching gift, his invective and his intolerance for opposing positions, and his insistence on following the Bible alone in the quest for a true church. Knox was the reformer of Scotland, but his significance reaches further. By insisting that The Book of Common Prayer was a false form of worship, he had significant influence during the beginning stages of English Puritanism and the denominations derived from that tradition. In examining Knox’s self- identity, Dawson points to the biblical image of the watchman’s warning of judgment for failure to keep covenant with God. She documents his struggle with depression and at the same time addresses the centrality of repentance in his life and the theme of “comfort” in his thought: the comfort of friends (especially several women correspondents), of God, and of security in times of spiritual crisis. Dawson identifies newly discovered sources—e.g., the Christopher Goodman correspondence—and she identifies for readers which of her interpretations are new. This is now the finest book available on Knox. Summing Up: Essential. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty; professionals; general readers Faculty Member: Endelman, Todd M. Leaving the Jewish fold: conversion and radical assimilation in modern Click here to enter text. Jewish history. Princeton, 2015. 425p index afp ISBN 9780691004792 cloth, $39.50 ☐ Required This is a thoughtful, convincing study of a subject—conversion and radical assimilation in modern times—that receives too little attention from Jewish historians. Endelman (history ☐ Recommended and Judaic studies, Univ. of Michigan) begins his detailed analysis with a helpful introductory chapter on the complex issue of conversion in the medieval era in Europe. He then traces the subject as it arose and was manifest during the Enlightenment and through the 19th and 20th centuries. He also takes a close, well-informed look at the issues of intermarriage and what he labels “conversions of conviction” in the modern era. In connection with the latter, he reviews the conversions of a number of significant individuals in France, England, Germany, and the US, including such well-known 20th-century figures as Hugh Sebag-Montefiore, who became the Anglican bishop of Birmingham; philosopher Edith Stein, who was canonized by the Vatican in 1988; and Simone Weil, who accepted Christ but did not formally convert to Catholicism. In his final chapter and the conclusion, Endelman evaluates the less-than- welcome reception that Jewish converts to Christianity have often received. An important and impressive study. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers Faculty Member: The lively experiment: religious toleration in America from Roger Williams to the present, [ed] Click here to enter text. by Chris Beneke and Christopher S. Grenda. Rowman & Littlefield, 2015. 342p index afp ISBN 9781442248724 cloth, $65.00; ISBN 9781442248731 ebook, $64.99 ☐ Required The line from religious intolerance to religious tolerance to pluralism was not straight and uncomplicated. This outstanding anthology, born out of a conference celebrating the ☐ Recommended 350th anniversary of Rhode Island’s 1663 charter, provides a plethora of case studies from the Colonial era (with especially good analyses of Roger Williams, William Penn, and the Methodist relationship to slavery in the Caribbean) and the 19th century. Contributors also 169 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 provide contemporary stories of “Mormon moments,” the movement against “cults” in the 1970s, and the liberal effort to push the religious right off the air using the Fairness Doctrine as a weapon. What is clear throughout is how much toleration has been hard for people to tolerate. “What people do with their religious liberty can seem downright appalling to others,” the editors note, and the essays are full of such examples. The Rhode Island context results in multiple discussions of the complexities of Roger Williams, whose emphasis on both liberty and proselytization helps explain the “American polity’s unique and somewhat paradoxical combination of religious disestablishment and a religiously charged public sphere." Top-notch scholarship on a topic of great contemporary importance. Summing Up: Essential. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: The Monk's Haggadah: a fifteenth-century illuminated codex from the Monastery of Click here to enter text. Tegernsee, with a prologue by the Friar Erhard von Pappenheim, ed. by David Stern, Christoph Markschies, and Sarit Shalev-Eyni. Pennsylvania State, 2015. 199p ISBN 9780271063997 cloth, $79.95 ☐ Required This remarkable publication comprises a 15th-century illuminated Haggadah, its unique Latin preface, translations, accounts of its discovery and study, and explanations of the unusual ☐ Recommended text. The codex, with its elegant calligraphy, underwent significant modifications. Three separate hands introduced pointing to vocalize the Hebrew letters. Illuminations that initially appeared to be typical of the Italo-Ashkenazi tradition introduced Christian gestures and figures that transform the book into a text of a Jewish ritual as understood by Christians. Erhard von Pappenheim, a Dominican friar, attached a prologue with his “ethnographic-like” account of contemporary Jewish practices assumed to be identical to those of Jesus. Friar Erhard learned this from the testimony of Jews at the blood-libel trail in Trent in 1475. He also added comments in the Haggadah itself. Essays describe the manuscript, explain the scribal work and illuminations, and discuss background of Friar Erhard. The text of the prologue is printed in Latin and English. The Haggadah itself is also translated into English. Endnotes follow a full-color reproduction of the original codex. This book will be valuable to students of art history as well as those interested in Jewish/Christian disputes and dialogues. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Arjana, Sophia Rose. Muslims in the Western imagination. Oxford, 2015. 261p bibl index afp Click here to enter text. ISBN 9780199324927 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Focusing on the critical question of how current attitudes toward Muslims in the Western imagination emerged, Arjana (PhD, Iliff School of Theology) traces the historical evolution of ☐ Recommended the imaginary Muslim monsters that have determined the construction of Muslims in Western thought. Contrasting the history of Muslim monsters (male, racialized, and nonhuman) with Islamophobia (“anxiety of Islam” that defines current Western attitudes toward Muslims), Arjana explores the “West’s imaginaire of the Islam," the perception of Muslims as uncivilized, hyper-violent enemies who developed as “a standard contrary to the normative humanity” established by white Christianity. The book follows the development and metamorphosis of the Muslim monster from the Middle Ages to the Elizabethan Age (predominantly Turkish representations and Jewish-Muslim monsters in the context of Orientalism) to historical development and cultural representations in the Americas, including contemporary post-9/11 images. Well-written and intellectually stimulating, the book provides an insightful and complex account of the historical development of imaginary Muslim characters and their relationships to existing human beings. A must read for anyone interested in Western representations of Islam and its followers. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through researchers and faculty; general readers Faculty Member: Du Mez, Kristin Kobes. A new gospel for women: Katharine Bushnell and the challenge of Click here to enter text. Christian feminism. Oxford, 2015. 264p indexes afp ISBN 9780190205645 cloth, $29.95 170 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ☐ Required Du Mez (history and gender studies, Calvin College) has written a fascinating study. Katharine Bushnell (1856–1946) was a prominent Christian feminist from the holiness tradition. Her life ☐ Recommended confounds expectations: on the one hand, she worked in the causes 19th-century Christian woman favored, including temperance and purity; at the same time, she was a trained medical doctor who traveled the world as an advocate for women who were prostituted or trafficked. Bushnell decided to determine for herself what the Bible, in its original languages, actually said about women. The result was God’s Word to Women (first published in book form in the early 1920s), in which she presented her conviction that the Bible clearly taught the equality of women but that its meaning had been obscured by male translators seeking to justify the subjugation of women. Du Mez concludes that Bushnell’s life could be a starting point for innovative new discussions about Christianity and feminism. This is both an important work of scholarship and an engrossing and accessible book for those interested in the many provocative issues it covers. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Orthodox Christianity in imperial Russia: a source book on lived religion, ed. by Heather J. Click here to enter text. Coleman. Indiana, 2014. 333p bibl index afp ISBN 9780253013132 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780253013187 ebook, $34.99 ☐ Required It would be difficult to overpraise this contribution to the literature on Russian history and Orthodox Christianity. In her 20-page introductory essay, Coleman (history and classics, Univ. ☐ Recommended of Alberta, Canada) provides a cogent interpretation of the contribution of “modern Orthodoxy as it was lived in imperial Russia.” At the heart of the book are some 19 documents, or sets of documents, each prefaced by a lucid essay, written by a knowledgeable scholar, explaining the nature and context of the document. The scholarship is uniformly first class, and the documents are diverse. For example, Christine Worobec presents two archival documents on miracles reported in the 1830s; Laurie Manchester contributes a priest’s diary from the Great Reforms of the 1860s; Nadieszda Kizenko offers turn-of-the century “confessions” preserved in archives; Vera Shevzov offers petitions, from 1905 to 1917, to the Holy Synod on miracle-working icons. All the documents illuminate important matters, introductions are illuminating, and the notes and bibliographies are treasure troves. Coleman accurately summarizes the volume as charting “the continuing relevance of the sacred in modernizing societies and of religion as a framework for understanding the modern.” Abreast of the best scholarship, this volume is valuable for studies of Russian history and religion. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: The Oxford handbook of European Islam, ed. by Jocelyne Cesari. Oxford, 2015. 869p bibl Click here to enter text. indexes ISBN 9780199607976 cloth, $150.00 ☐ Required Cesari (Center for European Studies and director of the Islam in the West Program, Harvard; Berkley Center for Peace, Religion, and World Affairs, Georgetown Univ.) has edited an ☐ Recommended outstanding, comprehensive study of Islam in European countries with essays by leading scholars. The first three of the collection's five parts examine Islam in specific countries by time periods: Islam's arrival as a postcolonial, post–WW II phenomenon; the post-1974 migration of Muslims; and the old European land of Islam, which includes Russia. Each essay provides a critical analysis of the immigration and demographic information on Muslims in the particular country and of issues such as discrimination, postcolonial identity, adaptation, and assimilation. One particularly fascinating essay is Jennifer Selby's on France, which, due to its colonialist past, has one of the largest Muslim populations in Europe. France's strong emphasis on secularity—the separation of religion from the public sphere—has led to many policy conflicts, symbolized by the wearing of the hijab at school, and to segregation in the “suburbs of Paris” and high rates of unemployment. The seeds of radicalization have been planted. In the last two parts, contributors examine and synthesize broad thematic issues— secularization, radicalization, Shari‘a, hijab, and Islamophobia—in all of the countries in comparative fashion. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty 171 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 and researchers Faculty Member: Marenbon, John. Pagans and philosophers: the problem of paganism from Augustine to Click here to enter text. Leibniz. Princeton, 2015. 354p bibl index afp ISBN 9780691142555 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required This reviewer has been waiting for this book for a long time. Marenbon (Univ. of Cambridge, UK)—whose previous work includes, among much else, Boethius (CH, Mar'04, 41-3981) ☐ Recommended and Abelard in Four Dimensions (CH, Jun'14, 51-5523)—teased readers of his prior books with the promise of a forthcoming study of the problem of paganism in medieval thought. For Christian philosophers, the problem of paganism is, roughly speaking, how to think about the life and work of pagans—Socrates, Aristotle, et al.—who seem to be both wise and virtuous as well as nonbelievers. Can wisdom be found in the works of those who were ignorant of the true nature of God? Could they really have been virtuous if they did not act from a love of God? As the subtitle indicates, Marenbon traces how thinkers from Augustine of Hippo to Leibniz addressed these and similar questions. The resulting book is fascinating, exciting, compelling, and well worth the wait. This volume will interest students of medieval thought, intellectual history, theology, tolerance, and interreligious dialogue and anyone with a curious mind. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty. Faculty Member: Bauman, Chad M. Pentecostals, proselytization, and anti-Christian violence in contemporary Click here to enter text. India. Oxford, 2015. 208p bibl index afp ISBN 9780190202195 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780190202101 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Scholarly discussions of religious violence in India focus largely on assaults perpetuated against Muslims. The present work provides a much-needed analysis of anti-Christian, ☐ Recommended specifically anti-Pentecostal, violence on the subcontinent. Using rich ethnographic findings and interviews conducted throughout cities across seven Indian states and a database he compiled of media reports of anti-Christian violence from 2007 and 2008, Bauman (Butler Univ.) provides a thorough investigation that not only provides a picture of contemporary anti-Pentecostal behavior but also contextualizes and tracks the growth of Pentecostalism in India. The valuable opening chapters locate Indian Pentecostalism within the global Pentecostal movement and provide a brief history of Christianity in India. Bauman goes on to investigate India’s religiopolitical climate and discuss why the violence perpetuated against Pentecostal Christians and Pentecostalized Evangelicals is disproportionate to the Pentecostal population. The analysis is further strengthened by an exploration of reactions to “provocative proselytization” and “rumored or real conversations.” This comprehensive, provocative study delivers a nuanced theoretical framework that allows for a multidimensional take on interreligious violence while providing readers with the necessary background and information to understand this complex subject. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Pluralism and democracy in India: debating the Hindu Right, ed. by Wendy Doniger and Click here to enter text. Martha C. Nussbaum. Oxford, 2015. 384p index afp ISBN 9780195394825 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780195395532 pbk, $35.00 ☐ Required In this book, contributors broadly examine the Hindu Right in contemporary India through 20 essays organized into six sections: “The Past and the Present,” Democratic Media,” “Political ☐ Recommended Parties and Movements,” “Creating an Inclusive Public Culture,” “Gender and Democracy,” and “India’s Politics on the US Stage.” The volume’s essays derive from a 2005 conference at the University of Chicago Law School and were provoked by the 2002 genocide in Gujarat. Doniger and Nussbaum (both, Univ. of Chicago) assume readers have some knowledge about Hindu nationalism and the Indian states, yet the variety of essays is useful to undergraduate neophytes as well as seasoned researchers. The essays exemplify interdisciplinary cooperation, employing history, political science, economics, philosophy, law, religious studies, media studies, and literature. The essays provide additional insight from authors in journalism, publishing, and the arts, generating an unusually rich conversation centered around the implementation of the state's constitution in light of India’s diversity and repeated assaults on pluralistic values. This case study in the past and 172 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 future of democratic survival posits some requirements for any healthy democracy. Doniger and Nussbaum's exceptional contribution will likely shape the future of how scholars examine Hindu nationalism and India’s diverse culture. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper- division undergraduates through researchers and faculty Faculty Member: Brown, Peter. The ransom of the soul: afterlife and wealth in early Western Christianity. Click here to enter text. Harvard, 2015. 262p index ISBN 9780674967588 cloth, $24.95 ☐ Required Brown (emer., Princeton Univ.), author of The Body and Society (CH, Jul'89, 26-6235), explores in his latest book Christian teachings about wealth, death, and the afterlife in both ☐ Recommended the early Church and the early Middle Ages. He shows that Christian views on these concepts were fluid and shaped across several centuries by social, economic, and historical contexts. Brown notes that in the early Church, the rich and poor were connected through prayer and almsgiving, and the living and dead were connected in a similar way. He also delves into Augustine of Hippo's writings from before and after the Pelagian debates, detailing how Augustine believed that the Church was full of imperfect individuals who needed help repaying the "debt" of sin. Brown then turns from North Africa to Gaul, where bishops encouraged wealthy Christians to donate to the Church to atone for sin. He shows that by the sixth century, the Church in Gaul used its wealth to gain merit by serving the poor. Finally, Brown traces how Christians transformed the classical view of the souls in the cosmos. This book is essential reading for anyone with a serious interest in late antiquity and early medieval Christianity. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Niebuhr, Reinhold. Reinhold Niebuhr: major works on religion and politics, ed. by Elisabeth Click here to enter text. Sifton. Library of America, 2015. 962p index afp ISBN 9781598533750 cloth, $40.00 ☐ Required A public intellectual whose impact has been both wide and deep (Barack Obama cited him as a major influence), Niebuhr (1892–1971) was one of those rare thinkers who somehow ☐ Recommended managed to be sophisticated, relevant, and accessible all at the same time. His writings stand as a testament to the importance of the tension between humble reflection and confident action. Niebuhr’s work deserves to be considered in its totality. This collection, edited by Niebuhr’s daughter, Elisabeth Sifton (a respected editor and publisher), is presented as “the largest, most comprehensive edition of Niebuhr’s writings ever published.” The contents include his major books, Leaves from the Notebook of a Tamed Cynic (1929), Moral Man and Immoral Society (1932), The Children of Light and the Children of Darkness (1944), and The Irony of American History (1952), along with essays, sermons, and prayers that deal with topics such as race relations, Russia, American identity, faith and justice, Vietnam, and selfhood, to mention just a few of many. This collection will be required reading for those interested in Niebuhr’s life and thought, 20th century theology, or faith and ethics more broadly. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers. Faculty Member: Alpert, Rebecca T. Religion and sports: an introduction and case studies. Columbia, 2015. Click here to enter text. 209p bibl index afp ISBN 9780231165709 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780231165716 pbk, $28.00; ISBN 9780231539326 ebook, $27.99 ☐ Required Alpert (religion, Temple Univ.) states in her first sentence that the book is "intended as a primary or complementary text for courses in religion and sport." Broad issues and a global ☐ Recommended focus enhance her total presentation in numerous case studies, reflecting cultures around the world. The introduction explores the different ways sport and religion have been defined and shows how each has a place in the other. Brief but creative and helpful sections of this important chapter explore why some people think sport(s) is a religion, what takes place when religion and sports conflict with each other, and the often-misunderstood issue of the role of religion in ethical dilemmas in sports. Sportsmanship also looms large in these few but critical pages. Each issue is then illustrated by a number of historic and international cases, followed by a list of activities for students to explore for themselves. This worthy book should be adopted by a number of sport and religion courses and should be required reading 173 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 for sports officials. Excellent bibliography, notes, and index. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners Faculty Member: Turner, Alicia. Saving Buddhism: the impermanence of religion in colonial Burma. Hawai'i, Click here to enter text. 2014. 221p bibl index afp ISBN 9780824839376 cloth, $54.00 ☐ Required This fascinating study of Burmese Buddhism by Turner (humanities and religious studies, York Univ., Canada) unveils the role of religion and its definition as a discourse for understanding ☐ Recommended responses to colonial power. Using a wide array of sources—including newspapers, journals, donation lists, and colonial reports—the author presents a view of sasana, the Buddha's teaching that provides the underlying worldview for Burmese Buddhists. Turner argues that this worldview experienced a decline between 1890 and 1920, provoking some to seek to save it. According to this study, however, using multiple techniques both old and new, sasana was preserved through reform, and the discourse served to challenge the colonial framework. The fluidity of identity within the sasana framework largely contributed to the success of this endeavor, such that society in turn experienced a change. What is particularly striking is the insightful way Turner weaves the story of how both the Burmese and the British were syncretic in their approaches. Through this lens, it is easy to see how useful the text is for understanding the complexity of identities in colonial modernity. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates, graduate students, and faculty Faculty Member: Edwards, Jonathan J. Superchurch: the rhetoric and politics of American fundamentalism. Click here to enter text. Michigan State, 2015. 249p bibl index afp ISBN 9781611861594 pbk, $44.95; ISBN 9781628951707 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Edwards (Univ. of South Carolina) has not written a history of American Fundamentalism intended to compete with or supplant such excellent studies as George Marsden’s ☐ Recommended Fundamentalism and American Culture (CH, Jul'06, 43-6470) or Joel Carpenter’s Revive Us Again (1997). Rather, he investigates how theologically conservative Protestant Christians of the early 19th century, led by individuals such as Charles Finney, who initially focused solely on converting people from their sinful ways, saw their theological heirs in the late 19th and early 20th centuries shift their primary focus away from religious conversion to involve themselves more and more with modern problems associated with politics and culture. In this story, Edwards breaks with the traditional narrative of American Fundamentalism by showing that it never really receded from American culture after the 1925 Scopes Trial; it remained an ever-present force in American religious history until Jerry Falwell and his Thomas Road Baptist Church were able to gain even greater recognition for the movement in the 1970s. Relying mostly on secondary sources and case studies, Edwards has made a major contribution to the further understanding of American Fundamentalism as it exists in the 21st century. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through professionals and practitioners. Faculty Member: Thiselton, Anthony C. The Thiselton companion to Christian theology. Eerdmans, 2015. 860p Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9780802872326 cloth, $75.00 ☐ Required Thiselton is a renowned theological scholar, and his numerous contributions make him a preeminent voice. In this massive reference volume, written solely by him, he provides ☐ Recommended articles of varying lengths on more than 600 topics and theologians. Distillations of this kind are hugely beneficial. As sole author, Thiselton (Univ. of Nottingham, UK) provides consistent expression throughout. Entries relating to hermeneutics, Thiselton’s specialty, are especially succinct and effective. He often organizes topical pieces into “biblical” and “historical” segments, a choice that adds to the lucidity of the treatment. This is especially welcome for longer pieces on theological doctrines, such as God, Christ, and the Holy Spirit. But one of the book's strengths—its focus on Western theology and theologians—is also a limitation: it underrepresents other constituencies. For what it is, however, this book is superb. This will be an eminently valuable book for scholars and students, appreciated for the clear writing and succinct summaries of topics and thinkers. A time chart of birth dates of theologians and 174 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 a list of entries enhance the usability of the volume. Also helpful are bibliographic citations for quotations and suggestions for further reading. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty Faculty Member: Penn, Michael Philip. When Christians first met Muslims: a sourcebook of the earliest Syriac Click here to enter text. writings on Islam. California, 2015. 254p bibl index afp ISBN 9780520284937 cloth, $70.00; ISBN 9780520284944 pbk, $34.95; ISBN 9780520960572 ebook, $34.95 ☐ Required When one thinks of primary sources in Islamic studies, Arabic, Farsi, and Urdu readily come to mind as major Islamicate languages; Syriac, as a "Christian" language, has often been largely ☐ Recommended ignored. Indeed, Syriac’s place has been found thus far on the margins not only of Islamic studies but also of "orthodox" Christian studies, given the heterodox nature of the Christianity found among Syriac-speaking churches. Penn (Mount Holyoke College), however, has provided what will doubtlessly prove to be a seminal work that should be widely consulted until the academic importance of Syriac is finally recognized. The materials Penn has assembled are fascinating. An uncritical mind might assume that Syriac-speaking Christians would have been uniformly hostile to Islam, and to be sure, many were. However, for many Syriac speakers, the "sons of Hagar" were not seen as enemies, and for others, Islam was simply not central to their everyday concerns, especially in the first several centuries of Muslim ascendancy in many lands of eastern Christendom. Penn’s accessible translations open up a world with which many in Islamic studies have only a passing familiarity. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Lawrence, Bruce B. Who is Allah?. North Carolina, 2015. 223p bibl index afp ISBN Click here to enter text. 9781469620039 cloth, $25.00; ISBN 9781469620046 ebook, $24.99 ☐ Required In this original and educational book, Lawrence (emer., Islamic studies, Duke Univ.) surpasses standard approaches to the subject by explaining Islam to a broader audience. The book ☐ Recommended offers a rich mélange of historical examples of how Muslims express (and experience) their understanding of the singularity of God through an incredible diversity of traditions. As such, the seemingly impertinent question in the book's title sets the stage for Lawrence’s innovative treatment of Muslim practices of reverence, which spans the entire spectrum of religious thought, ceremony, and performance. Indeed, offering corrective insights into crude stereotypes found in Western media, Lawrence also clarifies how the principal tenet of Islam—the indisputable unity and exclusivity of God—has enriched the cultural lives of so many. With great ethnographic skill, Lawrence demonstrates how Muslims express this devotion through a variety of rituals that often include dance, philosophic disputation, music, poetry, and dhikr (an act of remembrance). More still, the author reveals the dynamic use of different media in his chapter titled "Allah Online: Practices in Cyberspace." The result is a valuable fusion of emblematic quotes from devotional poetry to a cataloging of seemingly un- Islamic practices, making this book both fascinating to and educational for very diverse audiences. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Lower-division undergraduates and above; general readers Faculty Member: Moore, Rebecca. Women in Christian traditions. New York University, 2015. 209p bibl indexes Click here to enter text. afp ISBN 9781479829613 cloth, $65.00; ISBN 9781479821754 pbk, $17.00 ☐ Required Moore (San Diego State Univ.) accomplishes a seemingly incredible feat: she tells the story of women in Christianity through 2,000 years of history. In her important introduction, she ☐ Recommended provides a succinct survey of feminist theology in the 20th century. This provides the groundwork for the chronological history that unfolds in the seven chapters that follow. Moore begins with the Genesis story of Eve, moves to early Christian house churches, details the complex roles of women in the Reformations, and concludes with women’s ordination activists, the work of “conservative Christian women,” and women in the Civil Rights Movement and global Christianity. She also discusses several individual women, for example, martyrs such as Saint Perpetua and early female monastics of the medieval period; Saint Kateri Tekakwitha, a Native American; and temperance activist Frances Willard. Noteworthy for its breadth and depth, Moore’s project will encourage smart 175 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 conversations about women and Christianity. The volume includes questions for discussion and endnotes. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates; faculty

176 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Sociology & Human Relations Faculty Member: Gill, Michael. Already doing it: intellectual disability and sexual agency. Minnesota, 2015. Click here to enter text. 255p index afp ISBN 9780816682973 cloth, $91.00; ISBN 9780816682980 pbk, $26.00 ☐ Required Gill (gender, women's, and sexuality studies, Grinnell College) examines a subject often on the margins of disability studies: allowing individuals with intellectual disabilities to be agents ☐ Recommended of their own reproductive rights, sexual experiences, and sexuality identity in the context of institutional limitations grounded in heteronormative stereotypes. Utilizing queer/crip scholarly analysis, the author critiques society's assumption of individuals with intellectual disabilities as being simultaneously sexual naifs and predators of "innocent" children. The desire of adults with intellectual disabilities to assert their reproductive rights and become parents is often circumscribed by the judiciary systems to the social work profession, by and large on assumed grounds of potential parental "incompetence" once children reach puberty. Rather than emphasizing the pleasure of the sexual experience, sex education—as presented to this target population—is taught along the lines of protection against potential abusers and use of contraceptives solely to prevent the spread of sexually transmitted diseases. Forced sterilization, based often on untested assumptions of an inability to parent, is often ordered by judges, despite real-life evidence to the contrary. An accessible and interesting read. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All readers Faculty Member: Jung, Moon-Kie. Beneath the surface of white supremacy: denaturalizing U.S. racisms past Click here to enter text. and present. Stanford, 2015. 247p bibl index afp ISBN 9780804789387 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780804795197 pbk, $24.95; ISBN 9780804795227 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required A rising star in the field of race and ethnicity, sociologist Jung (Univ. of Massachusetts) delivers a tour de force on the origins and consequences of US racism. This work of rigorous ☐ Recommended historical and sociological thought built on empirical data dives into the sundry and varied ways in which white supremacy has been established in the US, particularly as forces of racial domination played out along the black-white color line and amid Latino, Asian, and Native populations. In three parts, Jung deconstructs the dominant and “common sense” assumptions regarding the definition and function of racism, the legal and political dynamics that established a racialized social contract in de jure and de facto practice, and the ideological mechanisms and material practices that coerce people into accepting racialized atrocities and mass suffering. Jung’s work is deeply impressive. This book is a must read for any serious student of race, ethnicity, and racism given the sophistication of the argument, which also refuses to reduce the lived experiences of people of color to fodder for can(n)onical theorizing. Summing Up: Essential. All academic levels/libraries Faculty Member: Carlson, Jennifer. Citizen-protectors: the everyday politics of guns in an age of decline. Click here to enter text. Oxford, 2015. 227p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199347551 cloth, $29.95 ☐ Required Sociologist Carlson (Univ. of Toronto) has transformed her Berkeley dissertation into a timely, well-written, jargon-free, nuanced book on why millions of Americans carry guns and view ☐ Recommended themselves as models of good citizenship. To develop her analysis from the bottom up, she became a participant observer of concealed (at times open) gun carriers in the Detroit and Flint, MI, areas, going so far as to undergo a National Rifle Association training program, obtain a gun license, and carry a gun. Postindustrial socioeconomic decline, especially in the areas Carlson studied, has resulted in stresses on state and local budgets and a reduction in Michigan's ability to provide adequate protection. As a result, “citizen-protectors” and “stand your ground” laws have developed, referring to a citizen’s right to self-defense and the duty to protect one’s family and community. Carlson includes the impact of gender and race in her analysis and points out that citizen-protectors may misinterpret situations and the actions of others. As a result, they “jump the gun” and violate the law. Gun supporters and gun opponents will be challenged by this sophisticated work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. General readers and undergraduate sociology and criminology students 177 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: O'Hagan, Claire. Complex inequality and 'working mothers'. Cork University Press, 2015. 273p Click here to enter text. bibl index ISBN 9781782051244 cloth, $45.00 ☐ Required O'Hagan (Univ. of Limerick, Ireland) addresses an important theoretical and empirical gap in feminist scholarship by writing a comprehensive analysis of gender, work, and motherhood in ☐ Recommended Ireland. Using the theoretical framework of feminist intersectionality along with in-depth interviews with a diverse group of working mothers, she significantly contributes to the understanding of how individuals experience inequalities and privilege in everyday life, and how various social structures—including state, workplace, family, and church—create and reinforce those inequalities. Critical to O'Hagan's analysis is that she intentionally demonstrates the diversity of Irish working mothers, showing how they are not a monolithic group. Instead, there are inequalities within the group, and as a result some women are able to experience greater privilege at times. In her attempts to address the complex inequality that women experience, the author explores the impacts on women, children, families, child minders, and society. She concludes with what she sees as a new gender regime rooted in challenging the traditional gendered ideology and organization of work and family, and proposes state policy structures to support that change. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Feminisms and ruralities, ed. by Barbara Pini, Berit Brandth, and Jo Little. Lexington Books, Click here to enter text. 2014. 243p bibl index afp ISBN 9780739188217 cloth, $85.00; ISBN 9780739188224 ebook, $84.99 ☐ Required It may be that in the past, feminist scholars paid little attention to gender inequality in rural areas because of presumed patriarchy and the associated masculinity of rural life. With this ☐ Recommended collected volume, which follows earlier efforts by two of the editors (Pini and Belinda Leach, eds., Reshaping Gender and Class in Rural Spaces, 2011; Little, Gender and Rural Geography: Identity, Sexuality and Power in the Countryside, 2002), the scholarly gap is closing. Although the quality of the chapters is a bit uneven, the overall scholarship in the contributors’ range of approaches and locations—issues of gender from queer theory to roles in agricultural and extractive production—is impressive. The introduction, conclusion, and 14 chapters are grouped into two sections. One is devoted to feminism and rural women, both historically and in present popular culture; the second section represents a collection of perspectives in several geographic locations. This solid contribution to the literature on women in rural areas continues the intellectual conversation about the importance of both place and gender. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Leigey, Margaret E. The forgotten men: serving a life without parole sentence. Rutgers, 2015. Click here to enter text. 222p bibl index afp ISBN 9780813569482 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780813569475 pbk, $28.95 ☐ Required The US led the world in promoting the assumption that "life should mean life," and increasingly is broadening the range of offenses for which this sentence is deemed ☐ Recommended appropriate. Indeed, given the framing of discourses surrounding high profile cases, it often seems that those condemned to "life without the possibility of parole" are almost viewed as "having got away with it." Leigey (criminology, College of New Jersey), who conducted intensive interviews of 25 men over an extended period, does a great service in reaffirming what used to be commonly understood—that life imprisonment is an exceptional punitive sanction that can and should be regarded as, essentially, a delayed death sentence. Also of great merit is the author's ability to give a voice to the men incarcerated, in many cases for most of their lives. She presents a useful account of their views on the "pains of imprisonment" and the various methodologies they employ to manage them. Finally, Leigey makes policy recommendations that are classically liberal, pragmatic, and ethical. These include abandoning the overall practice of the life sentence, thus providing at least some realistic hope of release. Sadly, that is not how the world works. Nevertheless, Leigey’s work merits a broad readership. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Fernández-Kelly, Patricia. The hero's fight: African Americans in West Baltimore and the Click here to enter text. shadow of the state. Princeton, 2015. 422p bibl index afp ISBN 9780691162843 cloth, $35.00; 178 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 ISBN 9781400852123 ebook, $35.00 ☐ Required In this compelling and nuanced examination of the intersections of race, gender, and poverty in a West Baltimore neighborhood, sociologist Fernández-Kelly conducted a mixed-method ☐ Recommended study that utilized survey design, semi-structured interviews, participant observations, and community mapping with 260 individuals from 1990 to 1997. Biographical chapters interspersed with analytical chapters focus on the strengths of ethnographic inquiry to expose patterns, processes, meanings, and more questions of human behavior within the social contexts in which her respondents lived. The author makes a significant theoretical contribution to the poverty literature that moves beyond the bifurcated arguments of blaming the poor, or blaming the state for restricting opportunities to the poor. Instead, Fernández-Kelly situates low-income individuals and families in spaces of “distorted engagement” with state institutions that result in “symbolic violence,” in contrast to state interactions with mainstream members of society who are respected, trusted, and deserving. The author demonstrates how pervasive and punitive the state has been and continues to be when defining the poor, addressing their needs, and creating more inclusive policies for wealth accumulation. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: "I don't see color": personal and critical perspectives on white privilege, ed. by Bettina Bergo Click here to enter text. and Tracey Nicholls. Pennsylvania State, 2015. 268p bibl index afp ISBN 9780271064994 cloth, $74.95 ☐ Required White privilege has emerged as a useful, if often misunderstood, construct in critical whiteness studies. The contributors to this collection offer fresh approaches and new ☐ Recommended insights, refining the concept and advancing the field more generally. The inclusion of key thinkers on whiteness and privilege, including Peggy McIntosh, Eduardo Bonilla-Silva, and George Yancy, provides a strong foundation that is only enhanced by contributions from emerging scholars in the area. The volume has its roots in philosophy but brings together a diverse range of contributors from across the humanities and social sciences. Perspectives from sociology and psychology prove especially valuable in the book's interdisciplinary enterprise. Importantly, all the contributors interweave personal experience, empirical study, and interpretive analysis to provide critical readings of race, power, and history. In an area of inquiry too often limited to the US, the collection happily has a global focus, drawing contributions from Europe, Africa, and the Americas. Teachers and researchers concerned with whiteness and privilege will welcome this book. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Cherlin, Andrew J. Labor's love lost: the rise and fall of the working-class family in America. Click here to enter text. Russell Sage Foundation, 2014. 258p bibl index afp ISBN 9780871540300 cloth, $35.00 ☐ Required One would logically expect this book to be an overview of demographic and employment trends since the 1970s. Instead, Cherlin (Johns Hopkins) takes a much longer view of the ☐ Recommended working class in the US, rooting his book firmly in sociological works on industrialization, immigration, emerging and shifting gender ideals, race, and demographics. The author draws on well-respected histories of work and family and extends them to an analysis of the emergence, peak, and decline of working-class families. Cherlin is careful to specify the parameters of his definition of who is working class and happily does not limit his analysis to ethnically white households but includes comparative data for African Americans as well as scattered comparisons for other ethnic groups. Segments of the book address issues of “what might have been” had gender not been so narrowly defined or if unions had been more effective in advocating for workers across race, gender, and ethnicity across industries. The book concludes with a chapter addressing the status of working-class families since 2010 and a conclusion that assesses the ongoing influence of public policy, economic growth, and culture on working-class households. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries 179 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: People power: the community organizing tradition of Saul Alinsky, ed. by Aaron Schutz and Click here to enter text. Mike Miller. Vanderbilt, 2015. 352p index ISBN 9780826520418 cloth, $79.95 ☐ Required The 19th century was a time of both the incredible explosion of productive forces as capitalism emerged as the dominant economy and the incredible privations workers ☐ Recommended experienced as industries chewed up workers, immigrants, children, and women and the communities in which they lived. Jane Addams mobilized public awareness of the plight of and fought for better conditions for women. By the middle of the 20th century, the rapacious destruction of existing neighborhoods inaugurated grassroots protests led by Jane Jacobs. Between these two important voices came Saul Alinsky, who created a model of community and grassroots organizing that enabled and empowered communities to address issues of critical importance. Editors Schutz and Miller bring a series of well-developed examples of how Alinsky’s focus on understanding power relationships leveraged the democratic process and mobilized residents in a power struggle in support of marginalized communities. Seven carefully detailed case studies illustrate how organizers employing the Alinsky tradition have mobilized different constituencies for effective social change. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Numrich, Paul D. Religion and community in the new urban America, by Paul D. Numrich and Click here to enter text. Elfriede Wedam. Oxford, 2015. 348p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199386840 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199386857 pbk, $35.00 ☐ Required Basing their book on an in-depth ethnographic study of 15 Chicago congregations of several faiths, the authors argue that religion plays a more significant role in shaping city ☐ Recommended environments than most urban theorists and planners have allowed. Sociologists Numrich and Wedam (both, Loyola Univ., Chicago) find that congregations are not necessarily just passive adapters to urban restructuring but actually have a degree of agency and even a “city- building” dynamic. As to whether these congregations have weak or strong neighborhood influence, much depends on how they structure their ministries and outreach to the surrounding communities. For example, congregations that seek to serve whole metropolitan areas, such as the megachurch and the Hindu temple in this study, were found to have less urban impact (such as promoting greater racial integration) than congregations that are more rooted in their neighborhoods. The presence of local programs that address inequality and congregational memberships that show racial and ethnic diversity were especially likely to exert urban impact. The book’s blend of theory and well-documented case studies (illustrated with photographs and maps) makes an important contribution to the field of urban religion. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Routledge international handbook of diversity studies, ed. by Steven Vertovec. Routledge, Click here to enter text. 2015. 404p bibl index ISBN 9780415813860 cloth, $205.00; ISBN 9781315747224 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Diversity is a hot topic; therefore, this tome is very timely. It is packed full of information pertaining to diversity and includes essays on ageism, disabilities, sexual diversity, ☐ Recommended xenophobia and law, just to name a few. In fact, the editor has attempted to compile so much information in one text that the print is smaller than normal, which makes it difficult to read for long periods of time. That said, this book is very worthwhile because of the plethora of information it contains. The contributors are academics from a variety of fields including anthropology, gender studies, history, sociology, law, and many other disciplines. The book need not be read from cover to cover; instead, it is an invaluable tool for research and teaching. It is rewarding to see the variety of disciplines of the authors, who discuss diversity from their unique points of view. They help readers understand the rich aspects and histories of different looks, religions, backgrounds, genders, sex, etc., as well as supplying information for further research, with comprehensive references following each essay. Summing Up: Essential. Upper-division undergraduates and above Faculty Member: Hasinoff, Amy Adele. Sexting panic: rethinking criminalization, privacy, and consent. Illinois, Click here to enter text. 2015. 222p bibl index afp ISBN 9780252038983 cloth, $95.00; ISBN 9780252080623 pbk, 180 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 $26.00; ISBN 9780252096969 ebook, contact publisher for price ☐ Required Few other social media–related concerns obsess US society more than sexting. It is considered to be a “technological, legal, sexual, and moral crisis.” While Hasinoff ☐ Recommended (communications, Univ. of Colorado, Denver) agrees that sexting is a major social concern, she argues that it is primarily an issue of privacy and agency. It is victim blaming when sexting results in revenge pornography and the victim is accused, just as many victims of rape and violence have been blamed. Hansinoff shows that regardless of their age, people send sexually suggestive images to others because, although studies show they actually understand the risk, they still trust the recipient of their message. Therefore, she argues that it is inappropriate to apply child pornography laws against sexting youth. Simultaneously, recognizing girls’ agency—their right to produce and consume sexual contents—is also important. Such arguments can be seen as controversial, but the author’s aim is to propose alternative ways to deal with gender and sexual victimization, to think about youth’s rights for self-expression, and to respect their consent and privacy. Hasinoff also provides practical recommendations for concerned readers, legislators and prosecutors, and teachers and educators. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Most levels/libraries. Faculty Member: Mulder, Mark T. Shades of white flight: evangelical congregations and urban departure. Click here to enter text. Rutgers, 2015. 181p bibl index afp ISBN 9780813564838 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9780813564821 pbk, $28.95 ☐ Required Although this book is based on a case study of Dutch Calvinist churches departing their interracial Chicago neighborhoods in the 1960s and 1970s, the author also sheds considerable ☐ Recommended light on how the congregational structures of many evangelical churches may be a factor in racial segregation patterns in urban settings. Sociologist Mulder (Calvin College) examines the histories of a group of Christian Reformed Churches (CRC) on the South Side of Chicago and how they made the transition to the suburbs as African Americans were migrating to their neighborhoods. He finds that the self-contained natures of these congregations and their associated parochial schools, having little to do with other neighborhood groups and even other churches, made it difficult to include outsiders in their ranks. The CRC’s congregational style of church government (which is widespread among evangelical groups, even though Reformed churches have more often held a Presbyterian style of polity) insulated them from denominational leadership and larger structures that could have directed and supported these congregations in attempts to integrate with their neighborhoods, especially during local conflicts and controversies. Mulder’s study is an important effort that shows how congregational polity can have long-term neighborhood implications. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Most levels/libraries Faculty Member: Messner, Michael A. Some men: feminist allies in the movement to end violence against Click here to enter text. women, by Michael A. Messner, Max A. Greenberg, and Tal Peretz. Oxford, 2015. 256p bibl index afp ISBN 9780199338764 cloth, $99.00; ISBN 9780199338771 pbk, $24.95 ☐ Required Sociologists Messner, Greenberg (both, Univ. of Southern California), and Peretz (Seattle Univ.) help readers understand the efforts of some men to support the feminist movement to ☐ Recommended end violence against women. Their book is well crafted, carefully theorized, and empirically rooted in interviews with a diverse group of 52 men and 11 women deeply involved in anti- violence organizing in the US. The authors’ compelling periodization of the changing content, contexts, and contradictions in men’s anti-violence work distinguishes three generations of activists: "the movement cohort" (men as allies to the grassroots feminist social movement of the 1970s and early 1980s), "the bridge cohort" (men working in the paradoxical context of grassroots movement abeyance and feminist inroads into mainstream social institutions from the mid-1980s to early 1990s), and "the professional cohort" (men in increasingly professionalized activist careers and institutions from the mid-1990s to the present). Successive lively chapters introduce the notion of men as allies, portray in detail each of the three cohorts and their formative contexts and controversies, analyze important issues of accountability, and conclude with an enlightening discussion of men, feminism, and 181 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 social justice. Their intersectional analysis is fascinating even when it reproduces asymmetries that plague contemporary feminist analysis. Summing Up: Highly recommended. All levels/libraries Faculty Member: Holstein, Martha. Women in late life: critical perspectives on gender and age. Rowman & Click here to enter text. Littlefield, 2015. 303p bibl index afp ISBN 9781442222861 cloth, $90.00; ISBN 9781442222878 pbk, $32.00; ISBN 9781442222885 ebook, $31.99 ☐ Required Holstein (Chicago), a feminist scholar of aging, has written a compelling book about the distinctive challenges facing older women in the contemporary US. Older women share ☐ Recommended universal challenges ranging from biological aging to both subtle and overt ageism, yet their lived experiences vary widely based on their social locations—including race, social class, sexual orientation, (dis)ability status, and even physical appearance. The author integrates personal insights drawn from her experiences as a septuagenarian woman scholar with empirical social science research, critical gerontology theory, descriptions of cultural forces that (dis)empower older women, and informal interviews with the women of Mayslake, an independent living facility outside Chicago. The book builds on two additional themes. First, power informs both how one ages and the organization of resources, opportunities, and benefits afforded to older women. Second, “old” should not be a devalued and stigmatized status, but one that is celebrated and respected. These themes set the foundation for substantive chapters on ageism, chronic illness, long-term care, retirement, end-of-life care, and activism. Holstein provides a thought-provoking and intimate tutorial into the lives and challenges of contemporary older women. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper- division undergraduates and above

182 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Speech & Communications Faculty Member: Disability research today: international perspectives, ed. by Tom Shakespeare. Routledge, Click here to enter text. 2015. 254p bibl index ISBN 9780415748438 cloth, $155.00; ISBN 9780415748445 pbk, $57.95 ☐ Required British disability studies scholar Shakespeare (Univ. of East Anglia, UK; e.g., Disability Rights and Wrongs Revisited, 2013, and several co-edited collections) orchestrates a collection that ☐ Recommended contributes to much-needed international coverage of disability research, yet the breadth of the compilation is dizzying at times. He begins with an introduction that makes his philosophy quite clear and then groups the 14 chapters into four categories: "Illness and Impairment," "Disabling Processes," "Care and Control," and "Communication and Representation." Throughout the text, readers encounter a wide range of topics, from tojisha kenkyu in Japan to inclusive higher education in Italy. Though some contributions are stronger than others, the collection’s attention to international policy, experiences, and research leaves readers with a greater understanding of disability’s contextuality, complexity, and multidimensionality. Summing Up: Recommended. Upper-division undergraduates and above. Faculty Member: Thomas, Pradip Ninan. Interrogating the theory and practice of communication and social Click here to enter text. change: the basis for a renewal, by Pradip Ninan Thomas and Elske van de Fliert. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015. 150p bibl index ISBN 9781137426307 cloth, $95.00 ☐ Required This is the first volume in the "Palgrave Studies in Communication for Social Change" series, which explores the gaps between theory and practice of participatory ☐ Recommended communication. Making their case succinctly, clearly, and powerfully, Thomas and Van der Fliert (both, Centre for Communication and Social Change, Univ. of Queensland, Australia) argue that theory and practice can—and often do—address and advance social change—and can, in particular, improve people’s lives. The authors demonstrate, for example, how diffusion theory was used in agriculture in the US in the 1920s and 1930s. They contend that the same combination of theory and practice is present in the current debate over gay marriage. The strength of the book is how clearly it both states and supports its objective of mainstreaming the core ideas and values of the series in which it appears. In doing so, the volume serves as a valuable introduction to forthcoming volumes in the series. This reviewer's only criticism is the cost of the book, which will discourage people from purchasing this important scholarly work. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper- division undergraduates through faculty and professionals Faculty Member: Cooren, François. Organizational discourse: communication and constitution. Polity, 2015. Click here to enter text. 192p bibl index afp ISBN 9780745654225 pbk, $22.95 ☐ Required Within this volume from the “Key Themes in Organizational Communication” series, Cooren (Univ. of Montreal) posits that organizational communication is more than a simple exchange ☐ Recommended of words, is never neutral, and is worthy of careful attention. Systematic discourse analysis permits discovery of the creative/perpetuating/negating powers of communication (holistically defined), which create and organize the organization as well as work and life within it. Cooren defines key concepts in organizational communication studies and presents six different standpoints on discourse analysis and how each might be carried out—alone or in combination—to yield different understandings of one interaction. More to the point, key aspects of organizations are systematically analyzed by all six angles on discourse analysis to illustrate how each one illuminates a particular dimension of that same interaction, specifically the active role of discourse in constructing organizational reality. The final chapter summarizes the text and is followed by endnotes, a rich (15-plus pages) reference section, and a workable index. The writing is scholarly and may seem complicated and abstract to some, but for willing and interested readers, comprehension is effectively facilitated by examples rooted in common experience. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through practitioners 183 Suggested Titles List November, 2015 Faculty Member: Walters, Shannon. Rhetorical touch: disability, identification, haptics. South Carolina, 2014. Click here to enter text. 257p bibl index ISBN 9781611173833 cloth, $49.95; ISBN 9781611173840 ebook, $49.95 ☐ Required Approaching rhetoric from the perspectives of both ancient classical Greek philosophy and modern thought, Walters (Temple Univ.) examines the historical context and accepted mores ☐ Recommended of rhetorical thought or logos. Traditionally, rhetors were assumed to have sound bodies and be masters of language and impeccable reasoning—in other words, to be "normal." This accepted standard of individuals tasked with communicating, be it before an audience or with another individual, excluded from the locus of power those who did not meet societal criteria for rhetorical expression by virtue of physical or psychological disability. Walters cites the specific orientations of such classical thinkers as Empedocles, Aristotle, and other sophists— logos (as a porous message), ethos (character), and pathos (emotion)—making the case that through the medium of touch rhetorical connections can be forged that transcend communicative restrictions felt by those with various degrees and types of disability. Walters cites seminal historical events in the disability rights movement—e.g., the 1977 demonstrations surrounding Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act—as examples of how people with disabilities actually became rhetors expressing the felt experience of living with the challenges of daily life. With the exception of references to Greek philosophy, the narrative is easy to follow and offers insight into how disability is defined rhetorically. Summing Up: Highly recommended. Upper-division undergraduates through faculty and professionals; general readers